LIBRARY OF THE University of California. Class ^^JfToSLST^ CH. CHADENAT. Libroirie Aiiiericaine et Colonials 17 oiiai (Ifs Grands-Augustins, I'ARIS. ,./ C '^^'^J^Mc e A TAHITIAN AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY, WITH INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON THE POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE, AND A SHORT GRAMMAR OF THE TAHITIAN DIALECT: WITH AN ATPENDIX CONTAINING A LIST OF FOREIGN WORDS USED IN 1 HB TAHITIAN BIBLE, IN COMMERCE, ETC., WITH THE SOURCES FROM WHENCE THEY HAVE BEEN DERIVED. OF THE ^ \ '( ) UNIVERSIT OF LlFqg^i^-'' TAHITI: FRIKTED ^T THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S I'REgS. 1851. t.:- T ^t"^f>\ PL65/5 Z5 UNIVERSITY I OF 1>^ INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON THE POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE. THE inbabitan's of most of tbe nnmeroiis Islands of ibe Soutb Sea, called by modern Geographers by the general name of Polynesia, have one conimon Lan- guage, which for that reason may be called the Poli/ne- Stan ; it prevails also over acons^iderable \ydvt oi Austra- lasia, yet it has apparently no affinity with the langua- ges or dialects of the major part of the Australasians. The Polynesian, whether it may be considered as a primitive or mother tongue itself, or a sister of the Ma- lay, derived from one common parent, is undoubtedly of great antiquity, the people that speak it being, it is pro- bable, separated for ages from the restof the woild, liav- ing no intercourse with any other nation, and thinking till lately, that they themselves were th^ only people in ex- istence. And while, as the Language of a rude and uncivilized people, it has, as might be expected, many deficiencies, when compared with the highly cultivated and j)ulished languag'es of Europe, it has, at the same time, in some respecis, a force, a simplicity, and precision, as in the in- stance of the personal pronouns^ that may perhaps be superior to them all. Jts resemblance to the Hebrew in the conjugation of the Verbs, and in many of its j)rimitive words, could ea- sily be shown ; many wo!'ds seem to have truly Hebrew roots, such as mate, death, maraov maramara, bitici*, ra- paau to heal, pae, side, &c. As the Polynesinn prevails over sucli a vast tract of the South Pacific Ocean, and is spoken by people for the most part inhabiting small detached islands, having little 179075 H INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON or no Intercourse witli each other, it lias a great variety of dialects, yet not so different, but they all may easily be known to belong to one common language. Of these J)ialects, the principal are, the Samoan^ the Haivaiimi, or that of the Sandwich Islands, the Mar- qiiesan, ihdit oi Neiu Zealand, the Tongatabuan, or that of the Friendly islander?, and the Tahitian. The others, fo far as they are known, bear more or less affinity, some to one, and some to another of these. Tii^re is, in the Polynesian Language, a great number of radical or primitivewords, that seem to prevail through all tlie dialects, having nearly the same pronunciation, and the same ideals affixed to them; such as mate, death; i;«2, water; ua, rain; fenua, land ; ^«/, the sea; tita, the shore ; metua, a parent ; Atria, God, &c. Other words, such as the numerals, the j)ersonal and ])0ssessive pronouns, are nearly the same in all the groups, and probably the same may be said of the use of the adjectives, and of the conjugation of verbs. Many words, however, appear very different, when they are not so in reality, because in some dialects the first syllable of a word is dropped or exchanged; as, t for k, h for/, n for 7ig, I for r, or the contrary, as the word wan in the Hawaiian, is kanaka-, as also in Parata or one dialect of the Paumotu people, in the Marquesati it is anata, in the Tongatahuan, tangata, as also at Netv Zea- land and Samoa, and in the Fijiian dialect, it is tomota, and in theTahitian, taata. Ilia is the general word for fish in the different dialects, but id in Tahitian, also buakaiox a hog, hwl jniaa in l^ahitian. IXa is the gene- ral word for the sun, but at the Marquesas, «, and the Friendly islands, la. Ariki and aiki. are the general words for a king or princij)al chief, in Tahitian, it is arii. Of the above dialects, those that bear the greatest re- semblance to each other are the Hawaiian, the Marque- san, and that of New Zealand; the Tahitian comes next, and differs chiefly from them in abridging the words, and dropping a great number of consonants, and in discaid- ing entirely the nasal ng^ the g, and k, TheTongatabuan dialect differs from them all in many respects, it substitutes the I for the r, and uses the / con- THE POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE- Ul sonant, which the other dialects never do, it has strong aspirates resembling the Greek c/ii, or the ancient Brit ish ch, and has a great number of words unknown in the other dialects of the Polynesian language, but they may probably be traced to the dialects used at the Fijiis, New Caledonia, and the Marian or Ladrone islands; there seems to be nothing in the dialect of the Friendly island- ers to support the conjecture that the New Zealanders are their descendants. The Fijiians are undoubtedly a different race of people from the Friendly islanders, and apparently from all that s])eak tlie Polynesian language 5 and though their lan- guage is partly Polynesian, they have a great many words that indicate a different origin. The words Kalao, God ; Leva, a woman, Slego, the Sun, tolatola, a shoulder, sala, a leg, &c., seem to have no affinity with the true Polyne- sian, thougli they may have with some of the Malay dia- lects; hidam or bulan, the words used by the Fijiians for the moon, are also used by the Malays. Before these introductory remarks are closed, it will be well to point out the general modes adopted by th^ Tahitians of transmitting historical facts, previous to the introduction of letters among them. They had several methods by which they secured that object, and the first that may be mentioned, was, the his- tory of their gods. Tiiis was called in the native lan- guage, '' Rohu Atua" la their accounts, gods and men w^ere so blended together, that it is impossible to distin- guish, in many cases, the one from the other. Taaroa, was considered by them as self existent, and the creator of all things, and as such, they presented to hlui the first fruits of their lands. Taaroa first created the family of the gods, who dwelt with him in the " Po," or region of darkness. He next created a secondary class of deities, to superintend the affairs of this world. These were said to be made from a log of Aito, cut up into chips, and each chip was converted into a secondary deity. '^I'iie first man and woman, descended from Taaroa by bis daughter "Hina" She is said to be now in the moon. IV INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON The RoIju Atiia gives the following account of the titular god and royal family of Huahine. Tntapii and his wife dwelt on a land called Puatiriura. They had an only danghter, Hotuhiva. No husband was to be found for her on her own land. Her parents, however, were very anxious she shonld obtain one. and therefore pnt her in a drum, called Taihi, under the care of Tane and tiie god or idol Taputura, and sent her to sea. After sailing about for some time, they landed at Maniinu on Huahine ; which name signifies " cramped." The spot was formerly called " Toerauroa."' Tane became the titular god of Huahine. The young lady, Hotuhiva, was married to a chief named Teaonui- maruia. Tliey had two sons, Tina, and Hena, and they are considered to be the ancestors of the present chiefs. Another method was the ^^aufau fetii," i. e. family ge- nealogies. The sovereign Chiefs paid more attention to this subject than persons of the lower orders did. Their accounts extend much farther back, and are more cor- rect than those of the latter class. On the supposed validity of these genealogies, tlie Chiefs found their claims to supreme anthoiity ; and the land proprietors theii' claim to their patrimonial posses- sions. Parents, therefore, are very careful to teach their children the aufau fetii, tliat they may trace back their ancestors as far as possible. When a disj)ute arises re- specting land, each parly repeals the list of his ancestors v/ho have been proprietors of the said land, and the per- son who can trace farthest back into past aq:es, and give the most consistent account of his j)ed!gree, is allowed to have just tlaim to the disputed land. All such genealogies were committed to memory; and when reference was made to them in land disputes, the parties trusted entirely to it, and do so, in most cases, at the present time; some few only having written them. The Sovereign chiefs were, as eveiy thing belonging to them was, moa (sacred), and few besides themselves, were acquainted with them. Legendary tales formed another method which they adopted of transmitting historical facts from gev.t-^ ration to generation, and some of these w^ere highly THE POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE. T wrought in hyperboiical language, to give to tbe indi- viduals of whom they weee related, arid to their descend- ants, a claim to the reverence due to a divine nature. Giving pecnliar designations to their wars, victories, and individuals, was another custom practised to me- morialise past events. There has been a great aptness among these islanders from time immemorial, in selecting terms for such a pur- pose. A destructive sea fight near an island on the reef of Raiatea, is designated "Te tamai i te hoo roto;" and the mention of that term to the old men who were en- gaged in it, calls to mind the awful scenes and conflicts which then took place, and which were witnessed by tbem. Another conflict between the Poraporans, and the islanders of Raiatea, and Huahine, is called " te tamai huri ana/' this term reminds the Poraporans of the greatest state of humiliation they had experienced for many years; as their fastness w^as almost taken, and themselves were compelled to sue for peace and liberty. Another method of commemorating individual cir- cumstances, as well as public events, was that of taking new names, which has long been very common, and is still practised. These circumstances are, accidents, sick- ness, deaths, &c. A father takes the name " avae mai," (diseased foot) because his child, or some other mem- er of the family, had been suffering from a bad foot. Another is called " Irlti," because some person of the family died of convulsions. Another is named Piha-ati, from the circumstance of a relative having been buried in a coffin made of the ati. The name Pomare, was given to him upon the same principle, illustrated by the fore- going circumstances. Po, signifies night, and Mare, coughing; and as the sovereign had had a severe night of coughing, he adopted the name. The last mode that shall be mentioned is their Pehes, -" or songs. .Such a practice of transmitting historical circum- stances to posterity, common to all unlettered countries, was frequently adopted by the inhabitants of the Socie- VI INTRODUCTORY REMARKS &c. ty and Georgian islands. These pehes were of a na- tional^ domestic, and individual character. The inhabitants of one island would set forth the pe- culiar character, and convey their own ideas of the in- habitants of a neighbouring island. Some circumstance which occurred in the wars, would often form the foun- dation of a pehe. Parties on the same island composed pehes respecting their fellow islanders. These refer to some disagreement between themselves ; and also to any particular line of conduct pursued by certain individuals. To such an extent was the practice adopted^ that there are pehes respecting almost every district, piece of land, and family. After the arrival of the Missionaries, much labour was spent during the first years of their residence in the isl- ands, collecting materials for a dictionary, wnich was eventually drawn up with considerable care, and sent home to England to be printed, by the Directors of the London Missionary Society 5 but as the Missionaries were not, at that period, fully agreed among themselves as to the orthography, the Directors recommended delay in order to consider what alteration of that kind might be thought advisable. The present work was arranged by the Rev. John Davies, of Papara, and was ready for the press upwards of twelve years ago, and part of it was then actually published by the Rev. D. Darling, at Bunaauia, but deficiency of type, and other unavoidable circumstances, interrupted the progress of the work. The following short grammar is a second edition of the one which was published in 1823, with corrections and additions. A SHORT GXIAIIII1IKA& OP THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. tHE TAHITIAN ALPHABF^t. tETTKRJi. NAMES. SOUNDS OP PRONUNCIATIOJf . ^ a ah "" as a in Father. ^ % ^ ^ as a in Fate. £ / [^ as f in Farm. Y V . as h in Heaven. /_ ^ ' ' as e in Me. ^"1 n^<> as m in Mote. 5! " «" as n in Noon. O o o as o in Go. ^ P P as p in Pat. as r in Rode. R r ro T t t as t in Time. H " " ^ as u in Rule. V V V as V in Veer. The above ktters represent what are termed native Bounds. The remaining letters are foreign sounds, and are pronounced as follows ; pronounced as p. pronounced ad t. pronounced as r. pronounced as ua, pronounced as f. 2 Z A SHORT GRAMMAIl OF The Tahitian dialect abounding in vowels, and discard- jng" every liard consonant, it is very difficult for the Tahi- tians to pronounce such consonants as occur not in any of theirown words ; yet there seems to be a necessity of introducing the above supplementary letters for the sake of proper names and foreign words. Several of them are used in the other dialects. Some of the Tahitian consonants are often exchanged, flvS/ for A, and h for/, in a considerable nuujber of vf rbSj when the prefixes /<3f a or haa occur. The A is invaria- bly pronounced with the aspirate, though frequently so softly, as not to be perceived by foreigners, unless pecu- liar attention be paid to it. Sometimes the r and the n seem to be exchanged, as ramu, namu^ but what is most remarkable in the pronunciation of the Tahitian consonants, is, the universal practice of confounding h and p, d and t, and it is a fact, that scarce a Tahitian can be found, who is able to distinguish between them. In spelling or pronouncing the letters singly, they run all the ps into h, and all the ts into d ; but in speaking, they immediately turn most of them into j^ *^"d ^, and there is hardly a Tahitian word, in whit^h it can be said, that b and d are universally used. These two letters h and d have, therefore, been rejected from the Tahitian Alphabet. Some few words in the dictionary commenc- ing with b, will be again found under the letter jo. OF THE VOWELS. The common sound of the Vowels is that which is ex- emplified above; but there are many instances where the same sounds in quality^ are different in quantity^ being much longer in some words, where the vowt-ls ought to be marked with a circumflex, thus; a, ^, }, 6, ti. In some few instances the vowel a is pronounced very short, as in tapono, a shoulder, tata\ to bale, tataii, to count, parau^ speech, &c., which might be marked thus ; tapo- no, tatk, tktau, &c. In some few others, it seems to have THE TAHITIAN DIALKCT. the sound of a in the English word liar, ^s,pape, water, vave, soon, and the future adverb ia. DIl»THONGS. The Tahitian dipthongs are all of that character which is termed proper ; as each vowel has its own distinct sound. SYLLABLES. In the 'formation of Tahitian words, the consonants must be invariably separated by one or more vowels. And when Tahitians write, or pronounce Foreign words, they always insert vowels between the consonants. Eve- ry syllable is invariably terminated with a vowel. WORDS. The words in Tahitian, as in English, may be divided into nine different sorts, viz. : the article, the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the adverb, the preposi- tion, the conjunctioq, and the interjection. OF THE ARTICLE. If the Article be considered as an "index to the noun, to limit and designate its signification,'* the following ap- pear to be used in Tahitian as articles : a, te, o, na, mau, tau, pue, hui, te hoe, e tahi, and ma or maa. 1. £ and te are commonly (*not always,) what a, or a7t and the are in English, viz., indefinite and definite arti- cles, as in the following examples ; e taata, a man, te taata, the man. e mnnu, a bird, te manu, the bird. e fare, a house. te fare, the house. e pure, a prayer. te pure, the prayer. e tahua, a priest, te tahua, the priest. 4 A HHORT GRAMMAR OF Sometimes the article te is prefixed to proper names; as Te maharo, Te mehameha, &c., apparently to ease tlie prommciation 5 and at other times it is placed before nonns, where no article would be used in English, as te Atua, which ought to be translated Goc/,and not, the God. Sometimes it seems to be rather emphatic than definite, as when Captan Wallis visited Tahiti in 1767> some of the old people in relating the circumstance, and the con- sternation the inhabitants were in on seeing the ship, &c., say " tao aera ratou, e ere outou te taata.' they thought that you were not men but gods, or some superior beings. 2. The o is supposed to have the nature of an article, as it is prefixed as an index to the pronoun when in the nominative case, as o van, o oe, o oia, o maua, &c., as also to proper names of persons and places; as o Pomarc, o Tu, o Tea, &c., o Moorea, o Huahine, o Raiatea, o Ta- hiti, &c. ; some, however, suppose it to be the sign of the nominative case. Not understanding this, strangers have often made it a part of the name itself, as Otahiti ; but there is no more propriety in writing Otahiti for the name of the Island, than there would be in writing Oengland and Ofrance, for England and France. 3. The words te hoe and e talii are used in Taliitian ex- actly in the same way as the French article of unity, viz. ; when un or une is used, they are prefixed to nouns to sig- nify one thing in a vague sense, as the French say, une pomme, an apple, ime heure, an hour, so the Tahitians would say, te hoe vi, te hqe hora^ any one, but only one in a vague sense. When the noun will not admit of individuality, as wind, water, earth, &c. ma or maa is prefixed, as maa pape, some water, maa matai, some wind, «^c. and often the article of unity is also used ; as, homai e tahi or te hoe maa jjape, give me some little water. 4. The words na, mau, tau, yjwe, and hui, are prefixed to nouns, to denote plurality in such nouns, and to limit and restrict in a manner, well known to the natives, but not easily attained hy a foreigner. Na is prefixed to nouns to denote, in general, a small plurality, two or three, or a small number, as na metua, parents^ both father and mother ; na taata, the men, two THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 9 or three, or a few; but sometimes it may denote a great number, when it is uncertain. Mau seems to be an unlimited plural, as mau taata, men, any number; mau metua, parents, without limiting the number. Tau seems to be used to denote a small indefinite plu- rality in the noun, as "aita rea tau taata rii/' but few men, two or three, or a small number ; yet it does not seem to be used exactly as synonymous witb na, Tlie words jo2«e and huiavQ also prefixed to certain collective nouns, and mark no definite plurahty ; as, pue arii, the royal family or principal ciiiefs, pue raatira, the subordinate chieis collectively, lad ani, and hui raatlra, aj)pcar to have nearly the same meaning as pue arii andraatira; but pue taata seems to be an exception, as being more iMuit- ed ; hui /way is also used for friends, denutuig a number of them without limiting it. OF N0UN3. Nouns have two numbers, the singular and plural, or, perhaps more properly, the Tahitian nouns, wiien not iu the singular nmnber, have a plurality limited or unlimit- ed, as determined by the articles mentioned above, viz., w«, maUi tau, pue, and hui, which are prefixed to the various nouns, tor there is ujthing commonly in the noun itself, to signify either number or gender. Sometimes the plurality of the noun is signified by the adjective fol- lowing it, as /?waa maitatai, good hogs. Na prefixed to a noun denotes a limited plurality, as j lit, fish, na la, two, or a few fishes. Ofai, stone, na ofai, stones, two or more. Pepe, a butterfly, na pepe, butterflies, two or more. Rao, a fly, na rao, flies, two or more, but limited. The unlimited plurals are formed by prefixing mau to the noun, as; Atua, God, man Atua, Gods. Varna, S[)irit, mau Varua, Spirits^. Fatu^ Lord, mau Fatu, Lords. 6 A iHORT GRAMMAR OF A Hi, King, mau Arii, Kings, Haava, Judge, niau Haav^, Judges. Fetia, Star, niau Fetia, Stars. Fenua, Country, mau Fenua, Countries, OF GENDER. The gender is distinguished, either by different words, or bv adding tune or vuhine ; on? or u/a, to the noun, as follows; Paha, a boar, Matiaa, or maiaa, a dam or sow. Tuane, abiother of a rr i • • ^ r i. .i . . 1 uahine, a sister of a brother. Tamaioa, a boy, Tamahine, or potii, a girl. Tane, a male, Vahine,a female of womankind. Oni, a male, of beasts, Ufa, a female of beasts. Most of the nouns have no gender, and may be con- sldertdas neutral, or common, when not determined by the Cimnexion, or by tane or Vahine^ oni or w/«, being addt d to the noim ; as, metua, a parent, male or female; but to determine which, tane or vahne must be added; thus, rnetua tane, a father, or male parent, metuavahi- ne, a mother or female parent, metua hovai, a parent in law, metua hovai tane, a father in law, metua hovai vahine, a mothtr m law, hunoa^ a child in law, hunoa tdne, a son in law, hunua vahine, a daughter in law. Puaa is a couiujon noun, and meaus any one of the swine kind, hut puaa oni, is a male of the swine, und puaa ufa, a female or sow. So manu, a bird, is in itself a com- mon noun, and so is iu a fish, raau, a tree or plant, but when a tree or plant is to be distingiu'shed as male or female, tane or vahine is jidded, as niuita tane, the male papaw tree ; niuita vahine, the female papaw. Moora IS any of the duck or goose kind, and so is moa, any of the domestic fowl kind, and to distinguish cock and hen, goose and gander, duck and drake^ oni or w/a, must be used. THE TAHiTIAN DIALECT. OF CASE. If by crse be iinderstord the different endings of the noun, the Tahitian nouns have no CMSts, that is, nothing in ilie nonn itstlf to distinguish its ca^e. It \\y.s been said that Enghsh nouns have btit one variation of case, viz. : the genitive or possessive, and tlierefore fclnglish cases of nouns are dlstingtiished by the prepositions, to, for, with, froni) by, &c., and by the same means the Tahitian castas of a noun may be distingnishtd, viz., by the liitle words a, na, o, 7io, te, «, e, and ia. EXAMPLES. Haava, ajudge. SINGULAR. Nom. Te haavA, the judge. Gen. No te haavA, of or belonging to the judge. Dat. I te haavA, to the judge. Ace. I te haavA, the judge. Voc. E te haavA e, o judge. Abl. E, j, or na, te haavA, by the judge* PLURAL. N. Temau haavA, the judges. G. No te mau haavA, of or belonging to the judges, 1l>, I te mau haavA, to the judges. A. I te mau haavA, the judges. V. £ te niau haavA e, o judges. Ab. E, i, or na, te mau haavA, by the judges. Substitutive pronoun, mea, such an one^ SINGULAR. N. O mea, such an one. G. No mea, of such an one. D, la mea, to sucli an one., A. la mea, such an one. V. E mea e, o such an one. Ab. E, ia, or na, mea, by such an one. A SHORT GRAMMAR Or OF THE ADJECTIVE. The adjective is commonly placed after tlie noun to express its quality; «s, taata maitai, a good man, Atua mana, a poxvtrful God, raau maoro, a /ow^ tree, te rai teitei, the /«//?/ sky, te ofai teimaha, the heavy stone, pa- raii paari, tvise speecli. In some few instances the Tahitian adjectives corres- pond in number with the nouns to which they belong, as J SINGULAR. PLURAL. 1^ taata maitai, a good man, E taata maitatai, good men. E tfiata ino, a bad man, E taata iino, bad men. E raau rahi, a large tree, E raau rarahi, large trees. The word mau might be inserted ; as, mau taata mai- tatai, good men. TIjere is noth'ng in the adjective itself to denote com- parison, or degrees of qualities, this is done by the aid of particles, ?, ae^ atu, hau, roa, ino, and e, as : E mea maitai, a good thing. E mea maitai ne, a better thing in a small degree. E mea ino, a bad thing. E ujea ino ae, a Worse thing, or a little worse. 'J\ itei, higl), teitei ae, a little higher. l{n\\\, great, rahi ae, a litile greater. Rahi atu, great beyond the thing compared. Ha hi roa, very great. liahi roa atu, greater still, or beyond. Hahi roa mo atu, immoderately great* Sometimes the word hau is used when two things are coin|)ared ; as, o tei hau la i te rahi, that outstretches, or outdoeth in greatness. Hau atu is also used, when it is Btill greater, as: E mea maoro, a long thing. Ua hau teie i te maoro, this is longer. Ua hau at7i hoi teie, this is still longer. Ua hau e atu teie, this is much longer than any of them. THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 9 Another way of comparing Is by placing the adjective before the noun that is to be compared with another, and inserting the preposition i or ia between those two 5 as, e rahi tele i tera, this is great to that, or e iti teie I tera, this is little to that. E rahi Tahiti ^ Moorea, Tahiti is great to Moorea ; e rahi atu Beretane, Britain is great beyond Tahiti ; e rahi roa 'tu America, America is great beyond them all. Sometimes an accumulation of epithets is used to mag^ hify the greatness, or signify the littleness of an object j as, E mea ino rahi roa tu, a thing exceedingh/ bad, E mea iti haihai roa, a thing exceedingly little. OF THE PRONOUNS. The personal pronouns are used in the Tahitian with peculiar precision, they are of three sorts, singular, dual, and plural. SINGULAR PRONOUNS. 1st. Person, O Vau, 1. 2d. Person, O oe. Thou. 3d. Person, O oia. He, She, or it. O mea is also often used as a substantive pronoun irt the 3d. person singular, answering to such an one, D0AL PRONOUNS. j C O Taua, Thou and I, or w^e two. \ O Maua, He and I, or I the speaker, and another. 2. O Orua, Ye two. 3. O Raua, They, two persons spoken of. PLURAL PRONOUNS. , C O Tatou, ye and I, or we and you, and our party. ( O Matou, we, three or more. 2. O Outou, you or ye, three or more. 3. O Raton, thev, three or more. 3 lO A SHORT GRAMMAR OF Vera is also a plural indefinite pronoun of the third person. It is commonly used in speaking of persons in their presence, and may be either dual or plural. The pronouns have no distinction of gender, but the cases are distinguished as follows : SINGULAR. N. O Vau, I. G. Na'u, no'u, mine. D. la'u, to me. A. la'u, Me Ab.Ia, na, or e au, by me. DUAL. N-{g O taua, Thou and I, or we twa. maua, He and I. p C Na taua, no taua, Ours, two. * ( Na maua, no maua. His and mine. -pv o. * V la taua, us two, to us, &c. * \ la maua, him and me, to him and me. . . C la, na, or e taua, by us two. (la. na, or e maua, by him and me. N. O orua, ye two. G. Na orua, no orua, belonging to you twa. D. & A. la orua, ye two, to you two, &c. Ab. la, na, or e orua, by you two. N. O raua, they two. G. Na raua, no raua, theirs, two. D, & A. la raua, them two, to them. Ab. la, na, or e raua,by them. PLURALS. N{g O tatou, ye and I. matou, we three or more. ^ D THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. U Q C Na tatou, no tatou, ours, ye and I. * ( Na matou, no matou, ours three or more. o • « C la tatou, to us and party. • (la matou, us three or more, to us, . . i la, na, or e tatou, by us and party. ' \ la, na, or e matou, by us three or more. N. Ooutou, you or ye, three or more. G. Na outou, yours, three or more. D. & A. la outou, you three or more, to you, &c. Ab. la, na, or e outou, by you three or more, &c. N. O ratou, they, three, or more. G. Na ratou, no ratou, theirs, three or more. D. & A. la ratou, them, three or more, to them, &c. Ab. la, na, or e ratou, by them, three or more. THE INDEFINITE PLURAL, P^erd, N. O vera, they. G. Na vera, no verA, theirs. D. & A. la vera, them, to them, &c. Ab. la, na> or e vera, by them. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. SINGULAR. 1st. person, Na'u, no'u, ta'u, to'u, a'u, o'u, mine. 2d. person, Na oe, no oe, ta oe, to oe, a oe, o oe, thy, thine. ,3d. person, Na'na, no'na, ta'na, to'na, a'na, o'na, his, hers, its. As a7ia and ona appear to be both used as pronouns of the 3d. person singular, so it appears also that the pos- sessives, na'na, no'na, ta'na,|to'na, a'na, o'na, and the ob- jective ia'na, are contractijdns of na ana, no ona, ta ana, to ona, a ana, o ona, ia ana or ia ona. Sometimes the possessive pronouns of the singular, differ from the above, and may be called neuter or univer- sal possessives, as they regard not the difference of na and 710, as, 1st. person, Tau, my, (rather than mine.) 2d. person, To, thy. 3d. person, Tana, (pronounced short) his, hers, its. 12 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF Sometimes another deviation from the common rule occurs, viz.; substituting the possessive of the first per- son singular, for the second, omittfng the apostrophe only; as, tau, ton, nau, nou, au, ou, for ta oe, to oe, na oe, no oe, &c. It seems to be a complimentary form, like the English ?/02; for thou. DUAL. 1st. person. Na taua, no taua, ta taua, to taua, a taua, a taua. Ours, (two) myself and another I am speaking to. Na maua, no maua, ta maua, to maua, a maua, o maiia, mine and his or hers. 2d. person. Na orua, no orua, ta orua, to orua, a orua, o orua, belonging to you two. 3d. person. Na raua, no raua, ta raua, to raua, a raua^ p raua, theirs (two) that I am speaking of. PLURAL. 1st. person. Na tatou, no tatou, ta tatou, to tatou, a ta- tou, o tatou. Ours, I or we, and the party addressed. Na matou, no matou, ta matou, to matou, a matou, o matou. Ours, three or more. 2d. person, Na outou, no outou, ta outou, to outou, a outou. Yours, three or more. Sd. person. Na ratou, no ratou, ta ratou, to ratou, a ratou, o ratou. Theirs, three or more. There are distinctions as to the use ofna, ta, and a, and of no, to, and o, the following are exami)les; JVa vai te maa? whose is the food? Na mea, it belongs to such a one. Parau 7ia te Atua, the word of God. Te ot na Golia, the sword of Goliath. Tamaiti 71a te arii, the king's son. Fare 7io te Atua, the house of God. Fenua no Iserat la, the hind of Israel. Te Atua no te rai, the G()d of heaven. Ta'na maa, his food; to'na ahu ; his cloth; ta'na parau, his word; to'na reo, his voice; aita a'na maa, he has no food ; aita o'na ahu, he has no garments, aita o'na manao, he has no thoughts, &c. THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 13 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. The relative pronous are tei, o tei, na'na^ eaha, vai, taua, teihea, and tei reira^ answering to who, whicii, that and what; as, E ao to'na o tei mataii ia lehova, Blessed is heivho feareth the Lard. Te taata nanaie hara ra, the man tvliobe the sin is. Oia te taua man ra, o tei haa- pao maitai rnai i te ati raa ra, he is a true friend, who is faithful in adversity. 7\iua niea i parau hia ra, the tlnng that was spoken uf. Taua taata ra, that man. E ere ra to teireira fenua anae ra, " and not fur tliat nation only." John, xi. 52. Aha ov eaha, vai, and teihea are used in- terrogatively only ; as, JE iha taua mea ra ( What is ihat thing? Eaha tena? What is that (by yon.) Eaha te Atua? E Varua. /F/ia^isGod? A Si)irit. O vai te haere ? Who gjds ? Na vai te taoa ? Whose propery ? or to whom does it btlong. Tei ia vai te taoa? With whom \s the property? Teihea te hurn ? What is its likeness? Teihea te maitai, teie anei, e tera anei ? Which is the best, this or that? Fed, is commonly ap- plied to persons, and eaha to things, as who and wnicU are used in Euglisti. Fai is thus declined; N. O vai? Who? G. Na vai? no vai ? Whose? P. &A. la vai. Whom ? to whom ? Ab. E, la, or na vai ? by whom ? DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. The demonstrative pronouns are, teie, taie nei, eie, eia nei, referring to a thing, or tilings at hand, and tera^ era, tena, ena, to things at a distance. Teie, seems to answer exactly to the French ceci, this, and teie nei, io celui ci and celle ci, this here cluse at hand ; but soiiietimt s ih^ t is dropped, and eie or eie nei used; its, teie taata, this man, teie nei valiine, this woman here, I naha eie piie o" epiti, "behold here are (or these) two swords." Lukexxii, 38. Epiti eze, these two, or two these, Uiterally) i eie nei pue niahana, these days (ces juurs ci.) Luke xxiv, 18. Teie nei mau mea, these things here. Tera, that at a dislance, as celui la and celle la, that there ; tera mau 14 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF mea, those things at a distance, ceux la and celles la. Tera taata, that man at a distance, tera man taata, thos9 inen, as if pointed out at a distance. Tena is also that at a distance, but it differs from tera in being addressed to the person or persons at the place where the thing pointed at is, or is supposed to be, the 7ia is sometimes added; as tena wamau mea, those things at the place, or near the place of the person addressed. Outou na, you there, that 1 am speaking to. Taua, its contractive aua, itnd la are also often used as demonstrative pronouns, when taiia or aua are used, they ought to be followed by ra, nei, o\'7ia, in some part of the same sentence ; as, tana peropheta ra, that prophet expected, or spoken of. Taua mea Jiei, that thing here mentioned or understood. Tana laata i parau hia ra, that man spoken of. Taua taata na, that man before mentioned. la, is used often as a demonstrative, as Oia 'ia, that is it, or it is that, O vau 'ia, I am that, or I am he or it. The ia by a peculiar idiom of the Tahitians is often used as a demonstrative, where no such word would be used in English ; as, " E peropheta la oia," he is a prophet. John ix. \J. " Na'u 'ia ratou i tiai i to ioana." I kept them in thy name. John xvii, 12. There are other words sometimes \]sed as indejinite pronouns, viz. e tahi, ve tahi,fanu, too fanu, te hoe pae, e tahi pae ^ <3fc., as, Te paraparau vdetaki pae, te liaa[)ii raa ve tahi, te ])arahi noa ra te hoe pae, te papal raa te rahi ; some are conversing, others are learning, some are sitting idle, but most are writing. E fanu ia, some fish. E toqfanu mau Pharisea, some ot the Pharisees. Tiie Tahitian personal and possessive pronouns are ofr ten matie emphatic by affixing or adding to them the par- ticle iho, answering to the English self. It implies not only emphasis but opposition also, as [la'na iho i parau, he spoke of \X,\\nv\self. Na'na iho i hamani, he made it h'nwself, without the assistance of anoiher. This parti- cle always identifies the person, time, place, or thing, spo- ken of. THE TAHITIAN DIALJSCT. 15 PERSONS SINGULAR. Nom. O van iho, myself. O oe iho, thyself. O oia iho, himself, herself, itself. PERSONS DUAL. Nom. O tana iho, Thou and I ourselves. . O maua iho. He and I ourselves. O oruaiho. You two yourselves. O raua iho. They two, themselves. PERSONS PLURAL. d tatou iho, ourselves, I or we speaking and an- other, and so of matou iho, outou iho, ratou iho. Gen, Na'u iho, uo'u iho, ta'u iho, to*n iho, a'u iho, o*u iho, mine mysdf, not another's; and so of Na oe iho, no oe iho, ta oe iho, to oe iho, a oe iho, o oeiho. Na'na iho, no'na iho, ta*na iho, to'na iho, &c. Na taua ilio, no taua iho, ta taua iho, &c. Na matou iho, no matou iho, &c. Na outou iho, &c. Na tatou iho, &c. D. & A. la'u iho, myself, to myself. la oe iho, thyself, to thyself, la'na iho, himself, to himself. And so of all the following; la taua iho, ia maua iho, ia orua iho^ &c. la tatou iho, ia matou iho, ia outou iho, &c. Ab. N'au iho, &c., by me, &c. OF VERBS- The Verbs in Tahitian are of three sorts, active, pas- sive, and neuter. A verb active is such as hinaaro, to love, amiiy to eat; as, te hinaaro nei au i te parait 16 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF maitai, I love the good word. Tc amu nei au i te maa, 1 eat the focd. A Verb passive is commonly known by the particle Ma being ndd( d to ir, ^iS liihaaro hiu, loved, e mea hiaaaro hia e an tc paraii maitMi, the good word is loved by me. The verb n( liter is such as iioho^ to sit, tia^ to stand, it declares the being, state, or condition, of the person or thing mentioned; aSjpo/iei to be sick or dead, te ara ra oia, he is atvake; re taoto ra, he is asleep. But besides being distinguished as active, passive, and neuter, most Tahitian verbs have a causative active, and a causative passive form, resembling the Hebrew conju- gation ternied Hiphil, and its passive HiiphaL All the recfular active verbs may therefore be conjugated four different ways, as, for example ; ite, to know; faaitCy to cause knowledge, or make known ; ite Aza, known 'yfaa- ite /nay to cause to be known. The causative form ofihe verb is denoted by prefixing /«ff, f)aa or ta, to the verb ; the passive by adding the par- t'cle Ma, or in some instances the a; the causative pas- sive by prefixing /««, haa, or ta, and affxing the Ma^ as,/«a ora Ma,faa amu Ma, haa man Ma, &c. The neuter verbs, and most, if not all the nouns, may be turned into causative active verbs by prefixing ihefaa^ haa, or ta, and into the causative passive by adding the hia; as, 7/iate, to be dead, haa mate, to cause death, haa niate hia, to be caused to be killed or slain, or to be caused to be in a state of mate, or death. E vaa, a ca- noe, haa vaa, to get a canoe, (or literally to cause a canoe,) haa vaa hia, to cause a canoe to be obtained. The Verbs have three persons, the singular, vau, oe^ oia, ana or ona ; the dual, taua, maua, orua, raua ; and the plural, tatou, matou, outou, and ratou, besides the in- definite vei^a, and the substitutive mea. The verbs have the following modes or moods; the Indicative, te parau nei, speaks here'; the Imperative, a parau, speak, or do speak; and the Subjunctive, ahiri parau, e parau atu vau, had I any thing to speak, I would speak. There are four tenses or times, in which the Verb speaks; viz.> the present; as, te papai nei au, I write^ THE TAIIITIAN DIALECT. 1/ oV am now writing; the imperfect, te papai ra van, I was (then) writing", the perfect, i papai na vau, I wrote or have written, the future, e papai au, I shiU or will write. These four tenses have commonly these marks, the present is denoted by prefixing te to the verb, and in- serting ne2 between it and the pronoun ; the imperfect by prefixing the te, and inserting the ra instead of the nei ; the perfect by prefixing an i to the verb, and adding the na; the future by prefixing the e. Should it be thought more convenient or regular to re- duce the conjugations to two, then the first would be the verb active ; as, hinaaro to love, and its passive hinaaro- /«*a* loved ; and its second conjugation would be,/aa hi- naaro, to cause to love, and its passive, faa hinaaro hia, caused to be loved. But inconveniences Would attend this method in respect of neuter verbs, &c.; as, manao, haamanao, manao hia, &c. The nei and the ra are marks of locality as well as of time, as for example ; te papai nei oia, he writes here at tliis place, and te papai ra oia, he writes or is writing there, at that place, but the tense is the present. E HAAPU TO TEACH. (VERB ACTIVE.) Indicative Mcod. — Presait Tense. 1 pers, sing. Te haapii nei an, I teach, 2 ----- Te haapii nei oe. Thou teachest. 3 - - . - _ Te haapii nei oia, He she, or it teaches. 1 dual \ ^^ haapii nei taua, I and thou teach. * ( Te haapii nei maua, 1 and he teach. 2 Te haapii nei orua. You two teach. 3 ----- Te haapii nei raua, They two teach. i Te haapii nei tatou, I or we and party ad- 1 plural, \ dressed, teach. ' Te haapii nei matou. We 3 or more, teach. 2 ----- Te haapii nei outou, You 3 or more, teach. 3 Te haapii nei ratou, They 3 or more, teach. Imjjer/ect Teiise. 1 sing. Te haapii ra vau, I taught or did then teach. 2 - - - Te haapii ra oe, Thou taughtest or did then leach. 4 is A SHORT GRAMMAR OF 3 - - - Te haapii ra oia, He she or it taught or did then teach. Dual, Te haapii ra taua, maua, orua, raua, etc. Plural Te haapii ra tatou, matou, outou, ratou, etc. Perfect Tense, 1 pers. sing. I haapii na vau, I have taught, 2 I haapii na oe. Thou hast taught. 3 ----- I haapii na oia. He she or it has taught. Pers. dual. - I haapii na taua, maua, orua, raua, etc. Pers. plural, I haapii na tatou, matou, outou, etc. Future Tense, 1 pers. sing. E haapii au, I will or shall teach. 2 E haapii oe. Thou wilt or shalt teach. 3 E haapii oia,He,she or it will or shall teach. Pers. dual. - E haapii taua, maua, orua, raua, etc. Pers. plural. E haapii tatou, matou, outou, ratou, etc. Imperative Mood. 2 pers. sing. A haapii oe, teach thou, or do thou teach. 3 — - _ - E haapii oia, let him or her teach. 2 pers. dual. A haapii orua, teach you two, or do you, etc* 3 - _ - - - E haapii raua, let them two teach. 2 pers. plural. A haapii outou, teach you three or more. 3 E haapii ratou, let them 3 or more, teach. Subjunctive Mood. Present Tense. The present tense of the subjunctive is usually the same as the indicative, the condition being implied and under- stood from the connection, as follows : 1 sing. Te haapii nei au. If I teach or am teaching. 2 - - Te haapii nei oe. If thou teach, or art teaching. 3 - - Te haapii nei oia, If he, she, or it teach, etc. Dual. Te haapii nei taua, maua, orua, etc. Plural. Te haapii nei tatou, matou, outou, etc. Sometimes the conditional conjunction AMri, if, is prefixed to the verb, and the tense appears to be the pre- sent imperfect, as : 1 sing. Ahiri te haapii nei au, If I were now teaching or were now to teach. 2 - - Ahiri te haapii nei oe. If thou wert now teaching, or wert now to teach. THE TAHITI/VN DIALECT. 19 3 - - Ahiri te haapii neioia. If he were now teaching", or were he now to teach. And the same in all the duals and plurals. Imperfect Teiise, 1 sing. Ahiri te haapii ra vau, If I were then teaching. 2 - - Ahiri te haapii ra oe, If thou taught or wert then teaching. 3 - - Ahiri te haapii ra oia, If he, she or it taught, or were then teaching. And the same of all the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense, 1 sing. I haapii na vau. If I have taught. 2 - - I haapii na oe. If thou have taught. 3 - - I haapii na oia, If he, she, or it have taught. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense. 1 sing. E haapii au ra. If I shall or will teach. 2 - - E haapii oe ra. If thou shalt or wilt teach. 3 - - E haapii oia ra. If he or she shall or will teach. Tiie same of the duals, and plurals. It is also common to prefix /a to the verb when in the future of the subjunctive ; as, 1 sing. la haapii au. If I will or shall teach. 2 - - la haapii oe. If thou wilt or shalt teach. 3 - - la haapii oia, If he or she will or shall teach. And the same of the duals, and plurals. Or thus, la haapii au ra, oe ra, oia ra, etc. HAAPII HIA, TO BE TAUGHT. (VERB PASSIVE.) Indicative Mood. — Present Tense, 1 sing. Te haapii hia nei vau, I am taught. 2 - - Te haapii hia nei oe, Thou art taught. 3 - - Te haapii hia nei oia. He or she is taught. The same of the duals, taua, maua, etc. And of the plurals taiou, matou, etc. Imperfect Tense, 1 sing. Te haapii hia ra vau, I was (then) taught. 2 - - Te haapii hia ra oe. Thou wast taught. 3 - - Te haapii hia ra oia. He or she was taught. The same of the duals and plurals. 30 A SHORT GR VMVIAR. OF Perfect Tense. 1 sing. I baapii hia na vau, I have been taught. 2 - I haapii hia na oe, Thou hast been taught. 3 - - I haapii hia na oia, He or she has been taught. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense. 1 sing. E haapii hia van, I shall or will be taught. 2 - - E haapi hia oe, Thou shalt or wilt be taught. 3 - - E haapii hia oia, He or she, shall or will be taught. The same of the duals and plurals. IMPERATIVE MOOD. The passive verb is often used imperatively, as haapii hia, when the subject or person is not mentioned but un- derstood, it is generally, however, so used when the ad- verbs of prohibition eiaha, or auaa, precede; as, eiaha e haapii hia, let (him, her or it, understood) not be taught, auaa e parau hia tu, let (the person understood) not be addressed or spoken to. The imperative of passive verbs is very often expressed by way of wishing or intreating, and is much used in prayers or supplicatory .addresses; as, 1 sing. la haapii hia vau, may I or let me be taught. 2 - - la haapii hia oe, mayest thou, or be thou taught, 3 - - la haapii hia oia, may he or she be taught. The same of the duals and plurals. Subjunctive Mood — Present Tense. 1 sing. Te haapii hia nei au, If I be taught. 2 - - Te haapii hia nei oe, If thou be taught. 3 - - Te haapii hia nei oia. If he or she be taught. The same of the duals and plurals. The condition of this tense is commonly understood by the connection, or tone of voice, so as not to be mistaken. This tense is also often used like the present and per- fect, without expressing the condition ; as, E haapii hia vau, oe, oia, tana, maua, &c., tatou, &c. Imperfect Tense. 1 s. Ahiri te haapii hia ra vau, If I were then taught. 2 — Ahiri te haapii hia ra oe, If thou wert then taught. 3— Ahiri te haapii hiara oia, If he or she w^ere then taught. The same of the duals and plurah. THE TAH1T1\X DliLBCr. 21 Perfect Tense, 1 «ing. I haapii hia na van, If I have been taught. 2 - - I haapii hla na oe, If thou have been taught. 3 - - I haapii hia na oia. If he or she have been taught. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense, 1 sing. la haapii hia vau, If 1 shall or w'lW be taught. 2 - - la haapii hia oe, Jf thou wilt or shalt be taught. 3 - - la haapii hia oia, If he or she will or shall be taught* The same of the duals and plurals. TAOTO, (or moe) to sleep, (Verb neuter.) Indicative Mood. — Present Tense, 1 sing. Te taoto nei au, I sleep. 2 - - Te taoto nei oe, Thou sleepest. 3 - - Te taoto nei oia, He, she, or it sleeps. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Tense, 1 sing. Te taoto ra vau, 1 slept, or was then asleep. 2 - - Te taoto raoe. Thou didst sleep, or vvast then asleep. 3 - - Te taoto ra oia. He she or it slept, or was then The same of the duals and plurals. [asleep. Perfect Tense. 1 sing. I taoto na vau, I have slept. 2 - - I taoto na oe. Thou hast slept. 3 - - 1 taoto na oia, He she, or it has slept. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense, 1 sing. E taoto vau, I will or shall sleep. 2 - - E taoto oe. Thou wilt or shalt sleep. 3 - - E taoto oia. He she or it will or shall sleep. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperative Mood. 2 sing. A taoto oe, sleep thou, or do thou sleep. 3 - - - E taoto oia, let him or her sleep. 2 dual. A taoto orua, sleep you two. 3 E taoto raua, let them (two) sleep. 2 plural A taoto outou, sleep you, three or more. 3 - - - E taoto ratou, let them (three or more) sleep. 22 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF Sometimes in the imperative the pronoun is omitted, but understood from tlie circumstances^ as, A taoto na, $leep. the na being often added to the verb. Subjunctive Mood. — Present Tense, 1 sing. Ahiri te taoto nei au, If I be asleep. 2 - - Ahiri te taoto nei oe, If thou be asleep. 3 - - Aliiri te taoto nei oia, If he or she be asleep. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Tense. 1 sing. Ahiri te taoto ra vau. If I were asleep, or was then asleep. 2 - - Ahiri te taoto ra oe, If thou wert asleep, or wast then asleep. 3 - - Ahiri te taoto ra oia. If he, or she were asleep, or was then asleep. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense. 1 sing. I taoto na van, If I have slept. 2 - - I taoto na oe, If thou have slept. 3 - - I taoto na oia, If he, she or it have slept. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense. 1 sing. la taoto van, If I will or shall sleep. 2 - - la taoto oe, If thou wilt or shalt sleep. 3 - - la taoto oia. If he, she or it will or shall sleep. The same of the duals and plurals. Or it may be thus expressed, ahiri, vau, oe, oia, taua, &c., e taoto, or ahiri e taoto vau, oe &c., or else without the condition expressed thus, E taoto vau ra, it^ or should J sleep, and so of tiie other pronouns. The Infinitive of the foregoii^g verbs, is merely the verb itself, as, kaajjli, haapii hia, and taoto, or thus by prefixing an e, E liaapii, to teach, E haapiihia to be taught, and E taoto, ore moe, to slee{). As to what is termed a Participle, there is in Tahitian jiothing, apparently, tiiat is sufRcient to denominate it a different part of speech or even a different modification of the verb, except it be in the words taiha, and otoha, i;;rying or saluting ; but they appear to be nouns, and so THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 23 are hamaniran hia, the time or place of YYM\]\\ng, paratt^ raa hia, the time or place o( spenking.faaoraraa Ma, the healing, or time or place of healing, &c. An example of a regnlarTahitian Verb in all its con- jugations, moods and tenses. MAU, to bold. — Fir>t Conjugation. Indicative Mood. — Present Tense, 1 sing. Te man nei an, I Iiold. 2 - - Te man nei oe. Thou boldest. 3 - - Te man nei oia, He or she liolds. p. dnal. Te man nei tana, maua, orna, rana. p. plur. Te man nei tatou, matou. etc. Imperfect Tense, 1 sing. Te man ra van, I held, or did then bold. 2 - - Te man ra oe. Thou b( Idt st or didst then boldi 3. - - Te man ra oia, be or she held. Perfect Tense, 1 sing. I man na van, I have held. 2 - - I man na oe, Tlion bast held. 3 - - I man na oia, He or she has held. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense, 1 sing. E man an, I will or shall hold. 2 - - E man oe. Thou wilt or shall ijold. 3 - - E man oia. He or she will or shall bold. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperative Mood. 2 sing, Man oe, bold thou, or do tboii bold. 3 - - - Man oia. Let him or her hold. 1 dual. Man taria, hold thou and I. 2 - - - Man orua, do you two hold, 3 - - - Man rana, let them two bold. 1 plural. Man tatou, let us, three or more, bold. 2 - - - Mau outou, hold you, three or more. 3 " - - Mau ratou, let them, three or more, boldf 2^4 A SHORT GRAMMAR Oi? Subjunctive Mood. — Present TensQ, 1 sing. Te mau nei an, If 1 hold. 2 - - Te mau nei oe, If thou liold. 3 - - Te mau nei oia, If he or she hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Ten^e, 1 s. Ahiri te mau ra vau, If I held or did then hold. 2 - Ahiri te mau ra oe, If thou held or didst then hold. 3 - Ahiri te mau ra oia, If he or she held. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense, 1 sing. I mau na vau, If I have held. 2 - - I mau na oe, If thou have held. 3 - - I mau na oia. If he or she have held. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense, 1 sing. E mau au ra, If I will or shall hold. 2 - - E mau oe ra. If thou wilt or shalt hold. 3 - - E mau oia ra, If he or she will or shall hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Or it may be expressed thus, la mau au, la mau oe, la mau oia, taua, maua, &c., commonly adding the ra. 2d. Conjugation, HAAMAUj causing to hold. Indicative Mood. — Present Tense, 1 s. Te haamau nei au, I cause to hold, or do caus'e to hold. 2 - Te haamau nei oe, Thou causest to hold. 3 - Te haamau nei oia, He or she causes to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Tense, 1 sing. Te haamau ra vau, I (then) caused to hold. 2 - - Te haamau ra oe. Thou causedst to hold. 3 - - Te haamau ra oia. He or she caused to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense, 1 sing, I haamau na vau, I have caused to hold. 2 - - I haamau na oe. Thou hast caused to hold. 3 - - I haamau na oia. He or she has caused to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. THE TAHITI AN DIALKCT. 25 Future Tense, 1 s. E haamau au, I will or shall cause to hold. 2 - E haainau oe. Thou wilt or shalt cause to hold. 3 - E haamau oia. He or she will or shall cause to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. IMPERATIVE MOOD. !2 s. A haamau na oe, cause thou to hold. 3 - - E haamau oia, let him or her cause to hold. 1 dual E haamau taua, do you and I cause to hold. 2 - - A haamau na orua, let you two cause to hold. 3 - - E haamau raua, let them two cause to hold. 1 pIur.E haamau tatou, let us 3, or more, cause to hold. 2 - - E haamau outou, let you 3, or more, cause to hold. 3 - - E haamau ratou, let them 3, or more, cause to hold. Subjunctive Mood. — Present Tense. 1 sing.jTe haamau nei au, If I cause to hold. 2 - - Te haamau nei oe, If thou cause to hold. 3 - - Te haamau nei oia. If he or she cause to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Tense. 1 sing. Ahiri te haamau ra vau, If I then caused to hold. 2 - - Ahiri te haamau raoe, If thou didst cause to hold. 3 - Ahiri te haamau ra oia. If he or she caused to hold. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense, 1 sing. I haamau na vau, If I have caused to hold. 2 - - I haamau na oe, If thou have caused to hold. 3 - - I haamau na oia. If he or she have caused to holdi The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense. 1 sing. la haamau au, If I will or shall cause to hold. 2 - - la haamau oe, If thou wilt or shalt cause to hold. 3 - - la haamau oia,If he or she willorshall cause to holdrf The same of the duals and plurals. 5 26 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF MAU HIA, to be held.— 3d. Conjugation. Indicative Mood,— -Present Tense. 1 sing. Te mau'hia nei au, I am held. 2 - - Te niau hia nei oe, Thou art held. 3 — Te mau hia nei oia, He or she is held. The same of the dual and plurals. Imperfect Tense. 1 sing. Te mau hia ra vau, I was (then) held. 2 — Te mau hia ra oe, Thou wast held. 3. — Te mau hia ra oia, he or she was held. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense. 1 sing. I mau hia na vau, I have been held. 2 - - I mau hia na oe. Thou hast been held. 3 - - I mau hia na oia, He or she has been held. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense. 1 sing. E mau hia vau, 1 will or shall be held. 2 - - E mau hia oe, Thou wilt or shalt he held. 3 - - E mau hia oia. He or she will or shall be held. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperative Mood. 1 sing. la mau hia vau, may I or let me be held. 2 - - la mau hia oe, mayest thou, or be thou held, 3 - - la mau hia ^a, may he or she be held. The same of tlie duals and plurals. Subjunctive Mood. — Present Tense, 1 sing. Te mau hia nei au. If 1 be held. 2 - - Te mau hia nei oe. If thou be held. 3 - - Te mau hia nei oia. If he or she be held. The same of the duals and plurals. Imperfect Tense, 1 sing. Te mau hia ra vau. If I were or was then held. 2 - - Te mau hia ra oe. If thou Wert held. 3 - - Te mau hia ra oia. If he or she were held. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense. 1 sing. I mau hia na vau. If I have been held. 2 - - I mau hia na oe, If thou have been heW. THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 3? 3 - - I mail hia na oia, If he or she have been held. The same of the duals and plurals. Future Tense, 1 sing. la man hia vau, If I will or shall be held. 2 - - la mau hia oe. If thou wilt or shalt be held. 3 - - la mau hia oia, If he or she will or shall be held. The same of the duals and plurals. 4th. Gonjugation, HAAMAU HIA, causing to beheld. Indicative Mood. — Present Tense* 1 sing. Te haamau hia nei au, I am caused to be held. 2 - - Te haamau hia nei oe, Thou art caused to be held. 3 - - Te haamau hia nei oia, He or she is caused to be The same of the duals and plurals. [held. Imperfect Tense, \ s. Te haamau hia ra vau, I was then caused to be held, 2 - Te haamau hia ra oe. Thou wast caused to be held. 3 - Te haamau hia ra oia, He or she was caused to be held. The same of the duals and plurals. Perfect Tense, 1 s. I haamau hia na vau, I have been caused to be held. 2-1 haamau hia na oe. Thou hast been caused to be held. 3-1 haamau hia na oia, He or she has been caused to be The same of the duals and plurals. [held. Future Tense. 1 s. E haamau hia vau, I will or shall be caused to be held. 2 - E haamau hiaoe, Thou wilt or shalt be caused to be held. 3 - E haamau hia oia. He or she will or shall be caused to The same of the duals and plurals. [be held. Imperative Mood. 1 s. la haamau hia vau, may I be caused to be held. 2 - la haamau hia oe, mayest thou be caused to be held. 3 - la haamau hia oia, may he or she be caused to be held. The same of the duals and plurals. Subjunctive Mood. — Present Tense, 1 s. Te haamau hia nei au, if I be caused to be held. 2 - Te haamau hia nei oe, If thou be caused to be held. 3 - Te haamau hia nei oia. If he or she be caused to be held. The same of the duals and plurals. 28 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF Imperfect Tense. 1 s. Te haamau hia ra vau, If I was then or were caused to be held. 2 - Te haamau hia ra oe, If thou wert caused to be held. 3 - Te haamau hia ra oia, If he or she were caused to be The same of the duals and plurals. [held. Perfect Tense. 1 s. I haamau hia na vau, If I have been caused to be held. 2 - I haamau hia naoe,Tfthouhave been caused tobe held. 3 - I haamau hia na oia, If he or she have been caused to The same of the duals and plurals. [be held. Future Tense, 1 8. lahaamauhiavaujlflwill or shall be caused to be held. 2 - la haamau hia oe, If thou wilt or shalt be caused to be held. 3 la haamau hia oia, If he or she will or shall be caused The same of the duals and plurals. [to be held. The above is the conjugation of a regular verb in its various modes, times, and significations ; but there are in Tahitian, as in other languages, anomalous verbs of vari- ous kinds. Some are irregular in their form, others in their significations, or applications, as they are now used by the natives, such as c^ni to ask, faa ani, to give away. Some are often used as auxiliaries to other verbs, and sometimes as principal verbs themselves, as pau, which commonly accompanies another principal passive verb; as, Va. pau i te amu hia, it is eaten, or consumed by eat- ing, sometimes it is used alone, signifying consumed, van- quished, or conquered. Ua, is a particle of very frequent use, and may be con- sidered as an affirmation or auxiliary verb of being, but not a distinctive mark of tense. It is prefixed to verbs to signify, that the action expressed by the verb has taken place, or is now existing, or shall exist or take place in connection with some actor circumstance, mentioned or implied, as for instance, " A vavahi na teienei nao, e ua rui toru anae ua tia faahou ia ia'u. John ii. 19. It is moreover used as a [)refix to all kinds of adjec- tives affirming the present existence of the quality men- THE TAHITI AN DIALECT, 29 tioned, and strongly implying its former absence, or the want of; as, Ua ino, it is (now) bad, Ua maitai, it is now good, Ua poto, it is short, Ua roa, it is long, Ua teitei, it is high, Ua haahaa, it is low, Ua meumeu, it is thick. Ua rairai, it is thin. Ua ereere, it is black. Ua teatea, it is white. Ua rearca, it is yellow. Ua iiraura, it is red. Most nouns may be turned into different kinds of verba in the following manner j Nouns, Vdrhs Active. Verbs Passive, . A ho. faa alio aho hia. Ainaa faa ainaa amaa hia, Amae faa amae amae hia. Anae faa anae anae hia. Ele faa etc ete hia. loa faa ioa ioahfa. Fata faa fata fata hia. Fare faa fare fare hia. Pape tapjjpe pape hia. Manao haamanao manao hia. Adjectives are turned into Verbs thus : AdjectiveSf Verbs Active, Verbs of the 4.th conjug* Aano faa aano faa aano hia. I faa i faa i hia. III faa iti faa iti hia. Itoito faa ituito faa itoito hia. Fatata faa fatata faa fatata hia. Maitai haamaitai haa maitai hia. Nelienehe faauehenehe faa nelienehe hia. Verbs neuter. , Verbs active. Verbs of the 4th conjugi Ara faa ara faa ara hia. Ata faa ata faa ata hia. Moe haamoe haamoe hia. Nolio faa no ho faanoho hia. Taoto faa taoto faataoto hia. Vare haavare haavare hia. Some words are used as nouns and verbs neuter with- out any alteration but in the 2d. and 4th conj., thus; Ora ora Mate mate Pohe pohe Ea ea Oto oto pil A SHORT GRAMMAR OF Noie/is. Ferhs neuter. V, of the 2d , V.oftheAthconj, faaora faaora hia. haamate haamate bia. haapohe haapohe hia. faaea faaea hia. faaoto faaotohia. But besides the above mentioned distinctions of the verbs, there are others of reduplication, not yet taken notice of, and those of vario^is forms. Some appear to have a duality of number, although not always perhaps definite, such aspopohe, hohore, rere- pa, apipitif &c. Others, signifying a repetition of the ac- tion liave the whole verb doubled, as hiohio, revareva, &c. But the greatest number in repeating the verb, drop a syllable or a letter, some in the first, as hahaere, parapa^ rau^ horohoroiy hohoe, &c., others in the last part of the compound; as, opanipani, patiatia, amuimui, manaojiao., faaroorooyapoopoo, faaiteite, faatiatia, tipaopao, aroha- rolia, vuii/ioi/w, ike, others differ from all these in their form or application, as,pararahi,parahirahi,pararau,8iC» The following is a list of them : Horo, to run, hohoro, when tw^o persons run together. Hoo, to barter, buy or sell, hohoo, when two persons do so, Pou, to descend or come down, popou, when two persons descend together. Pohe, to die, {mate is the common and old Polynesian word,) popohe, when two persons die together, hoe ^ popohe Vdd, fieva, to go or depart, rereva, when two persons go to- gether. The greatest number, however, of the reduplicates, have no mark of number, but denote a repetition of the action, as in the following examples : Amaha, to split or open, amahamaha, to do so repeatedly, jimui, to associate, amuimui, to do so repeatedly. Apoo, to meet or assemble for some business, apoopoo, to do so repeatedly. Aroha, to pity, love or compassionate, aroharoha, to dp so repeatedly. THE TAHITI AN DIALECT. si Faaroo, to hear, /aarr^oroo, to listen or hearken I'cpcated- ly, or hear repeated conversations. Faaite, to make known, faaiteite, to make known re- peatedly or by little and little. Faatia, to relate or rehearse, faatiatia, to do so repeat- edly, by taking by little any siibj( ct of disconrse. Feruri, to reason, or exercise the judgmtnt,/posed to be. Ahea or nfeal When? (future) ; na- ^4 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF hea nnd nafea when ? time past, but the t is often pre- fixed, as, i nafea, when ? i nanahi, yesterday. Of Comparison. Mai, like unto, mai ia'na le hum, like unto him ; te hum a te hum, of one likeness. Mai ia'na te rahi, of one size or bigness with him ; mai te reira, as that is; Mai ore mai or a, likely to be lost, or scarcely saved, but this is a peculiar Tahitian phrase that can hardly be Eng- lished. Mai ore mai noaa te boti ia matou. Acts, xxvii. 16. Of Doubting or Contingency, Paha, perhaps; peneiae, probably, or it may be; tia or tia ae, peradventure, or it may be. Of Indication. AMo nal lo ! behold or take notice ; na (without an aspirate) see here ; ^ naha ! behold with attention. 0/ Restriction, Anae, only } as, oia anae, he only ; otahi or hoe, only, as tamaiti otahi, only son, or tamaiti hoe ra. Of Prohibition, Eiaha, not, do wo^, imperatively, as FAaha e eia, do not steal. Eiaha e taparahi i te taata, do not commit murder. Auaa is used in the same way, as auaa haere, do not go. The above are the principal adverbs in common use, but there are many more belonging to some of the above classes, and others, that may not strictly come under any of them. OF PREPOSITIONS. A great number of words appear to be used sometimes as adverbs, and sometimes as prepositions, the principal prepositions are the following; Na. by, 7ia te Atua i hamani i te taata, man was made hy God. ' JL, by, e mea hamani hia e ana, a thing made hy him« Na, for, na outou, for you, Na vai ? for whom ? No, of, no te taata, of man. No te Atua, of God. Ja, to, hopoi atu ia mea, take it to such an one. Tei nia, above, tei nia tei te rai, above in the sky. TflK TAHlTiAN DIALECT. 83 Tei raroy below, tei raro tei te moana, below hi the deep. Tei roto, in, within, tei roto i te fare, in the house. Tei vaho, or tei rapae, outside, without, opposite to teiroto. I, to or at, i uta, at a place inland, e pure te Atua, pray to God. Ma, with, ma te aau atoa. Mua, before 5 muri, behind. /a, till ; until, e tiai atu vau e ia tae mai oia ra. I will wait till he comes, lloio and rotopu, among. Iho, close by, by the side of. Fatata, nigh or near. Piha'e, 'dnd pihaiho, lying by the side of. Also the signs of the cases of nouns, and the genitive and accusative of pronouns, are signiiitd, for the most part, by the prepositions, i, ia, na, no, ta, to, and a, and o, as mentioned before. Ti, or tei, answers to m, but is commonly prefixed to roto, or rapae ; as, tei roto, tei rapae; sometimes otherwise ; as, tei te pahi, in the ship ', tei te fare, in the house. OF CONJUNCTIONS. The usual words in Tahitian to join sentences, or dif- ferent parts of a sentence together, are the following ; e, toa, or atoa, hoi, area, oi, ra, a and ma. jEJ is a copulative conjunction, answering to and ; as, te rui e te ao, day and night; tane e te vahine, husband and wife. Toa, atoa, and hoi, answer to also, and likewise, aSjhaere atoa matou, we also go, haere atoa outou,go ye ll/cetvfse. Na te Atua i hamani te rai, e to te rai atoa ra, nana hoi i hamani te fenua e te moana, God made the sky and the things also therein contained, the land also, and the deep. /, also, often serves as a copulative conjunctiou where no English word can be found to answer it. Ma, seems likewise to be a true Polynesian copulative, althougii lost in the Tahitian dialect, except in counting; as, ahuiu ma toru, ten and three ; e piti ahuru ma pae, twenty and five. The disjunctives are ; area, e and rd, as in the follow- ing examples; eiaha tei reira, area teie, not that but this; or thus, eiaha ia, teie ra, not that, but this; teie anei, 3(5 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF e tera ? this or that ? The following are conjunctions of various kinds ; ia^ if; ahirii if; oi, lest, or that it may not; a has the same meaning, e araa pohe, take care lest (you) die ; also o te, as, o te poiie hoi, lest (he) should die. I te meciyno te mea, noa, noa 'tu, noa iho, these are conditional or inferential conjunctions answering to therefore^ because, although^ &c. " rave noa a oia i te se- meio i raverahi i niua i to ratou aro, aore a ratou i faaroo ia'na. John xii. 37. OF INTERJECTIONS. There are various kinds of interjections, expressive of the feelings or sudden emotions of the mind ; as, Jliie] of surprise, wonder, or astonishment. Aue I alas! of pain, grief or sorrow. A\ of sudden indigna- tion or disappointment. A I (pronounced differently) on a sudden discovery of something unlooked for. Aha\ of sudden displeasure or vexation. Ahe\ of surprise or af- fectionate concern about something that cannot be helped, as the death of a person. Aue te piri e ! of won- der and surprise. Aue te poupou el of admiration or wonder, Haio of disgust and contempt. Hee ! of dis- pleasure and vexation. U/iu ! of disappointment in something that occurred. Aitoa ! expressive of satisfac- tion as to some event that has taken place, as well fitting some previous cause or circumstance, or the state of the speaker's mind. Manava I of greeting or welcome to visitors. lo nei oe\ of parting, as adieu, literally, thou be here. Alta, and aore, although generally adverbs of negation, yet are often used as interjections of w^omler or surprise, aita te mahana ! how hot it is ! aita te toteoe ! how cold it is I aita te rave ata e! how difficult to manage! OF SYNTAX, The rules of syntax are usually comprised under those of co;2C6>rc? or agreement of words, and those of govern- ment or dependence of words ; many of the English rules of concord and government will not apply to the Tahitian dialect, but the following observations may be of some use. THE TAHITI AN DIALECT. 3? The Nominative Case and the Verb. There is nothing inherent in the verb, (a few of the re- duplicates only excepted) to signify persons numbers noiv gender^ and consequently the rules about their concord or agreement with the verb have no place in Tahitian. Tiie nominative case comn\o\\\y follows the verb, and may be easily known by putting the questions O vai ? and eaha? who -^ why? which? what? as, Te tere ra te rd, the sun proceeds on its course. Eaha te tere ? What proceeds? Te rd, the sun. Te rnaue ra te manu, the bird flies. Eaha te maue^. What is it that flies ? Te ma- nu^ the bird. Haere atiira lesu i lerusalema, Jesus went to Jerusalem. O vai te haere i lerusalema'i who went to Jerusalem ? the answer must be Jesus which is the nominative. But there are instances of the nomina- tive being placed before the verb ; as, O vau te haere^ I go, or it IS I that go. In this construction the te must be inserted between the pronoun and the verb; ii also im- plies an opposition ; as, It is i wlio go, not another. Also when a negative is used ; as, Eita vau e tae, I will not ^o ; or when an ofl*er is made -, as, O vau nei te haere, I will go. When two nouns, signifying the same thing, are in ap- position, ra must invariably be placed between them; as, O te Arii rUj O Pomare, tei papai. The Queen, Pomare, who will write. The omission of tlie ra would place the word "arii" in the genitive, and the sense would be the chief of the queen Pomare. When two or more nouns or pronouns follow the same verb, the first only has the sign of the accusative case, E parau atu ialoane, ratou, o Petero, e Paulo, ma. Substantive a7id Adjective. The Substantives in general, have no gender, or note of plurality in themselves, yet some of the adjectives have, and ought to agree with the substantives when they are preceded by the plural articles; as, te man raau rarahi ra^ the great trees, mau puaaiino^ bad hogs, mau taata mai- taiaifgood men; tautamarii tamaroa iino,some bad boys. 8.8 A SHORT GRAMMAR OF It is also a general rule that the adjective ought to fol- low the substantive; as E Atua mana, mighty God, and not precede it as in English. StibstcUitives are also often implied, but not expressed; as, maua ia, or te maua, ig- norant, or the ignorant or unskilful, but the word taata or man is understood. The Antecedent arid the Relative, The relatives are not alFcCted by number or gender, they are often nominatives to the following verbs; as, te Atua o tei faa ora ia'u, the God wlio preserves me. Taua, wiiich agrees with any sort of antecedent, ought always to be followed by either ra, net or na^ in some part of the senrence ; as, taua taata ra, that man, before spoken of, taua pen nei, tliis ctistom mentioned or understood; see more on this subject under the relative pronouns. Of Government. One word governs another, when it causes it to be in 8ome case or mood. One substantive governs another; as, ToteAtuara aroka, God's pity or compassion ; 7c/ te aril ra parau, the king's speech. Interrogative phrases or sentences, ought to be answered according to the interrogation ; as, Na vai tera ra mea? Na'u, whose is that thing ? Mine. Te aha nei oe • Te ohipa nei an ; What dotst thou here ? 1 am at work here. A verb active governs words in the dative or accusative casts; as, te paraic maim ia'u, speaks to me, te haapii mai nei ia'u, teaches me, te faaite atura ia'na, makes known to him, PRAXIS. loane, xiv., 15. Ua hinaarooutou ia'u ra, e haapao i ta'u parau. Ua, a particle of affirmation affixed to verbs, and adjec- tives affirtning the existence of the action or quality to which It is prefixed. Ilinaaro, love, verb active 2d pers. plural, subj. mood, present tense, implying a condition, if you love. Outou, pronoun, 2d. person plural, nominative case, you. Ja'Uy pron. Ist, person, singular, ace. case, me. THE TAHITIAN DIALECT. 89 Ha^ a particle or adverb of time or place. ^, a sign of the tense of tlie follow! ncf verb. Hanpao^ verb 'Acuve, imperative mood, re^ an/ or kec*2^f agreeing wirli its nominative, oiitou, ly a prep, or particle of conm^ction, sometimes answering to to^ and often apparently an expletive. Tci'n, pronotm. 1^^ person singular, gen. case, ?77y. Paraii, a common siibst. sing. n«iniber, ace. case, word, speech or command, agreeing with ta'u, 7717/, loane, x. 14. O van te tiai mamoe maitai ra, na ite an 1 ta*n irio, e na ite liia van e raton. O, an article prefixrd to prononns and proper name?, when in the nominative c?)se. Fail, pronoun, ]st prison singnlar, nominative ciise, I. Te, the definite article, t/ie. Tiaimamoe, a componnd nonn, sing, number, nom. cnse, signifying a shepherd, from tiai, to keep, and 7)iamoe, sheep. Maitai, an adj. positive degree, singular number, agree- ing with tiaimamoe, goftd. Ita, a particle of emphasis, denoting the shepherd noted as good. Ua, a particle of affirmation prefixed to a verb as men- tioned before. Ite, verb active Unperson singular. Indie, mood, perfect tense, of to know. Au, pronoun, 1^^ person sing. nom. case, agreeing with ite, and contracted from van, I. /, a prep, or particle of connection, as before. Ta*ii i/io, an emphatic pronoim, gen. case, a compound of ta'u mine, and iho stlf, belonging to myself. J5, a copulative conjunction, «wr/. Ua, a particle of affirmation as before. Jte Ilia, the passive of «7e, to know, \st. pers. sing. Indie. mood, perfect tense, and agreeing with vau. Vau, pi*onoun, Unperson singular, nom. case, agreeing with ite hi a. Ef prep, by, denoting the connection between the agent and the object. V 40 A SHORT GRAMMAR &c. Ratouy pronoun, 3c?. person, plur. ace, case, agreeing with ta'uiho, loane, i. 29. Ahio na i te Arenio a te Atiia, o te hopoi ^ atii i te hara o te ao. u4Mo na, an adverb of indication, behold, take notice, a compound of hio, to see, and fia an adverb of place. /, a prep, as mentioned before. Te, the definite article, prefixed to arenio. Arenio, a common noun, sing, nnmber, nominative case^ modified from the Greek Armo7i, a lamb. A, the preposition o/, denoting the genitive case. 2'e, an article prefixed to the noun Atua, but not definite* Atiia, a common noun, 3c? person, sing, number, gen. case, God. O te, or o te?, relative pronoun, nom. case, that, or ivhichi agreeing with arenio, its antecedent. Hopoi, verb active Indie, mood, present tense, 3d. pers. taketh, or conveyeth, agreeing with its nom., o tei, E, an adverb of phice followed by atu. from, away, or away from. /, a prep, or particle of connection as before. Te, the definite article. Hara, common noun, 3c?. person, singular number, ace. case, sin. O, a preposition, a sign of the genitive case, of. jTe, definite article, the. Ao, common noun, 3c?. person, singular number, geni' live case, world. END OV THE GRAMMAR. TAHITI: J'klNTED AT THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S PRESS. 186]. TAHITIAN AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY A THE first letter of the -^^^5 alphabet and the most frequent in use of all the Tahitian vowels. Its genuine pronunciation is that of the English a in the words lad^ arn^an^&c. and when marked with a circumflex, thus, ^, the same sound in quality but longer in quantity. In some few words it sounds very short, as in the first syllables of navai^ pape^ tatd, Sfc. A, s. the name of the alphabet; the name of a certam feast where presents were given — «. the inclosure of a house, made of cocoa-nut leaves ; a sort of sliding door made of bamboo ; the skeleton of an animal — a prefix to verbs, denoting the imperative mood, as a- horo, run, do run ; also to show that the action or event is about taking place, as teie au a pohe^ I am going to die. Sometimes it is so prefixed when preceded by an adverb of negation, as ore aite, not knowing ; ore ahinaaro, not havino- a desire A, a prefix to adjectives of counting with referernce to past time, as atahi^one^ arua, two ; while c is prefixed in the future, as etahi, erua ; and it is to be noted whether a or e is in the query, for the answer must correspond — an affix to verbs to signify they are used as nouns, as hopoi^ to carry or convey, hopoia, the thing carried or conveyed, a burden — an affix by means of which a verb active is changed into a passive forpi, as, — Have, to take, ravea, taken, //c, to know, ilea, known. See hia A, s. the state of combustion or quality of burning well — v.n. to be in a burning state — a. prepared, as food by roast- ing, boiling, baking, &c. the opposite to ota^ raw A, 5 a method of catching men, beasts, or fishes, by a long reach or sweep — V. a. to sweep by forming a long rnach in order to sur- round and catch men, beasts, &c. AA] A, verb mix. denoting' the con- tinuance of the action or of the thing's mentioned. Tt commonly follows the verb, as ia vai a, let it remain or continue; but often an ad- verb intervenes, as te parau noa nei a, continues to speak — V. a. to have or possess; see na, to, and to A, conj. lest, for fear that, as e ara ia oe a poke, beware lest thou die ; nevertheless, not- withstanding — ad. when, t)s i popohe maua^ poke apipiti, a poke au, a poke oia, we were both ill tog-ether, when he was ill, I was also ill — prep, belonging to; see wa, to, 720, and to A! interj. of surprise and disap- pointment, ah ! it is gone ! ^ or, it is lost! Aa, s. [aka^ kaka,'] the root or roots of any tree or plant ; hold, right, support; footing ( .or settlement in a country Aa, 5. the fibrous substance that grows on the cocoa nut tree; the husk or covering on the young branches of the bread- fruit tree ; the integuments inclosing the sugar-cane, bamboo, hoi, &c.; the scarf on the skin of a new born in- fant or other young animals ; the skin inside of animals to which the fat about the kid- neys adheres ; a sieve, or strainer, such as is used for ^ ^the pia or arrowroot Aa, s. a provocation, insult, jeer, taunt ; a provoker, banterer — v.a. to provoke, banter, insult • — a jocular, given to jest [A All Aa, s. the name of a bird of the paroquet kind, or small par- rot ; there are two sorts, the one called aa taevao^ which has fine red feathers, the other, aa mahu., has no red feathers *" ^^ Aa,t'.n. to be thoroughly awake after sleep ; to be done, or over done, as dressed food ; to be in a sta'e of burning fiercely ; to be burning as a plurality of fires [breadth Aa, V. a. to measure length or Aaa, s. the state of agitation which thewaterisinby reason of the wind ; the state of the mind when agitated by fear — a. timorous, agitated — V. n. to be agitated, as the water by a current of air, while there is a general calm, or as the mind by rumours of war or imaginary apparitions^ Aaa, s. the stringy substance in any kind of food or vegetable, also in native cloth that is not well worked Aaa, V a. to insult or provoke Aaaa,zVt^of laughter or ridicule Aabu, s. the shell of fish, nuts, and seeds — V. a. to hold out any cup or concave vessel to receive any thing ; to make or put any thing in a concave form to receive food or other things Aahi, s. the fish called albicore ; it agrees with the mackarel, but is much larger. The young- ones are called aahi pere- pererau ; the next size, aahi tumu ; the next, anhi m.apepe ; the next, aahi vere ; the lar- gest of all, Go^iararoa. There ^ are also varieties of the aahi, as, o ouri^ raiira., pavahi., Sj'c. AAl] Aahi, s. a rag or torn piece of cloth ; a wick for a lamp Aah'ata, s. the dawn of the day Aahipatao, v. a wary albicore that will not be hooked ; — figuratively^ a person that cannO't be imposed on Aahitiamatau, s. an albicore that, has been hooked and has escaped ; a person who after having- been imposed upon has recovered himself Aahu, ". a piece of cloth; cloth in general Aahu, s. a bite; a signal given by biting the lips or gnashing with the teeth — V. a. to bite or nip ; to bite or gnash with the teeth as a s'gnal for some violence, mischief, or murder Aahu, s. a spasmodic disease of the bowels ; colic Aai, s. a glutton; see aamu and aiai maa — a gluttonous, voracious; cor- rodingj Aai, 5. a tale or fabulous relation Aaia, s. a species of mountain- plantain ; the name of a shrub Aaia, ^ OF THE UNIVERSITY OF AE] Abura, s. a species of mountain taro; see taro Aburu,a. tough and old, as the husk of a cocoa-nut Aburuburu, ,c. rottenness, decay — a. rotten, decayed Abuta, V. n. to appear or be per- ceptible, as the sun throug-h little openings in the clouds Abutabuta, a. having many holes or openings ■ — v.n. having patches or being in patches Adu, ad. Sf prep, from, beside, more ; — from, vrith reference to the place of a thing, as haere adu^ go from, in opposition to mai or maira^ towards the place of the thing mentioned or understood, or that of the speaker ; — beside,as aita adii^ none beside ; in comparing, it signifies greater, further beyond, as, rahi^ great, rahi adu, greater ; eaha adu f what more or beyond? seeatu Adura, ad. Sf prep, [from adu and ra,] having a reference to either time or place ; see atura Ae, s. the name of a sweet- scented plant, used for the sweet monoi or native oil Ae, v.a. Sf v. n. \_oke.,'] to ascend, climb, mount up ; see paium.a — s. a climber; one who climbs a tree or a hill — v.n. to touch the ground, as a boat or ship Ae, s. the slain in battle that were taken to the marae and offered ; also other sacrifices to the gods^ such as fish ; the actof offerii^g; the first beat- ing of the drum at a religious ceremony 6 [AEA Ae, ad. yes, yea, in answer to a query or a request, but im- plying cordiality or indiffer- ence according to the tone of the voice. As an adverb of place, there, near at hand, as tera ae, that near or just by; io ae, a little that way ; nia ae, a little above; I'arn ae, a little below. In comparing qualities or adjectives, it im- plies a small degree less or more, as, ino, bad, ino ae, a little worse ; maitai, good, maitai ae, something better. It is often accompanied with iti, little, as, maoro^ long"? maoro iti ae, a little longer, not much — inter, of surprise or disap- pointment ; alas ! Aea, s. the fibrous roots or stalks of the plant atiiiaea, used for small fishing lines ; the join- ing place of two nets ; a new net when first used ; the con- cave part of a crooked piece of timber; an introductory present or peace offering to the gods ; an intreaty for peace; aea tamai was a hu- man sacrifice previous to the commencement of a war Aeae, a. the name of a tree used only for fuel Aeae,?;.6r.to carry or convey ; to defend the remainder of an army; to succour in distress Aeae, s. the end, design, or ob- ject ofpursuit, as in the phrase, ua. pu te aeae., have fully at- tained the object ofpursuit Aeae, s. the state of being out of breath — V. n. breathless ; breathing laboriously and quickly AEP] Aeaea, v.n. to be exhausted and breathless Aeaea, inter j. a cry of the urioi Aeaeo, a. sallow, sickly, pale by disease Aebu, s. a cup ; a cocoa-nut used for a cup Aeha, a. [aha^ ^/%] four in counting" Aehaa, s. the great sea or deep reaching to the bounds of the horizon: diftlculty, danger Aehai, s. a very long distance — a. distant, above or below; difficult to reach Aehai mata pupure, s. a warri- or of a terrific aspect Aeho, s. a reed Ae huehu, a. troubled, disturbed, as the mind — s, agitation, disturbance of the mind Aena, ad. a little after, a little aside ; see ae Aenei, ad. Sf aux. v. sometimes answering to have, has or hath, implying the action to be past, or just gone by, as, akia aenei? how many past or gone by? ua reva aenei^ just gone ; ua pohe aenei oia^ he died or hath died Aeo, s. a child that is weak and sickly — a. weak, as a child; sickly; peevish ; childish Aeo, interj. of contempt or dis- gust; ah I Aepa, s. the name of a certain prayer ; aepa arii^ a prayer for or on account of the king Aepau, s. the last dying breath ; a bequest of a father to his son ; wisdom or learning ob- tained by a son from his father [AER Aera, ad. of time and place; a compound of ae and ra signi- fying then or there, or a little aside, according to the cir- curastancesof time and place; see mai, moira^ tu^ and atu Acre, s. a collection or abun- dance offish or animals Acre, 5. a thick dense forest; the name of a tree of the bark of which native cloth is made Aere, s. a large or extensive bog that cannot be passed; the expanse of sea or firmament whose termination cannot be seen ; the unknown state after death; any thing that cannot be found by searching Aereere,5. a bog encrusted with the plant mapua and vibrat- ing from unsoundness when trod upon; commotion, agi- tation, disorder in an army — V. n. to shake or vibrate, as the surface of a bog, or the ground on the fall of some heavy thing; to be agitated or in commotion, as the mind on hearing bad tidings Aeri, s. a hole, such as that of a land crab or of the varo ; a hole wider at tlie bottom than the top Aero, ,9. the tail of quadrupeds, or of the sting-ray and some other fishes; the after part of some business or conversa- tion; the penis Aerofai, s. the name of a medical plant, called also, puarau Aerorau, .v. the name of a god; the vsouth-west wind ; the fabulous inuo or lizard, said to have many tails ; a per- son with a numerous retinue A FA] Aerouri, s. the name of a moun- tain plant, (the buckshorn,) called also, rima rima tafai Aeto, s. [aetos^ Gr.] the eagle Aetoerau, s. a gentle and a- greeable westerly wind ; a soothing and pleasing state of the mind Afa, s. a crack, split, rent, or fissure; a schism or division - — V. n. to crack or split ; to break or burst, as an abscess; to divide or split in parties. Va afa te vai^ is an expression signifying the commence- ment of hostilities Afaa, s. a large pit or hole, such as a main pit Afafa, a. torn or rent in many places ; much divided, or having many parties Afai, s. a bearer or carrier of burdens — v.a. to carry, bring, or take a thing ; to restore the cap- tives of a conquered place, or those who had been ban- ished, ylfai ioa and afai parau are names for a tale- bearer Afaia, .9. that which is burden- some, or difficult to manage; a great concern or burden Afafai, s. strength or ability to carry a great burden — V. a. to carry or convey re- peatedly; to try the weight of a thing in order to carry it if not too heavy Afara,5.a species o^a mountain plantain - — s. a species of bread-fruit Afarefare, v. n. to hang over, as a wave when read}' to break, or as a rock or preci- pice 8 [AHA Afaru, s. a water- bottle or cala- bash ; a port of ill savoured sauce, used chiefly by old women *Afata, s. a chest, box, coop, raft, or scaifold Afea, ad. when, will, or shall, used only interrogatively and in the future Afeafe, s. height; as afeafe te ra^ altitude of the sun — a. long or tall ; distant ; ex- tended Afene, a. six in counting ; see ahene and aono Afera, ad. ever; ever after; as of era noatu^ ever, or for ever from this time Aferefere, s. a strong and vora- cious appetite by reason of which a person will eat any kind of food — a. empty, as the bowels from hunger or the operation of medicine Afifi, s. the name of a medicinal plant — s. a species of banana; a bun- dle of bread-fruit or cocoa- nuts tied together Afii, s. the head of a beast, bird, or fish, but not of a man, except by way of con- tempt Aha, .9. \_ka}ia^'\ sinnet made of cocoa nut- husk — s. the first enemy slain in battle was called crAa, be- cause, when obtained, a piece of aha was tied to him, he was then taken to a marac, and prayers were made over him for further success in the war ; and those prayers and ceremonies were called aha taata AHA] Aha, .?. the name of a fish, of which there are varieties, as aha moe^ aha mararau Sfc. Aha, s. the operation of tlie <«, by which the sorcerer was supposed to cause the death of a person, such were said to be aha hia, devoted to destruction Aha, s. the ceremony of pre- senting- at the marac a piece of aha by a fleet of canoes after their landing- as an ac- knowledgment of the protec- tion of the gods, and prayers were made with an offering- of a pig, or of a plantain in the absence of c; pig- Aha, pron. interrogative^ aha or e aha? what? no te aha? for what? or to what purpose? e aha atu? what more or be- side? aha hoi? what else? aha iho a? what besides? e aha tena? what is that? (near the person addressed ;) e aha tera? what is that? (at a dis- tance;) c aha teie? what is this? (close by) — ad. how? or why? as e aha e tia'i? how can it be? e aha van e riri ai? why should I be igry r aha e ore aif why not? Aha, s. a crack, a fissure; see afd — v.nAo crack, split open Ahaa, s. a hole or large pit; see afaa Ahaa, interj. of fondness on meeting a friend Ahaaha, s. the name of a fish remarkable for its rapidity in swimming Ahaaha, \$. rapidity, swiftness; a swift pursuer (AHA Aliaaha, v. a. to pursue, as a warrior his enemy Ahaaha, a neat, smart, of gen- teel carriag-e Ahaaha, «. cadaverous, as a dead animal Ahae, a. rent, torn ; see mahae — v.n. to be torn or rent Ahaeahae, a. gentle Ahaehae, a. torn or rent iri many places Ahafirituatua, s. a disturber of the peace Ahafirituatua, ad. awkwardly, slovenly done Ahaha, v. n. to boast or vaunt ; to exalt one's self Ahaha, a. having- many cracks or rents; see afdfd Ahahoi, interj. a term of adula- tion used by ariois Ahamatarau, s. a seditious dis- turber of the peace Ahamatatini, s. an incendiary; a breeder of mischief Ahata, s. a box or chest; see pafata Anatahatai, s. a piece of sinnet used as a charm on board a canoe when preparing- for sea Ahataina, 5. a bustling, hurry- ing person — v.n. to be in a bustle or hurry Ahataina, a. tough, as the sin- net of the toere., drum — Jig, stubborn, obstinate, not giv- ing way Ahatatai, s. the sinnet fastening- or tying the barbs at the end of a fish spear Ahatea, s. the name of a tree used for the keels of boats ; see mar a uri *Ahatia, .?. the name of a cer- tain prayer to the gods, for- merly ahaiu c AHIJ Ahavai, s. black sinnet, made strong and coloured in the miru of some bog — fig. a handy, strong, and active person Ahe, inter j. of surprise, as ah ! alas ! so let it be ! it cannot be helped ! Ahe, ad. afterwards, as ahe i muri iho Ahea, ad. when? future; see afea Aheahe, s. emptiness - — a. empty, as the stomach Ahee, s. a verse or paragraph of a funeral dirge; seejpeAe, tui^ and avei Aheehee, v. n. to ebb, as the sea; see pahee Ahehe, s. a rustling noise — v.n. to make a rustling noise, as the wind or rain among dry leaves *Ahema, ad. when, as afea Ahera,adever; for ever hence- forward Aheu, s. the name of a delicious sort of fish, called, when young, pauuara^ when half- grown, marava., and when 1 5 or 1 6 inches long it is aheu Ahi, s. [q^, a'i ; api, Malay ;] fire ; see auahi Ahi, s. [afi ; asi, Fiji; huahiy Marq.] the sandal wood Ahi, s. a flint ; a gun-flint Ahi, s. a species of cockle Ahi, v.n. to sit or brood as a hen ; cover, overshadow Ahi, inter j. of surprise or dis- appointment Ahia, ad. how many? when in- quiring of things in the past time, ehia? in the future; a tnohia and etoohia when in- quiring about persons 10 [AHI Ahia, s. [^ohiha^ kaii^ga, ohia^'] the native red apple, called also Eugenia Malauensis Ahiahi, s. the evening Ahiahi, s. a wound ; scars of a warrior; bruises — a. wounded, bruised ; shy, as a fish that has been disturbed and will not bite Ahiahi rumaruma, 5. a dark and cloudy evening — fig. an angry person Ahifa, s. a sort of coral that will irritate the skin when handled Ahiht, V. anomalous., to join or unite with ; used with a nega- tive, eita oia e ahihi mai^ he will not join. Ahimaa, s. a batch of food ; the native oven with its contents, from ahi. fire, and maa^ food Ahina, s. a grey head ; a con- temptuous name for a grey headed person ; see hinahina Ahinamuri, v. imp. a wish ex- pressed by the managers of a canoe that it may speed its its way Ahinavai, s. a white haze, mist, or fog, which prevents the discovery of objects; distance that makes objects impercep- tible Ahio, s. a certain mode of speech used by the king or herald in making peace Ahipa, V. n. to look at or behold an object Ahipihapiha, .9. water made to boil by putting hot stones into it Ahipihepihe, s. a remarkable remedy to cure langour or weakness, frequently used by Tahitian women, who have AHl] 11 [AHO lately llen-in, and by persons of both sexes in chronic dis orders ; perspiration excited by the steam of plants, such as the mapua or wild mint, and hot stones, and when the perspiration is most copious, the person comes out and plunges into a river to bathe Ahiri, conj. if, had it been, were it so; ahiri e e parau mau ruj had it been truth Ahiri, V. anom. and used im- peratively ; repeat, g-o on, speak out, addressed to a person speaking or about to speak Ahiria, a. overtopped or shaded, as a small tree under a great one Ahiripa, s. a great destruction or calamity Ahiro, s. a method of fishing for the fish moi Ahitaa, s. the flank of a pig ; a particular fleshy part of a turtle ; the two sides of a seine or fishing net next to tls belly Ahitahuna, s. a fire kindled se- cretly to dress food Ahitao, s. an oven fire ; fire as a signal ; the name of a prayer and ceremony before a cock fight Ahitarahu, s. a fire kindled in the interior of the island to dress food during such times as the whole coast was sacred and no fire allowed to be kindled Ahitea, s. a firebrand tied to the end of an arrow and shot over a river or other water towards a person on the other side Ahitopi, a. brisk, vigorous — s. a vigorous person Ahiiu^a.[^ahikic,Jitu^ ihi,~\ seven in counting Ahitu, s. a term in use in the amusement or exercise of arms called turaau Ahitu, s. the assistants of a ca- noe builder Ahitu, s. a company of idola- trous priests, a sort of Naza- rites, residing in a sacred house in a ?n,arae, and ob- serving peculiarcustoms,such as not shaving, not cuttmg the hair, &c. Ahitutariaroa, 5. an attendant or servant of the god Oro Ahitutu. s. the name of an odo- riferous tree used for per- fume, and its charcoal for a sort of ink to mark the skin with ; see tatau Ahitututu, s. a name given to a disagreeable odour, or smell of greasy substances burning Ahitutu tutu, s. the same as a/ti- tututu Ahivamuri, s. the lower part of the stern of a canoe Aho, s. the rafter of a house ; thread, cord, twine Aho, s. the breath of animals ; e huti te aho, to breathe or draw the breath Aho, s. a certain stone set up in a marae where the priest set up his tapaau, or cocoa nut leaves twisted so as rudely to represent a man Ahoa, s. a prayer made at the time of clearing a marae of weeds and rubbish Ahoa, s. the presentation of the first-fruits to a god, or to the king AHO] Ahoa, s. small notches in the edge of a tool \_uruhoa Ahoa, s. the headache ; see Ahoaho, s. trouble, perplexity, calamity [plexed — v.n. to be troubled or per- — a, troubled ; distant for con- venience, such as wood and water, a place where such is not at hand is vahi ohoaho Ahoahoa, s. the headache ; a pain with a continual din in the head ; see hoa and uruhoa Ahoahoa huri fenua, s. a tem- pest, a hurricane Ahoea, s. a war-term for a com- pany or a party in reserve Ahoehoe, v. n. to bend downj as the branches of a tree Ahomaoro, s. long breath ; long* life; perseverance Ahomure, s. short breath; want of perseverance Ahonui, s. perseverance, pa- tience Ahopapaa, a. successful, as in fishing Ahopau, s. shortness of breath; the asthma Ahopau, s. a person that escapes from the midst of a battle Ahopoto, 5. the same as aho- mure Ahore, a. stripped or barked, as a young tree Ahore, s. the name of a small, spotted fish Ahoro, s. the name of a small crab ; the name of a small red and white fish Ahoro, 5. the end of a woman's girdle that hangs before Ahoro, s. a piece of wood to repair the keel of a canoe Ahoro, s. straightness — V. n, to be straight 12 [AHU Ahoro, s. the dilapidation of a marae, of a house, or of a wall ; a party that runs from a battle Ahorohoro, v. n. to be crumbling or sliding down, as the earth on the side of a mountain; to run, as a multitude of persons Ahoru, s. the abatement of a disease or of anger — V. n. to abate or cease Ahoru, a. pliant, as a plank or piece of wood that has a slender place and bends when trod upon — V. n. to be bending up and down Ahoruhoru, v. n. to be empty and hollow, as a bag ; to be empty as the stomach ; to be in fear or dismay Ahu, 5. [Ao/m,] cloth and gar- ments of all descriptions Ahu, s. heat; feverish heat of the body Ahu, V. n. to be burnt or scalded, as the words a and ama can- not be applied to the human body, according to the native notion, but by way of a curse or evil wish connected with cannibalism Ahu, V. a. to throw up or huddle together a heap of things ; to pile up stones or throw up earth, as for a fortification; to put up the wall of a ma- rae; to make an inclosure to catch fish in shallow places Ahu, V. a. to scoop, lade, or shovel; to take up any thing with a vessel or a ladle Ahua, s. a place in the sea so filled with coral as not to admit the passage of a canoe AHU] 13 Ahua, s. a piece of wood made use of to fasten the tops of the rafters above the ridge piece in a native house Ahua, s. the blossom of the sugar cane Ahua, s. a curse or imprecation — V. a. to curse Ahua, s. a person that waits on the sick — V. a. to nurse a person ; to wait on the sick Ahuahu, s. the heat of the sun or of clothes — a. hot, sultry, not airy Ahuahu, .9. a »mall inclosure to catch fish ; a ladle or any thing to bale with — V. a. to lade or bale out water Ahuahu, s. a rasp or rubber made of coral Ahuahurua, s. two parties that have engaged in war, but neither of them prevailed Ahuapi, *. cloth doubled and pasted together ; a quilt Ahuarii, s. a raised pavement in a marae on which the king was placed and inaugurated with various ceremonies ; the persons that invested the king with authority Ahuatai, s. a certain prayer and ceremony formerly used when war or sickness pre- vailed; a model of a canoe was made, fitted up, and sent to sea with the supposed sins and sickness on board Ahuavaha, 5. one that promises fair, but does not perform — V. a. to deceive by fair speeches Ahuehue, s. confusion, alarm, on account of being unpre- pared [alarm — V, n. to be in confusion or [AHU Ahuena, s. property or other things heaped together Ahufara, s. a very fine mat made of atu leaves Ahuhe, s. quickness of growth in plants, &c. — a. quick or forward in growth — V. n. to grow or shoot up quickly Ahui, V. a. to collect various articles of property into one place Ahui, V. a. to lift or throw up the rod when a fish bites Ahuiavae, s. footsteps or track Ahuihui, v. a. to join together, as a number of persons in some work ; to collect things together, and that repeatedly Ahuihui, v. n. to perceive dis- tinctly ; see mahuihui Ahuina, v. a. to lift up the rod as a fisherman Ahumamau, s. a garment con- stantly worn Ahumaua, s. a fortress in the mountains; prayers and cere- monies on the mountains Ahupapaa, s. an inclosure for fish ; the wall of a new ma- rae^ or commencement of a marae where there was none before Ahupara, s. a good sort of native cloth Ahupare, s. a fortress in time of war Ahupau, or Ahupaau, s. an in- ferior sort of cloth Ahura, s. a sort of slug or sea- snail Ahura, s. a fisherman's prayer; see hura Ahura ouma, v, a. to throw up the small fish or fry called omna^ and used for a bait AHU] Ahuru, s. the name of a fish Ahuru, s. the rotten or decayed state of things Ahuru, \_anga.hnru^ angafulu, anauru^ onohuu ; pulu or sa pulu, Malay ; sanyafulu^ New Guinea; fidu^ Mad.; pulu, Tag-alis of Manilla; pulu^ Javanese;] the adj. ten Ahuruhuru, s. the young of the fish ahuru Ahuruhuru, s. a certain cere- mony formerly used by way of augury ; killing and in- specting the bowels, &c., of a hog, to find out the event of • a war about to commence Ahuruhurua, s. the rough-look- ing state of a thing — a. illfavoured, ugly, filthy Ahutae, s. a wall or pavement that is equal everywhere Ahutai, 5. a party that takes refuge in canoes at sea or on the reef in time of war Ahuta'i, 5. presents of cloth, &c., given to chiefs and other visitors; presents given on the death or funeral of a person, called also ahu oto ; see ^a'z, oto, and otohaa Ahutapae, .v. one that is a new comer, not belonging to the place ; one that joms in a work after it is partly done ; a new marae derived from an old one Ahutii, s. cloth made by parties severally belonging to a tii; see tii Ahutiitii, s. appendages to a marae, such as unu, tapauy fata rau, Sfc, which see Ahuvai, s. a bringer-up of an- other's children; the children brought up by a stranger 14 [AIA Ai, V. a. [^kai; kani, Fiji; ina- kanan, Malay;] to eat A'i, s. \_kaki,'\ the neck of man, beast, or bird Ai, inter j. of disapprobation, ah I sometimes it is pro- nounced long, ai ! Ai, V. a. [ahi^^ to copulate, ap- plied to both sexes Ai, ad. or verbal directive, the word seems to be idiomatic, and to have no exact corre- spondent word in English. Sometimes it answers to will or shall, as, afea e oti ai? when will or shall it be finished? ananahi e oti ai, it will be finished to-morrow. It is often connected with a query, and the reason de- manded or given, as, e aha i ore ai? why not? ore a ite i ore ai? because of ignorance it was not (done or accom- plished being understood,) eaha te meaepohe ai te taata? what is the reason of man's death? o te hara te mea e pohe ai? sin is the cause Ai, s. a technical play-term, ten ai are equal to a re; see re Ai, s. a longing desire for fish Aia, s. a country or place where one makes his abode ; an in- heritance or portion of land Aia, v.n. to take refuge as those who have lost their land in time of war Aia, s. the open state of a flower — V. n. to open as a flower or blossom ; see uaa — a. open as a flower; con- temptible Aiaaij s. a crime or fault AIA] Aiaha, s. a young and coura- geous warrior Aiahoto, s. the same as aiaha Aiahu, s. one that eats on the high and privileged place in a marae ; see aliu — v,a. to eat food upon the ahu or high place Aiahu, V. a. to vaunt in an osten- tatious manner Aiahii, s. a by stander at a wrestling time who seizes on one of the parties Aiai, s. a species of the panda' nus^ called also /ara vuo Aiai, v.a. to eat a little repeat- edly ; see amuamu Aiai, s. clearness, fairness — a. fair, clear, unsoiled, white, comely^ , Aiaia, v. n. to be emitting a putrid smell Aiaia, s. some supposed crime Aiaiahu, v.a. to vapnt, to crow over a person Aiaia maa, v. n. to be eager after food — s. one that leaves a place of scarcity for a place where there is abundance of food Aiaiaoa, s. cloth made of the bark of the fibrous roots of the aoa tree Aiaiaoa, s, the name of a small sea- eel Aiaifaa, v. a. to eat in the time of certain prayers without regarding the prohibitions of the chiefs, a crime often punished with death Aiaifaa, v. a. to eat improper things, as pregnant women do Aiaihaa, v. n. to be of an un- governable appetite ; to covet every thing — v.a. to eat voraciously 15 [AlE Aiana, s. a miser, one very par- simonious Aiani, s. a shameless beggar *Aiao, s. the foot; see maiao and avae Aiao, a. of a pleasant mien Aiapuu, s. one who avenges the defeat of a wrestler; one that makes good a failure — V. a. to avenge, to make good a former failure ; see taiapim Aiari, s. one who follows a chief from attachment, or for his own advantage Aiaro, v. a. to surround a board or eating place, and eat face to face Aiaru, s. the ghost of a dead relation which was supposed to come to the living and in- flict sickness or death — V. a. to iiifl ict sickness or death on a person Aiaruru, v. a. to eat or do a thing in a body Aiata, v.a. to eat another's food, or take his property, without leave or consent; to eat, as a dog, whatever might come in his way Aiato, V. a. to extirpate or con- sume utterly [inheritance Aiatupuna, s. land possessed by Aiava, v.n. to rise in the throat as sorts of food [and aua Aibu, s. a cup ; see aebu^ aipu, Aie, s. a species of hard wood that grows on some low is- lands; a species of tatau or skin- marks on the loins and posteriors Aiea, v. a. to act in a deadly manner, as was done, accord- ing to the notions of former times, by the ghost of the dead upon the living ATH] Aifatu, s. a stranger that be- j comes the domestic of a chief and worlds for him — V. a. to attach one's self to a chief and work for him Aifenua, 5. a person that covets and taices possession of an- other man's land — V. a. to take possession of the land of another, from ai, to eat, and/emm, land — a. covetous of another's land Aiha, 5. rubbish brought down to the sea by a great fall of rain Aiha, s. the cord which passes through the pearl fish-hook ; the upper and under ropes of a fishing net [tion Aiha, 5. heat, sultriness; vexa- — a. warm, close and sUltry — V. n. to be vexed by importu- nity Aihamu, v. a. to eat voraciously the leavings of others ; to press to the food before others Aihamumu,5.a person who con- tinually imposes upon another by eating his food, &c. — V. a. to devour another'sfood ; to beg another's property till it is all expended Aiharuma, s. a pilferer of food or other things — V. a. to seize upon food as cats and dogs do; to pilfer the food of others Aihau, V. n. to enjoy peace and tranquillity Aihere, s. weeds, rubbish, un- cultivated land Aihuaa, 5. a person acquainted with genealogies; a genea- logical series Aihuaraau, s. a coloniser, or possessor of land taken by conquest 16 [ATK Aihuaraau, v. a. to possess land taken by conquest Ailo, s. a disease that breaks out in continual ulcers; do- mestic broils; internal com- motions of a country ; a com- pany to commit some evil deed Aima, ad. [a?fw«,] no, not, with reference to the past, eima is the future ; it is com- monly pronounced and ac- companied with putting the tip of the tongue between the lips, and frequently the negative is signified by that action alone without a word spoken ; see aina.) aita^ and aore Aimama, s. a person that alwaj'^s remains at home and lives with his or her parents to adult age — V. a. to eat food chewed by the mother Aimamau, s. a consumer of food — v.a. to consume the food ; to grasp the whole Aimatua, v. a. to eat with old men only, on account of war or some approaching cere- mony Aimaunu, v.a. to nibble, as fish do the bait Aimaure, v.a. to collect and eat fruits and roots before they are ripe Aimautu, v. a. to eat secretly, covering the mouth with the hand Aina, acZ. no, not; used as ama and aorc Aina, s. land, country, but tlie word is obsolete at Tahiti; seefenua AIO] 17 Aina, 9. the skin of the armpits or of the groin, whtn of a dark colour. Ainanu, s. a constellation con- sisting of the two stars, Pipiri and Rchia, According to a Tahitian tradition, they were a boy and a girl left at home while the parents were fish- ing: the children waited, ( x peeling the fish, with half a breadtruitin the hand of each of them, 'i'he parents arrived with the fish, and the child- ren, pretending to be asleep, were not called, and the fish were eaten ; the children . be- ing ainanu^ displeased, flew upon the top of the house, and from thence to the sky, where the boy, Pipiri^ and the girl, Rehia, became the two stars forming the con- stellation Ainanu. Ainanu, 5. displeasure or sullen- ness on account of food or deprivation of a proper share; the feeling of not being duly considered as to food and other things. • — V. n. to be displeased on ac- count of food or of being deprived of a due share. Aio, V. a. to eat what was in- tended for an 6 or present. Aioio, s. a changeable person. — a. changeable, unsettled, as the wind or the mind. Aioio, interj. a cry of the arioi. Aioio, a. crooked or twisting, as a tree. Aiora, v. a. to inflict disorder or death, as the spirits of the dead were formerly sup- posed to do upon living rela- tions ; see uiea. [AIR Aiore, .«. an abortive ; see aw- para and mamaia. — G. abortive ; fallen off, as fruit not ripe. Aiori, s. a species of mountain- plantain. Aiori, s. a species of the fee or cuttle fish. Aiori, s. a name given to some of the shark's teeth. Aiola, s. rareness, rawness^ of undressed food ; something disagreeable introduced by a good speech. — a. rare, not sufficiently dres- sed, as food. Aipa, ad. no, not, as aima and aita, Aipa, s. a hog sacrificed to Tearii vahine, literally, the queen, but meaning some god or goddess ; this wi 3 at the conclusion of certain prayers, after which the peo- ple might eat. Aipai, s. sodomy, — V. a. to commit sodomy; see paia and moliu. Aiparita, s^. a person that eats in haste. — V a.toeatwith unusual hurry. Aipue, s. a play term ; the first in the diversion of timo raa^ patia raa fa.^ Sfc. Aira, 5. a fishing rod; ^eematira. Airahu, v. a. to eat at the taking off' of a restriction. Airahui, v. a. to eat what is for- bidden ; see rahui. — s. one that eats what is pro- hibited. Airahurahu, s the same as m- rahiii. Airaua, s. one of the names of the po, viz. hades or the dark unknown s.ate of the dead. AIT] Airaua, a. bedridden ; ill, as a bedridden person. Airaurau, v. a. to eat by pick- ing bits ofF from the sides, eoffes, or outside parts of a baked pig. Aireire, s. the remainder, or little that was left ; used with a neg-ative, aita aireire^ no remainder, none left. Airoa, s, that which is difficult to attain, or come up to, or excel in, as in various games. Airohe, s. the name of a small tyger shell. Airoiro, *. small maggots ; see iro and tua ; small fibrous roots of plants, [fibrous roots. — a. maggoty ; having small Airuma, v, a. to eat sullenly and unsocially, neither regarding those who are near, nor offer- ing them any thing. Aita, ad. of negation, past time^ no, not; see aore, AitS, inter j. of wonder or sur- prise. as aitd te maro ! how obstinate ! aitd. te mahana ! how hot the sun ! Aitaa, 5. a man of another dis- trict or country , who, by mar- riage, becomes an inheritor of land. Aitaha, s. a man that catches many and large fishes, but appropriates them all to him- self, not regarding the cus- tom of sending some to the king or chief of the place. — V. a. to eat fish without pay- ing the usual tribute. Aitahaa, s. a person destitute of shame and modesty, that would come and eat naked without regarding the pre- sence of others. ^S [AIT Aiiairi, v. a. to eat hastily and indecently, tearing the food like a dog. Aitairiiri, v. a, to eat by tearing repeatedly like a dog, and looked upon as a bad omen. Aitamai, 5. onethat excites to war or contention. — V. a. to excite to war or dis- turbance. Aitarahu, s. a debtor ; see ta- rahu. Aitaua, s. one that avenges the wrong or disgrace of his friend or relation ; a country that redeems its character by conquering its conquerors ; an avenger of murder, &c. — V. a. to avenge the wrong of a friend or relation. Aitauae, s. a play term in the timo raa; also aitaoae and aitauai^ the same as aipue, Aitea, s, the first fish caught by the method called auaho ; the first slain enemy whose body was obtained in time of war. Aito, s. the iron wood, called also toa and ayiuito. Aito s. a warrior, hero, con- queror, military man. — «. mischievous, fierce, warlike. Aitoa, interj. denoting satisfac- tion on account of something" disastrous that has happened to another. Aitoa! ah! it served him right; he well deserved it ! Aitoa, 5". the beginning of some words used as a charm ; when a person happened to have a fish-bone sticking in the throat, the priest or some other person would say, aitoa, aitoa, oe i raoa ; see raoa. AM A J Aitomoua, s. the name of a tree that grows in the mountains, and different from the com- mon aito or toa tree. Aitu, s. a god or goddess; see attia.. Aituhituhi, a. given to cursing and swearing. — V. a, to curse, or imprecate evil, and that repeatedly ; see tuhi, Aiii, [at, to eat, and tt, milk,] s. a sucking child; an affec- tionate term for a young person. Aiuiu, s. the great length of the time of a journey; the long breath of a diver. — a. of long continuance, as a journey; long- breathed, as a diver. Aiva, a, [aiwa^ iva^ iwa] nine in counting. Aivaiva, a. great; abundant; large in quantity. Aivana, a. learned ; well skilled in language, prayers, and heathen ceremonies. Aivao, s. the name of a species of banana. Aivi, s. any ridge of low hills stretching to the mountains. Ama, s. the outrigger of a sin- gle canoe ; the paeama is the left side and is the woman's side ; the right is called pae atea and is the man's side. Ama, 5. the state of being well dressed or cooked, as food; the state of burning well. — a. done or cooked, as food, by boiling, baking, or roast- ing; see a. — V. n. to be in the state of be- ing well cooked as food, or well burnt as stones, ^ all; every; only. — ad. together; at once; en- tirely. Anae, 5. anxiety, thoughtfulness. — v.n. to be anxious, thought- ful, grieving. Anae, s. the name of a fish, the mullet. [AN\ Anaemoeolio, s. the name of a fish ; see orie. Anaenae, v.n. to be repeatedly exercising anxious tlioughts, so as to destroy sleep ; to be repeatedly disturbed in sleep by some uneasiness of body or mind. Anafero, a. gluttonous, libidi- nous. Anahero, a. the same as ana* fero. Anahoa, s. a strong wind from the south west. Anai, s. frugahty, economy, carefiilness. Anai, 5. a row, or layer; see' nanai. Ani, s. frugally, carefully ; cun- ningly, craftily.' — a. clever; skilful; cunning; stingy. Ananahi, s. to-morrow, or yes- terday, according to the way it is mentioned ; if the pre- position i is before it, it sig- nifies yesterday, otherwise, to-morrow; see abobo and nanahi, Ananahi atura, s. the day after to-morrow; or, if preceded by an i, the day before yes- terday. Anani, s. [orangfe, Eng."] the orange tree and fruit; see arani. Anaohiu, s. the end of the coral grater used to scrape the cocoa-nut; a sauce made of cocoa-nut well scraped and made fine. Anaouru,5.thesame as anaohiu. Anapa, 5. a flash of lightning; the flashing of lightning, Anapa,u.n.toflaah,aslightning or gunpowder. A\E] 23 Anapanapa, v. n. to flash re- peatedly, as lightning. Ananape, *. a river ; the bed of a river ; see anavai. Anatiai ahu, s. an ill favoured, over grown person ; a sen- tinel set to watch over a fortified place in a cave; see ahu. Anau, s. grief of parents for their children, or of children for their parents. — v.n. to grieve, as a parent for his child, or the child for his parent. Anauru, s, a strong, boisterous wind. Anavai, s a river ; the bed of a river ; see anapape, Anave, s. breath; a liup, cord, thread ; perseverance ; lon- gevity ; see aho. Anave, s. a certain mode of tying a bunch of writ. Anavenave, a. addicted to get food at another person's house. Aneane, a. clear, as a fine and cloudless atmosphere ; — Jig. fair and deceptive, as the speech of a hypocrite. Anee, s. ductility ; the quality of extension. — V. n. to spread, or extend, as a thing beaten with a ham- mer or mallet ; to slip out, as a wedge. • — a. ductile, malleable. Anehepiro, s, a person that monopolises different kinds of fish. — V. n. to be longing for fish, as a sick person. Anei, v. of being^ answering to is or are, but used only inter- rogatively, as, oia anei ? is it so ? or, is it that ? [ANO Anei, s. the name of an odo- riferous shrub. Ani, 5. a request, petition ; also the petitioner, asker, or beg- gar. — V. a. to ask, petition, beg, &c. — a. addicted to begging or asking. Ania, 5. superficiality; shallow- ness; the quality of being merely on the surface. — a. superficial, slight, shallow, unfounded. — ad. superficially, slightly. Aniao, s. the foot; tract; foot- step ; see avae. Anini, 5. giddiness; a sense of turning in the head. — V. n. to be giddy or dizzy. — a. giddy. Aninia, s. a great degree of giddiness or dizziness in the ead. — V. n. to be very giddy or diz- zy ; having a sense of circu- lar motion. — a. giddy, dizzy. Aniuea, s. a species of taro with very hard, deep, and strong roots. Anivaniva, s. a great degree of giddiness or vertigo ; called also aniniva. — V. n. to be moving in a zigzag course, as an arrow, or light- ning. Ano, s. the desolate state of a country, or of a house, for want of inhabitants. — a. desolate, as a house or land. Anoa, s. shape or appearance of the land as to mountains, vallies, capes, shores, &c. — a. distimt ; lost in distance, as the sun in setting, a ship when lost to sight, &c. A NO] 24 Anoano, s. the height of a }>face ; awe ; that which causes bash fulness. — a. high or distant, so that an object cannot be clearly dis- cerned ; terrible or frightful because of height; fearful or bashful in entering into a company. Anoano, 5. the seeds of gourds, melons, cucumbers, &c. ; see hnero. Anoano, s, a cocoa-nut water- bottle. Anoano, s. the name of one of the modes of attacii, in the exercise of arms called tu- raau or tiaraau. Anoanomarie, s. a wise per- son ; one who can solve difticulties. Anoanomatie, s. a native of a a place where his ancestors v/ere before him ; a wise person, as anoanomarie. — a. clever; wise; intelligent. Anoanotupu, s. a native of a place, or a permanent resi- dent; see iho tupu. Anoauri, s. the steady gaze of a dog at his master; one that will not flinch; a steady friend. Anoe, s. the desire to see, hear, or eat. — v.n. to have an abiding plea- sure in seeing, hearing or eating. Anoenoe,v.?i.tohave continued pleasure in hearing, seeing, &c. so as not to be tired. Anohi, s. a fish hook; the point of a fish hook. Anoi, s. a compound; a mix- ture. — v.a. to mis. together different ingredients. [AO Anoi, a. mixed, compounded. Anoinoi, Anoninoni, v. a. to mix repeatedly. Anoparau, s. one that can ad- vise, having knowledge of men and things. Anotaro, s. a season. Anotau, s. a season ; see tau and matahiti. A no tupu, s. an inhabitant, a resident. Anu, 5. coldness; see maariri. — a. cold ; see toefoe. Anua, s. the name of a tree of hard wood. Anua,ac?. superficially ; slightly. Anuanu, a. cold, chilly; see maariri. Anuanua, Anuenue, s. the rain- bow. Anuanua, s. the external part of the root hoi. Anuhe, s. the common fern in the mountains ; also wire from its supposed resem- blance to some fern stalks. Anuhenuhe, s. the apparent greatness of a thino- when not great m real ty. — a. great in appearance only. Ao, s. day; the light; the na- tural day; bright clouds of the sky. Ao, s. Heaven; blessedness; happiness; the state of the blessed. A0.5 the good re'gn of a prince; a hospitable man. Ao, 5. the present life ; te ao nri^ means the present world, thepresents'ate of existence. Ao, 5. the opening hue's of trees ; the white heart of cabbage, taro, Szc ; the first that couje«> off in straining liquors, such us the ava, 4'c. Ao, .?. tbp name of a large spot- ted sen bird. Ao, Af. the heart of a bundle of clo^h ; the king who is the head and heartof the country. Ao, ft. the grooves of the clotfi mallet ; also the marks of the grooves in the clo*h. Ao, .5. the part of an arrow that is taken hold of on putting it on the string. Ao, s. the inside bark used for cloth making. Ao, s. the fat of turtles, fowls, and fishes. Ao, s. the name of a ceremony previous to that of the tiki ; see tihi, Ao, s. braided human hair ; the string that fastens the fa or butt at which men throw their speare* Ao, 5. the food that is turned over at random to visitors at cer- tain feasts. Ao, s. the chief or first part of things ; the first enjoy- ment. Ao, s. one of the ropes fastened to a sail. Ao, ea. Arure, 5. food btateii into a pulp ; see popoi. Aruri, a. left, in opposition to ri^ht. Aruri, adc. indislinclly, »s fin rooarnri. to hearor p«^rceive indistinctly. Aruriri, s. a sea that in breaking sends up its sprays towards the clouds. Aruriruri, *■. a rumour, an in- distinct report, not well de- fined. Arurorirori, ,?. a very strong- and heavy surf, which cannot be passed. Aruru, s, a species of the ca- vally fish. Aruru, adiy. together or collec- tively. Arutahopu, s a sea that breaks and falls before 9. person, or at his feet. Arutapoipoi, .ig pre- sented by the people with bread fnnt, /a?o, or other food. Aui, s. a swelling, or an ab'=icess in the groin. Aui, a. left, in opposition to right, as rima aui^ left hand : see VI a in and a fan. Auira, s. a long line of fires kindled along the beach, at night, to make a show. Auiru, .«?. a mode of placing fuel or fire- wood ; see fatni. Auiui, adv. anciently, mai ta- liito aniui mai a, of old, an- ciently, or from of old time even to th:'s. Aumaha, s. sultriness; see r'^/Zm. — a. sultry, close, warm. Aumai, s. abiding grief; long- ing; earnest desire. — v.7i.io be grieving, longing, desirino" earnestly ; also to deny one's self for the ser- vice of another. Aumaire, a. deeply ijnh iit/^l, as the leaves of the bread fiuit called mairc, pia., vvnnri. S^-r. Auniama. r. a. to chew food for a child. Aumama, a. lioriit footed: nim- ble. " — arfv. sprightly. Aumanava, s. the hfur of tlie bosom : thouglits or afTcc- tions of tlie heart. Aumanava. .9. a bosom friend : called also roto rnavaya. Aumaote, s. one who enters into another's labour, and ge1?< the applause of tlie work. thoufifh another had done it. AUXJ Auinaoti, s. a stirrer up of con- tention. Aumata, s. a reciprocal look ; a thing that is agreeable to the eye ; from an and mafa. Aumata, v. n. to be looking with joy on an object. Auniauiui, s. sympathy with another's grief. Aumea, s. the gills of fishes ; see r aumea. Aumihi, s. grief, pity, compas- sion ; see mihi. Aumii, X. a strong or eager desire after things. — V. n. to be eager after many or different things. Aumiimii, v. n. to desire re- peatedly the possession of the things sought after. Aumiti, s. smacking with the mouth as a sign of pleasure on account of things seen or heard. — V. n. to be smacking with the lips ; to be pleased in hear- ing or seeing. Aumitimiti, v. n. to be smack- ing repeatedly with the lips. Aumoa, s. a low fence enclosing a court in front of the native houses. Aumoana, s. a stick held in a defensive position in the ex- ercise called tiaiaau. Aumoana, .5. a fishing term. Aumoana, s. a good swimmer. Aumunamuna, s. a whisper. — V. n. to whisper. Anna, v. n. to think or muse as a person that cannot sleep. Anna, v. n. to hope for, or ex- pect something desirable. Aunauna, i\ n. to be repeat?dly thinkinij- or musiner : to be alarmed. 49 TAUP I Aunauna, s. alarm. i Aunati, v. a. a term used im- ] peratively, as, be brisk, seize I him ; also anati. \ Aunati, 5. a piece of wood used for friction. Aunee, v. n. to bend oneself and creep to avoid beingseen. '^ Aununu, 5. the sixth of the Tahitian lunar months. Aunuu, adv, gently, leisurely in working. Auo, s. a careless mode of cal- ling upon a person. — V, a. to call ; see tuoro. Auoaro, v. n. to swim with the face downward. Auono, s. a large fleet ; or a company of travellers. Auotua, V. n. to swim on the back. Aupa, s. the name of a tree of hard wood. Aupaa, s. the old or under leaves of a plant. Aupapa, s. the flatness of the J_. roof of a house, or of a tree that grows flat. — a. flat as the roof of a house ; flat and broad as the top of a tree. Aupapa, s. a small fish. Aupape, s. a square bed of taro ; a division in a taro ground. Aupape, s. the plantain stalks used in a native oven to pre- vent food from burning. Aupape, s. a figurative expres- sion to signify a person that smoothes over a thing, or softens it to prevent irritation. A u para, s. unripe fruit that falls from a tree ; see aaiore. Aupari,t;.a.tohew off* the rough part of a piece of timber. Aupari, v. a. to reach out the hand and grasp at a thing for safety. Aupari, v.n. to grope as a blind man ; to be vexed at a dis- appofintment. Aupari, ?;. a. to aecuse a person falsely. Auparipari, plujal of aupari. Auperu, s. a piece of cloth folded up ; the chief part of a mess of food ; see inai. Auperu, v. a, to fold up cloth ; to tie up or fold food in leaves to be baked in the native oven ; see vehi. Aupiipii, s. a line or succession, as of canoes in a fleet. Aupiipii, V. n. to follow in a train. Aapiipii, s. a sailing term, sig- nifying to sail by the wind. Aupori, V. a. to make much of a person or of property. Auporipori, v. a. to make much of a thing or person, with a repetition of tne action. Aupupu, V. n. to be in succes- sion as the stars in rising; to assemble together in one body for defence, or mutual pro- tection. Aupnru, v. a. to treat with kind- ness and love ; to feed or nourish. Aura, V. a. to chop in a rough manner ; to break off tbe branches of a tree or plant in a rough way. — a. ronghly chopped or broken off. Auraa, s, fitness, agreement ; also the meaning or signifi- cation of a word or thing. Auraa, adv. [awra/ifl], notj do not ; see axiaa. 50 lAvn Aurai, .«. a htd of taro ; see aupnpe. Aurai, s. a mode of fishing. Aurara, v. n. to be idle and moving about ; see ori. Aurara, a. avaricious. Auraro, v. n. to yield, to be -|- subject to another ; to regard the interests and commands of another. Auraro, a. yielding, submissive. Auraro, s. subjection, submis- sion. Aurau, a. unstable, fluctuating. Auraura, s. a small leaping fly found by the sea shore. Auraura, s. the small fibroua roots of plants and trees. Aure, s. a tenon that fits in a mortise ; a cut or notch at the end of a stick, to keep a thing from slipping off. Aurearea, s. a strong athletrc person ; see taurearea* Aureure, a. spiral as an augur; involved in a curve as a "r* rope. Aureva, v. a.io impose upon a person under the appearance of friendship. Auri, s. young saplings of the urii^ ahia, mape^ and vi trees. Auri, s. iron of all sorts. Aurirerire, s. bosom friends. Auriirii, s. the state of being deeply laden ; see tomo. Auriri, s. a disturbed state of mind produced by anger. Auro, s. [Latin, aurum; an- cient British, aur ;"] gold uroro, s. a small fish of the Auroro, orie kind. Auru, s. the top ends of small twigs or branches ; the end, extremity, or point of a thing. h\3t^ u Auru, s. the first setting in of the wind from any quarter ; a ; alight, indistinct knowledge; what is merely superficial. — a, slight, superficial. Aurua, s. native thatch twice stitched ; see an and rua. Aurupae, s. fugitives, or some of the enemy wrecked and driven on the reef in bad weather. Aururu, v. n. to assemble ; see tairuru. Aururua, s. double buds, or points ; also anrupiii. Auta, s. a sigh or groan. Auta, V. n. to sigh or groan through pain or grief. Auta, s. the act of cutting the body of an enemy ; a needle used in thatching. Auta, s. the operation of super- cission, not circumcision, as it has been wrongly called ; see tcke. Autaa, a. temporary, us fare aataa^ a temporary shed or hut put up on a journey for a night. Autahu, s. small chips or pieces of wood to kindle fire with ; Jig. — the beginnings of strife. Autahua, s. the company of priests. Autai, V. n. to pass along in a canoe or a boat without landing. Autai, s. a current caused by a great sea. Autao, s. any thing on the point of whichacocoanut is grated. Autao, s. a preparation of food for the king. Autara, v. a. to sharpen the edge of a bamboo splinter for c'lUinor with. lAUT Autaraa, s. a species of spotted conch shell ; see 6m. Autaraa, s. the name of a tree, the leaves are like those of the comnion oak, and the seed a sort of acorn ; see auaruroa, Autaraaivavao, 5. an expression used in some of the old pray- ers ; see iiptz. Autari, s. a follower of another ; see utari. Autari, v. n. to be anxious to return to one's own country. Autaripo, v. n. to whirl, or turn round rapidly. Autariri, s. a person that for- sakes his house through dis- pleasure. — V. n. to leave home in dis- pleasure. Autaritari, v. a & v. n. to follow another again and again ; to be repeatedly anxious to re- turn to one's eountry. Autataino, s. a violent current that draws a canoe under water ; see amtataino. Ante, s. [w^e,] the cloth plant, of which the best of the na- tive garments are made. It is the Chinese mulberry, \mo' rus papyrifera.^ Ante, s. the name of a small tree or shrub bearing scar- let flowers, but destitute of scent. Autepohoa, s. an inferior sort of ante ; Jig. — a person of an indifferent character. Autea, s. a species of the cavally fish. Auti, s. the leaves of the ti plant ; see rau. Autia, .V. a species of bread- fruit. AVAj Autia, a. spoken of a kite, when it flies well. Autina, v. a. to fasten or sew, applied to a canoe ; to tie with sinnet ; see tautlaa. /Autina,?;. a, to press to dili- g-ence ; to keep a person to his task. Autoi, s. the name of a certain feast, and of the ceremonies of canoe builders. Autia, V. n. to swim on the back, as auotua Autua, s. the act of sculling a canoe with the steer paddle. Autui, s. fish sacrificed to the gods. Auvaa,5. a fleet of canoes going together. Auvaa, s. the young brood of the fish/ai or stingray. Auvaa, s. the wreck of a canoe or boat. Auvaha,5.themouth of a vessel. Auvaha, s. the person who speaks for the king or chief Auvaha reo, s. an orator, or one that can speak well on any matter. Auveo, s. a species of snail of a disagreeable smell. Auvete, s. the name of a cer- tain mode of fishing ; see tautai. Auveuveu, s. the name of a large flat fish. Auviri, a. crooked or turned, applied to the foot. Ava, s. [kava^'] the name of a plant common in most of the South Sea Islands, of which an intoxicating liquor is made. Ava, s. [kava^ awa^~\ the juice, or liquor made of the ava plant : also all kinds of spirit- uous and intoxicating liquors. 52 [AVA Ava, s. [awja,] the fish called white salmon. Ava, s. [awa^'] an entrance into a harbour ; an opening that will admit of ships and other vessels to approach the shore. Avaa, s. the space between the two sides of a rn.arae. Avaava, s. a small opening in the coral reef. Avaava, s. the tobacco plant, and what is made of it, for- merly called tiare ura and pata. Avaava, a. sour, acrid, bitter ; also saltish. Avaavaa, .v. when applied to the ear, signifies eagerness to hear a report, or a wish to hear more. Avaavaa, s. the roughness of the water when agitated by the wind. — a. rough , as the water through the agitation of the wind. Avaavairai, .1 55 Aviri, s. a number of birds tied together, and called aviri manu. Aviri, V. a. to twist cocoa-nut leaves to serve as a fishing net ; see raoere. Aviri, V. n. to join together in a company. Aviri, V, n. to abound in fruit as certain trees, such as the vi and bread-fruit. Aviri, a. fruitful ascertain trees. Aviti, s. afish-hook made of the pearl oyster- shell. Avititaapiha, s. a pearl oyster fish-hook that is worn and laid aside. Avivaviva, v. n. to make a noise with the mouth in eating-. Avivi, a. food not sufficiently cooked. Aviu, s. the sound of a stick cutting the air ; a whisper- ing noise. Aviuviu, r. n. to make an indis- tinct noise, and that repeat- edly. D THE D is a letter often pro- nounced by the Tahitians, they confound it with the ^, and cannot distinguish the sound of the one from that of the other, as is also the case in regard to the b andp, and in some of the islands the case is exactly the same as to the hard g and the k. No word perhaps, purely Tahitian, begins with d uni- formly, yet on account of foreign words such as the following, it is proper to re- tain it. Dara, s. [dula^ dollar^'] a Span- ish doHar. The divisions of the dollar are as follows: — afa dara, that is 50 cents or two quarters; tuata dara, 25 cents ; rea, a real, or the eighth of a dollar. Dekato, s. [Greek, dekatos,'] tythe, or the tenth. Demoni, s. [Gr. dainwn,'] a de- mon. The notion the natives had of their tii \_ti(ji'] seems to correspond in several par- ticulars to that of the ancients about their demons. Denari, s. [I^tin, dciiarius,'] the Roman penny. Diabolo, s. [Gr. diabolos,'] the devil. Diakona, s. [Gr. diakonos^J^ a deacon. Diluyi, s. [Lat. dehwium,'] the deluge, applied to Noah's flood. E THE E is a letter that fre- quently occurs in Tahi- tian ; it has one uniform vowel sound, viz. that of the English e in the words met, men, den, &e., which is never changed, but it is sometimes lengtnened, and marked thus e with a circumflex. E, the indefinite article, as a or an, e taata, a man, e fare, a house, e raau, a tree. E, a prefix to adverbs and ad- jectives when future, the a being the sign of the past, as aore, past, e ore, future ; a torn, past, e torn, future. E, a sign of the i ocatiue cose, being generally placed both r] 56 before and after the noun, as E Meha e, O Melia, E te j^tua e, O God ; but though this is usual in the familiar style, yet in the solemn lan- guage of prayer, when ad- dressing the true God, the Inst c should be omitted, or pronounced very short. E, a. different, as mea e, a dif- ferent thing ; taata e, a dif- ferent man, or a stranger ; hum e, a different, or a strange likeness. E, a. far, or distant, as tei uta c, far in the interior ; tei nia e, far above, or very high ; tei raro e, far below, or very low. E, adv. away, away from, haere €. go away. E, V. auxiliary^ answering ge- nerally to the English aux- iliaries would, could, should, ought, may, can, will, and shall. The e seems always future ; though not always with a reference to present time, yet in reference to a time understood in the sen- tence. E, piep. by, as hamani hia e una, done by him ; parau hia c au, spoken by me. E. after a verb, signifying be- fore, or long before, some- thing mentioned, or under- stood; as ua parau e hia na tava parau ra^ that w^ord was spoken long before. E, V. n, to swell, or tumify ; ua e ia, it is swollen. E, V. n. to be incommoded by wet, as a house or a room when water comes in, or rises from beneath. [EAH E, adv. yea, yes, of assent, consent, or of affirmation. E, Gonj. and, as fenua, e te tai^ the land and the sea ; rui e te ao, day and night ; also a disjunction, as teie e tera^ this or that. Ea, s. a road or pathway, a ladder ; see ara. Ea, s. salvation, health, liberty, escape ; also a saviour or de- liverer ; see faaea. Ea, V. n. to be in health, to be enjoying health or liberty ; to be restored to health or liberty. Ea, a. healed, saved, escaped, delivered. Ea, s. a disease of the mouth, aphtha or thrush. Ea, interj. of surprise or won- der, ea ! Eaea, s. a crust or scab on the wound of a fighting cock. Eaea, v. n. to escape, and that repeatedly. Eaea, v. n. to be short breathed as one that had over loaded his stomach. Eaha, adv. \eaa,~\ how ? why ? used interrogatively, as eaha e oraH? how can (he) be saved ? eaha e orf, ai? why not ? Eaha, pron. what ? eaha ia ? J^ what is that ? or what is it ? eaha atu ? what more, or beside ? eaha iho a ? what else ? Eaha, interj. what! enha! core, ta.a raa / what ! is there no remedy 1 all hopeless ! Eahi'u, s. a priest belonging to the marae ; a leader in the dance. Eahitu, s. a woman «upposed 4, to go with child beyond the I usual period. | \/ Eara, v. a. to watch, to bo vigi- lant ; also a word of caution, beware, take good heed. Eatia, s. a road or path ; see ea. Eatj^, s. a by-path. Eatu, s. the old word for a road ; see eatia. Ee, a. strange, as taata ee, strangers ; the two e's mark the plurality. Ee, 5. a saw. Ee, s. the axilla ; aW the se- cond in a combat. Ee, V. a. to draw the far a leaves to and fro, against a post, to prepare them for thatching ; and from this action ca«ie the word ee for a saw, and also as a v. a. for sawing. Ee, V. a. to clap the hands by way of amusement Ee, V. n. to mount a hoi^se ; to get on board a cano«, boat, or ship ; to ground, as a ship, on a shallow place. — a. grounded, as a ship ; pahi ee, grouiided ship. Ee, ado. or v. aux. as in ee oiuy it was iA, ee aita, it was not. Eeao, »■ a passenger who forces himself into a company pro- ceeding by a water or \a.nd conveyance, not on foot. Eena, s. a kind of native food, a sort of pudding. Eene, adv. of enquii-y or nega^- tion, as e ene ? is it not I e ene, it is not ; see e ere. E ere, adv. of enquiry or ne- gation ; see e em. Eeri, micrj. an exclamation made in the diversion of swimming in the surf, on [EHU meeting witli a large hollow wave. Eero, V. v. to ascend, as the moon after it has arisen ; see poata. Eetuouta, s. one intending to be a passenger ; see eeao. Eeva, V. n. to ascend, as the moon and stars ; see eero. Eha, s. the barbs, feelers, or antenna? that are attached to the heads of some fishes. Ehaeha, a. ill savoured, as food kept too long. Ehia, adv. how many ? what number? eliia when speak- ing of things, but of persons toohia ; in the past the a is prefixed as aliia ? ehia is the future. Ehoa, s. a friend, companion, partner ; see taio ; it is also used as a common term of address to either male or female. E boa ino, s. is a familiar term of address from one friend to another, but does not seem suitable in solemn discourse. Eho'ina, s. pL friends ; a con- traction of ehoa ma., viz. ekoa^ friend, and raa, the party with him ; a respectful term of address, as Sirs. Ehu, a. red, or of sandy colour, as the hair ; discoloured, as water by reddish earth ; mud- dy, as disturbed water. Ehu, r. n. to be devastated as in time of war. Ehu, a. devastated, as fenuck ehu., devastated country. — s. devastation. Ehuehu, v. n. to be transiently agitated either with fear qr pleasure. \ ElNl Ehuehu,^ a transient agitation. *f* Ei, jorep. for, ei parau raa, for a conversation ; ei rapaau mai, for or to be a medicine ; ei ora^ to be for health or salvation ; ei h.ara^ to be a crime, or for a crime. Ei, V. n. let it be, as a vv^ish or command, eimearahi^ let it be a large thing. Ei, adv. as ei reira, then or there, at that time or place, mentioned or understood ; ei hea? where? at what place? ti rore, adv. no, not, will not, shall not, (future.) Mi]] Epa, s. a srrkall enclosure sacred to the infant king ; also an en- closure for the use of dancers. Episekopo, s. [G. Episkopos,] an overseer or bishop. Episetole, s. [Gr. Epistole,] an. epistle or letter. Epiti, s. a couple. — a. two in counting". Era, pron. that ; see tera. Ere, V. n. [w^ere, ne/e,] to be disappointed ; not obtaining- something* sought^ desired, or expected. Ere, s. the person that is disap- pointed. Ereavae, s. a sort of wicker work basket used for catch- ing small fish. Ereere, a. [eleele,'] black ; also dark or blue, Ereerefenua, s. according to Tahitian tradition, the spirits of the dead that used to ap- pear in old time before the commencement of a destruc- tive war. Ereere tape moana, a. dark, as the colour of the sea where the deep water commences. Erehuru, s. the state of being encumbered. — a. encumbered. Erepuahoe, s. the mass of the people, populace. Erepuru, s. a company going compactly together on the road. Erepuru, v. a. to take care of those that remain at the con- clusion of a battle, by taking them to a place of safety, &c. Erevae, s. the name of a bas- ket ; see ereavae. Eri, V. a. to undermine. ~s. underminer. 59 [ i: u Eritamai, s. a war term, signi- fying that the people of a , country are ruining them- selves. Ero, s, a kind of sauce ; see taiero. Ero, s. a word used in calling pigs, ero.) ero. Erohi, V. imp. a word of excite- ment, as be vigilant, be ac- tive, be watchful. Eru, V. a. to scoop or scrape up the earth ; to scratch, as a fowl ; see heru. Etaeta, a. hard, strong, firm ; also obst'aate. Etahi, a. one in counting ; see atahi and tahi. Etahi, an article^ used in the same way as the French ar- ticle of unity, un or une', see hoe and tehoe. Ete, s. [/iefe,] the name of a small basket ; also a small bag or pocket. — v. n. to flinch. Eteete, v. n. to be shocked, dis- gusted, shamed. Etene, s. [Greek, Ethnikosf] a ' heathen. Eterauaha, s. a sort of net bas- ket, formerly employed to hold the too or image of a god— Jig. a clever, well in- formed man. Etu,r.a. \_ehu,'] to root, as a pig. Etu, s. a rooter, or the thing that turns up the earth. — a. rootingf , e mea etu^ a root- mg thmg. Etuautu, s. an intruding pas- senger in a canoe, boat, or a ship. Eu, s. a batch of any kind of baked food. Eu, I?, a. to bake any kind of food. F] Eu, a. baked, dressed or done in an oven. Euai, V. 71. to flinch : give way in battle. Eue, interj. a call or exclama- tion of the arioi. Euea, s. the young leaves of the pandanus or fara^ used for making mats. Euea, s. a batch of food for the use of visitors. Euea, a. strong, powerful by muscular strength. Eueu, V. a. to bake food repeat- edly, and generally in small quantities. Eueu, V. 71. to move, or stir, as an infant under its sleeping cloth. Euhari, s. [Gr. Eucharistioy'] the ordinance of the Lord's Supper, or holy communion. Euhe, s. [Gr. Euche^'] a vow. Eumaa, s. a baker, cook, or dresser of food. Eunuha, s. [Gr. Eunouchas,'] an eunuch. Evanelia, s. [Gr. Euan.^elion^'] the Gospel, or good tidings. Eve, s. the secundines of a beast. Evehoe, s. twins ; see maehaa. Eveeve, s. laggedness. — a. torn, ragged. F THE letter F frequently oc- curs in Tahitian, it is dis- carded in some of the Poly- nesian dialects, and the h is substituted ; others discard the h altogether, but in Ta- hitian both are used, and in some instances are mutually interchanged, as in the causa' 'tive.jjrufx faa and haa. 60 [I'AA Fa, s. a butt or mark at which ^^ a shot is aimed, or to which + a spear is thrown. Fa, s. the stalk of some large leaves such as taro, plantain, and also the cocoanut. Fa, s. a perpendicular branch- ing cloud viewed as an omen. Jig. the butt of ill will, or a pel son that is an object of hatred ; also the ground off contention in war. Fa, V. n. to appear, come in sight. Fa, iTiterj. a word used in cal- ling hogs. Faa, s. a valley ; a low place among the hills. Faa, a causative prefix^ com- mon to most, if not all the Polynesian dialects; in the Tahitian it h faa or haa, and in some instances ta ; but in other dmhclsfakayhaka^akuy and hoo. It is prefixed to nouns, adjtetives, and verba neuter, by means of which they are turned into verbs active. -Faaaa, v. a. to teaze or provoke to anger. Faaaa, v. a. to kindle fire, to make it burn well ; to cause food to be well cooked. -^ Faaaano, v. a. to make broad, to cause extension* Faaaau, s. a person that com- mits suicide. Faaaau, v. n. to commit sui- cide ; to endanger life volun- tarily. Faaae, v. a. to assist a person to climb. Fa-mea, v. a. to make a curve. Faaaeae, v. n. to be in the act of dying. Faaaereere, v. a. to sliakej to agitate. Faaahaaha, ?;. n. to boast, brag ; make an ostentatious display. Fauahfche, v. a. to make a rust- ling noise. Faaahoa, v, a. to present the first fruit of a garden or field to the king or principal chief. — s. the thing so presented. Faaahoahoa, v. a. to trouble. — a. annoying, causing trouble. Faaahu, v. a. to clothe, put on clothes. Faaahua, v. a. to make and to place a piece of wood called ahua, which see. Fauai, v. a. to feed, nurse ; see ai. Faaai, v. a. to cause animals to copulate. Faiiai, v. a. to parry, or fend off' a thrust or a blow. Faaai, s. a fosterer, a nurse, a feeder. Faaai, s. an ornament put in the ear ; see poe. Faaai, a. foster, feeding, as me- tua faaaiy a nursing father. Faaaiai, v. n. to spare one's self. Faaaiere, v. n. to be forward in proposing an undertaking, and backward in performing- or joining to effect it Faaami, v. a. to make. a person wink or start. Fiiaamiami, v. a. to n>ake a person wink or start reipeat- edly ; to cause one person to dread another. Faaamo, v. a, to make to flinch. FaaanK>amo, v. a. to make a person wink or flinch re- peatedly. Faaamu, v. a. to feed, supply with food. Faaamuamu, v. a. to supply with little food ; to feed re- peatedly. Faaanaana, v. a. to brighten, make shine ; see anaana. Faaaneane, v. a. to garnish ; to clear ; see aneane. Faaani, v. a. to give or bestow freely on any one who asks. Faaani, ,p. the act of giving, or squandering away in a thoughtless manner. Faaano, v. a. to make desolate ; see ano. — s. that which makes desolate. Faaanoano, v. n. to sit apart, to be apart, self exalted. Faaa'o, s. an advocate or coun- cillor. — V. a. to counsel, to give ad- vice or warning ; see a'o, Faaao, v. n. to be looking out with expectation. Faaapi, v. a. to close, to shut up ; see apL Faaapiapi, v. a. to fill up, to encumber, as by crowding a place. Faaapo, v. a. to make concave or hollow out. Faaapo, v. u. to draw in the stomach. Faaapu, s. a gardener, cultiva- tor of the ground, a hus- bandman. Faaapu, v. a. to cultivate the ground. — a. belonging to husbandry. Faaara,?;. a. to awake, to arouse from sleep. v^Faaara, v. a. to put a person on his guard, by warning or apprizing him of something, Faaaraa, v. a. to lighten a ca- noe or vessel on the water that is over loaded. FA A] Faaaraara, r. a. to arouse re- peatedly from sleep, forget- fulness, or careltssness. Faaaraara, v. a. to commence or make a beginning of any thing ; see araara. Faaaratai, s. a guide, conduc- tor ; see aratai. — V. a. to guide or conduct. Faaareare, v. a. to brighten. Faaareare, v. a. to cause qual- mishness. Faaarere, v. a. to procure or cause an arere or messenger to be sent. Faaariari, v. a. to make a dis- play of one's property ; to give the first present of food to the king-, or to a new mar- ried couple. Faaarii, v. a. to invest with royal authority. Faaaro, v.n. to conceal ; see aro. Faaaroha, 5. a keep-sake, a relic. Faaaroha, v. a. to cause pity or compassion. Faaarue, v. a. to cause a person or thing to be praised ; see aru'i. {^reverberating noise. Faaaruerue, v. a. to make a Faaata, v. a. to excite risibility. Faaata, a. droll, laughable, causing laughter. Faaaiaata, v. a. to cause much or repealed laughter; seeaia. Faaataata, v. a. to shock, dis- gust, raise aversion in a per- son ; see dtadta, Faaataata, a. disgusting, caus- ing aversion. Faaatea, v. a. to give place, make room ; put further off; see atea. Faaatete, v. a. to make a clash- ing or a cracking noise ; see ateti'. 62 i^xK Faaatu, v. a. to place, and to keep common things apart from those that are sacred. Faa atua, v. o, to deify ; to constitute something to be a god ; to acknowledge, serve, or act towards some person or thing as a god. Faaatuatu, v. a. to keep com- mon things apart from sacred ones ; to keep or preserve old relics. Faaatuatu, v. a. to make things neat and orderly, and keep- ing them so. — a. keeping one's property in good order ; carefully pre- serving old relics. Faaau, v. a. to assist another to swim ; to cause an article or thing to float by swimming with it. Faaau, v. a. to fit or suit one thing to another ; to regu- late, set in order ; make an agreement ; see au, Faaauau, v. a. to teach to swim. Faaauau, v. a. to convey a sick person from one place to a- nother for the sake of the air, &c. ; Faaaumai, v. a. to produce, an earnest desire or concern. Faaauraa, s. an agreement; the time or place of an agree- ment ; the meaning, import, or desigfn of a thing*. Faaavari, v. a. to remove or abolish a restriction; see rahui. Faaavari, s. the first fruit of a garden or plantation pre- sented to the king, or the chief of the place ; see faaahoa. Faaavarivari, v. a. to make pli- ant or flexible. TAA] Faaea, v. a. to save, deliver, or to heal. Faaea, v. n. to cease ; to rest. Faaeaea, v. n. to stop or rest frequently : to go on loiter- ^"&%' [^ resting time. Faaea raa, s. a resting place, Faaee, v. a. to push up one's self against another ; to put up, or hang up a thing. Faaee, v. a. to convey any- thing by water. Faaeho, v. a. to set apart, ap- point, separate. -4? Faaehu, v. a. to persuade others to engage in an undertaking, and afterwards desert them. — s. a person that sets others about any work, and then leaves them. Faaehu, v. a. to stir up or befoul water —^^. to stir up strife or commotion. Faaehuehu, v. a. to stir up vio- lently and repeatedly, either water or strife. Faaene, v. a. to encroach, as on the border of land. — s. an encroacher, encroach- ments. Faaeneene, v. a. to encroach repeatedly, or to do so gra- dually. Faaere, v. a. to disappoint, de- feat the expectation of pro- perty, or of some thing that is desired. Faaereavae, v. a. to make use of a basket called ereavae. Faaerieri, s. a present of food given to a new made chief, or a new married couple ; see faaoriari. Faaerieri, v. a. to give a pre- sent to a new made chief, or to a new married couple. ^ [FAA Faaeo, v. n. to be so affected with grief or love as to lose the appetite. [ to fruit, &c. Faaero, s. an abortive, applied Faaero, a. addled, rotten, ap- plied to eggs. Faaetaeta, v. a. to make firm or strong, to oppose with vigour. Faaetaeta, v.n. to be obstinate; to harden one's self; to be resolute. Faaetaeta, s. a person who in- - vigorates another; that which "^ strengthens. Faaeteete, v. n. to make much of one's self; to spare one's self in work by putting it upon others. Faaeva, v. n. to be vain of dress ; not putting the hand to work. Faafaa, s. the deep indented small vallies Faafaaao, v. a. to send a person to look out ; see faaao. Faafaaroo, v. a. to produce faith or obedience. — V. n. to pretend to faith or obedience in order to gain " some end. Faafai, v. a. to conclude the prayers when officiating at the marae. ^ Faafai, v. a. to carry tales, pub- ( lish secrets. — a. tale bearing, as taata faa- fai^ a tale bearing man. Faafai to, v. a. to make equal ; weigh, measure. — 5. a measurer of any thing ; see faifo. Faafaha, v. a. to take the largest portion ; to guard property. Faafana, a. taking the largest share for himself. KAA] Faafaiiau, v. a. to support a woman in labour; to per- form the duties of a midwife. Faafano, s. the departure of tlie soul when a person dies. Faafano, v, a. to go out as the spirit from one possessed ; to depart as the supposed god from the inspired taura or prophet. -J^. Faafao, v. a. to degrade, op- press, enslave. Faafarava, v. a. to make to bend from the perpendicular; see farava. ^ Faafarerei, v. a, to procure a meeting. Faafariu, v. a. to cause a person or a thing to turn round to an opposite position by any means— ;^^. to convert ano- ther ; see farm. — «. the person, or means, by which any other person or thing is so turned. Faafaro, v. n. to stoop or bend down. — a. stooping or bending. — adv. bendingly. Faafatata, v. a. to bring near ; see fatata. Faafatata, v. n. to approach, to draw near. [see fail. Faafati, v. a. to cause a break ; Faafati, v. a. a war term, to terrify a party to cause th^m to break up or flee away. Faafaufaa, v. a. to make an un- dertaking profitable. Faafaufau, v. a. to call^or de- nominate a person or a thing base, filthy, disgusting. Faafaufau, v. n. to affect dis- gust or abhorrence of a thing. Faafaura, i\ a. to put a tenon into a mortise. 64 [FA A Faafaura, v. n. to appear in sight; see fa. Faafefe, v. a. to bend, or make any thing curved. Faafene, v. a. to break up ; see fmafati. Faafifi, V. a. to entangle ; see ff ; to detain or prevent a person going to battle, or to a journey ; to hinder or ob- struct. Faafifi, s. hinderance ; the per- son that hinders. Faah'aah'aa, v. a. to humble ; to make low ; see haahua. Faahaama,v.a.to put to shame, ar make ashamed. — V. n. to put on shame ; to act as one abashed or shamed. Faahaama, s. the person or cir- cumstance that makes another ashamed. Faahaehae, v. a. to provoke ; see faaiikaehae. Faahaerea, s. conversation, mode of conduct. Faahaereaata, v. n. to be te- , dious ; to hold one's age well ; to be long childless. Faahaha, v. a. to turn off* or aside. [to avoid a person. Faahahao. v. n. to turn aside a» Faahahau, v. n. to turn aside ; see hahau. Faahahe, v. a. to get or procui^ hahe^ a sort of cloth used for the gods ; to use such cloth. Faahahi, ?;. a. to cause an error or mistake. Faahana, r. n. to magnify or exalt one's self. Faahanahana,i;. a. to give glory or dignity to another ; see hariahana. Faahaorea. v. a. to create alarm, cause perplexity. Faahapa, v. a. to cause an error or mistake ; see hapa. Faahapa, v. a. to convict, con- demn. -—s. condemnation. Faahape, v. a. to condemn, blame ; cause error. Faahara, v. a. to commit sin or transgression. Faaharamaau, v. a. to do or say something" that causes dis- turbance, by setting Others at variance. —a, as iaata faaharamaau^ setting others at variance. Faahau, v. a, to make peace ; see haw, to watch, or act as a guard. — s. a peace- maker ; a watch- man ; a soldier. Faahau, v. a. to cause inequal- ity, or one thing to be greater, longer, or beyond another ; see hau, Faahauhau, v. a. to make re- peated efforts for peace. Faahauhau, v. a. to make un- even, as some things longer or higher than others. Faahe, v. a. to condemn ; accuse of error ; see ht [astray. — V. a. to cause error, to lead Faahee, v. n. to remove, or leave through some offence or displeasure. B^aahee, v* a. to cause an eva- cution of the body by a pur- gative ; see hee. Faahee, v. n. to float or swim on a board, as the Tahitians do in a great surf of the sea in the pastime home. Faahehe, r .a. to Cause alienatioti between friends or acquain- tances, [iar. ^-a. strange, distant, not famil- [FAA Faahei, Vi a. to put a garland on the head. Faahei, v. a. to catch fish in a net ; see hei. Faahei, v. a. to get or obtain some good or benefit. Faaheia, the passive of faahei^ to have met opportunely with some good or benefit. Faaheimoe, v, a. to cause dreaming or visions during sleep ; see moe. Faaheipo, v. a. to accuse or charge falsely, knowing it to be so ; pi. faaheipoheipo. Faaheirui, the same as faaheipo* Faaheitaoto, the same as /aa- heimoe. Faahema, s. a deceiver ; one that promises fair but does not perform. — V. a, to deceive, impose upon a person ; to tempt. Faahemo, v. a, to out-do, excel ; see hemo, Faahemo, v. a. to break, or nul- lify an agreement. — s. a breaker of an agreement. — a. addicted to break agree- ments. Faahepo, v. a. to command^ impel to action. — V. n. to domineer, exert au- thority or power, to tyrannise over others. Faahepohepo, v. a. to repeat commands as a master. Faahere, v. a. to make use of a snare ; see here. Faaherehere, v. a. to spare, to favour. Faahi, s. a pump, a syringe | see hi. — V. a. to pump, to use a sy- ringe ; to make water to gush. FAA] Faahia, v. a. to cause something that was standing, as a tree, a post, or a man, to fall down. Faahiahia, s. the quality that causes a thing to be admired. — V. n. to admire an agreeable object. Faahiahia, a. admirable, agree- able, fine. Faahinubinu, v. a. to cause lus- tre or splendour ; to make respected or honourable. Faahipa, v. n. to turn aside ; to assume supercilious airs. Faahipo, v. n. to play the cox- comb, and affect what is not real. + Faahiti, v, a. to pronounce, to mention a thing. Faahoa, v. a. to make a friend, procure a friend ; see hoa ; to take a partner in any con- cern ; to adopt a companion ; to associate another with one's self. Faahohoa, v. a. to compare as to likeness ; to esteem as bearing such a likeness. — V. a. to pourtray or make a likeness of a person or of a thing. Faahohoni, s. a vice, pair of pincers or nippers. — V, a. to put in a vice, to pince or nip ; to cause to bite ; see hohoni. Faahoi, v. a. to send back ; to cause to return. Faahope, v. a. to make an end, to finish ; to take all. Faahopea, s. the end or finis ; the last one. Faahopu, v. a. to bathe another in water. Faahopue, v. a. to cause fer- mentation. GB [FAA Faahopue, s. leaven, or any thing which causes fermenta- tion ; see hopue ; fig, malice or ill-will. — V. n. to ferment; to bear malice until it breaks out into some evil act. Faahoro, v. a. to make another to decorate with 9 [FA A. Faaina, $. a grind-stone, a whet- stone ; any thing to sharpen a tool. — v.a. to grind, whet, or sharp* en a tool. Faainaina atua, s. evil speech or blasphemy. Faainati, v. a. to call out the names of the various maraeSj &c., when peace was to be established. Faainati, v. a. to appoint the under chiefs ; to present or take food by means of the inati or under chiefs; to make use of the inati in pre- senting food, &C.5 through their hands. Faaine, v. a. to encroach on another in any way. — s. an encroacher, as to land and other things. Faaineine, v. a. to make ready, prepare, or to cause prepara- tion to be made. Faaini, v. u. to make or procure an mi, that is a butt or mark to which darts or spears are thrown — fig. to go carefully about an affair so as to hit the true medium, which is the ini. Faaino, v. a. to defame, to in- jure ; also to hurt or spoil a thing. — s. defamation, a defamer. Faainoino, v. a. to give offence, to shew dislike or ill feeling towards an object. Faaio, s. cloth that is partly co- ^ loured red and partly white. Faaioio, v. a. to make of vari- ous colours, and thereby to set off to advantage; see ioio. Faaioioj v. n. to put on stilinessj FAAl or apparent serenity in the article of death, or wKen about to depart. Faaipaea, s. that which may increase the number of a party, but not its efficiency ; or the bulk of a thing, but not its value. — V, a. to increase the number or bulk merely. Faaipaupau, v. a. to deride, turn to scorn, provoke. Faaipp, s. the name of a tree ; also of a goddess. Faaipoipo, v. a. to marry. Faaipoipo raa, s. marriage. Faairi, v. a. to cause a thing to be lodged or placed ; to use or put up a board for any purpose ; see irL Faaita, v. n. to distort the lips and chin ; to make grimaces by way of contempt, or to excite laughter. Faaitaita, i?. n. to make repeat- ed grimaces by way of con- tempt, or to produce laughter. Faaite, v. a. to teach, make known, produce knowledge ; see ite. — «. a teacher, one that makes known or produces know- ledge, Faaiteite, v. a, to teach or make known repeatedly ; to make repeated and partial disco- veries ; to make known or shew by small degrees. Faaiti, v. a. to reduce, diminish in size ; to lessen in rank or influence. Faaitiiti, r. a. to diminish by little and little ; to reduce by degrees ; see iti. Faa iti ma te apiapi, s. a little pontracted valley— /(/. the '0 [FA A situation of one surrounded with difficulties. Faaitoito, v. a. to excite to vigi- lance and watchfulness; often used imperatively, be vigi- lant, watchful, active. — V. n. to be active and vigilant. — s one thatexcites to vigilance. Faamahu, v. n. to bear with patience. -^a. patient, forbearing. — s. patience. Faamaitai, v. a. to produce or make good, to praise; see haamaitai. — 5. praise, encomium ; a prais- er, that which produces a» mendment, or makes good ; see maitai, Faamatau, v. a. to terrify, to threaten, to produce fear; see matau. — s. one that causes fear, or that which makes afraid. — V. n. to put on fear, to act as one in fear, to affect to be afraid. Faamate, v. a. to produce ill- ness or death ; to kill. — V. n. to affect sickness ; to commit suicide. Faamaue, v. a. to cause flight ; see waue. Faamoana, s. a sort of cage of wicker work, used for catch- ing fish. [see nd, Faana, v. a. to pacify a child ; — s. a pacifier, one that pacifies. Faanahonaho, v. a. to prepare, set in order ; commonly ap- plied to a table and what concerns eating ; see naho' naho. Faananau, v. n. to strive, as in difficult evacuation ; or as a woman in trayail ; see I'doki. OF FA A] Faananaue, v.ji. to linger, hang behind ; to withdraw. Faanaonao, v. a. to decorate ; see naonao. Faanaunau, s. one that cooks food, and does other things vv i th cleverness and neatness ; the neatness or cleverness with which any thing is done. — a. neat, clean, clever. — adv. neatly, cleanly, cleverly. •^ Faanavai, v. a. to make up what is deficient ; see navai. Faanavanavai, v. a. to supply, i or make up deficiencies. Faanavenave, v. a. to procure delight or pleasure, cause delight, — s. one that delights, or causes pleasure to another. Faanee, s. a steersman in a boat or ship. — V. a. to steer, as a helmsman or cockswain. Faaneenee, v. a. to steer re- peatedly, or in different di- rections. Faanehenehe, v. a. to adorn, set in good and decent order; see nehenehe. — s. one that decorates, or sets in decent order ; that which adorns. Faanenee, v. a. the dual of to steer ; see nee, Faania, v. a. to turn over, ap- plied to any thing in cooking; see nia. Faanihinihi, v. a, the old word for to decorate. Faanoa, v. a. to profane, make common. Faanoho, v. a. to cause to sit or abide ; to place. Faanoho, s. one who places 71 [FA A things or persons in their proper places ; one who fixes another in his land. Faanono, v. a. to procure nono^ to dye with nono. Faanonoa, v. a. to spurn with disgust, applied to husbands and wives that have an aver- sion to each other; see nonoa. Faanonoue, v.ri. to linger, hang behind. Faanoo, v. a. to put a noo^ or square stern to a canoe. Faanua, s. a sluggard. Faanuanua, v. n. to be indo- lent, sparing one's self. Faanuu, v. a. to procure, or gather a nuu or fleet. Faanuu, v. n. to slide, or move towards another place. Faao, V. n. to enter, as into a room, or any other place. Faa6, v. a. to have, or take a present as an introduction ; to cause or procure an intro- duction. Faao, V. n. to look out. Faaoao, v.n. to look out repeat- edly as with expectation. — s. a looker out, one that looks out repeatedly. Faaoaoa, v. n. to rejoice. — V. a. to cause joy. Faaoeoe, v. a. to sharpen to a point, as a dart or spear; see oeoe, Faaoha, v. a, to cause to lean or bend ; see oha. — V, n. to go bending, as a per- son through age ; to come down, as a bird on its roost. Faaohipa, v. a, to procure work ; to cause work to be done. Faaoho, r. a. to use a stick or rod in a certain mode of fish in ST. tA\] Faaohu, v. a. to cause any thing to turn as a wheel. Faaohu, v. a. to put up earth in ridg-es. iFaaohu, v. a. to tie up leaves in small bundles. Faaohu, s. one that turns any thing-, as a wheel ; the handle by which any thing is turned round. Faaoi, V. a. to grind, whet, or sharpen, as a tool ; to bring- any thing to a sharp point. — s. one that grinds, whets, or sharpens any tool ; one that brings to a sharp point ; a grind stone, or whet stone ; see faaina. Faaoioi, v. a. to make brisk ; to hasten. Faaoma, v. a. to make way for water. Faaonaona, v. a. to cut the hair in a peculiar manner. Faaoo, v. n. to leave a space between two ridges when thatching a native house. Faaoohu, v. a. to wrap food in leaves, in order to be baked in a native oven. Faaooo, v. a. to provoke, to stir up another's displeasure ; see 000. ' — s. a person that provokes ; any thing or circumstance that provokes. Faaoopa, v, a. to upset, or turn a thing over. — s. one who upsets or turns over a canoe, &c. ; see oopa. Faaoopi, v. a. to shut or close, such as the leaves of a book ; see oopi. Faaopea, v. a. to place things cross ways, as a pile of fire- wood. 72 [^AA Faaopeapea, v. a. to put things cross ways repeatedly. Faaopupu, v, a. to raise a blis- ter ; from opupu^ a bladder. — s. that which causes a blister; a blistering plaster. Faaopupu, v. a. to put up a small sail to a canoe or a boat. Faaora, v. a. to save, heal, de- liver; to bless; see faaea and ora, — s. a Saviour, healer, deliver- er, redeemer. ' Faaorare, v. a. to disturb, cause mischief by evil reports, &c. Faaore, v. a, to annul laws or -^ customs ; to forgive, or do away the punishment of a crime; to annihilate; see ore. — s. the person or thing which disannuls, or causes any thing to be done away. Faaoreore, v. a. to do away re- peatedly, or gradually. Faaori, v. a. to cause or procure a dance ; to procure or em- ploy a dancer. Faaoro, v. n. to abstain from food through grief, or some other cause. Faaoro, v. a. to procure, or make use of the sweet scent- ed oro ; see oro. Faaoroa, v. a. to make a feast; to cause the observance of some feast or ceremony ; see oroa. — V. a. since the reception of Christianity, the ordinances of Baptism and the Lord's Supper are called Oroa ; and faaoroa is to appoint and observe either of them. ,/Faaoroaia, v. a. to cause grief or sorrow. rAA] Faaoromai, s. patience, for- bearance. — V. n. to be patient ; to bear with patience ; see haamahu. ^ — a, patient, forbearing ; calm under sufferings. Faaorooro, v. a. to make use of the rasps called orooro. Faaorui, v. a. to cause the failure of good. Faaote, v. a. to suckle, give suck as a mother. Faaoti, v. a. to finisli, or com- plete a thing ; also, to leave off for the present. — 5. a finisher, or one that brings to an end ; see oti. Faaoto, v. a, to cause weeping, . sorrow, or grief; to sound ^ any sort of instrument ; the oto is the sound or noise of a thing. — s. one that causes weeping, crying, or grief of mind; one that sounds any sort of instrument; see tai. Faaotooto, v. a. to produce re- peated weeping or grief of mind ; to sound an instrument repeatedly. Faapaari, v. a. to cause matu- rity or ripeness ; to make wise, cunning, skilful. — s. one that causes or brings to maturity ; one that in- structs, makes wise, or cun- ning. Faapeapea, v. a. to teaze, per- plex ; see peapea. Faapitaataa, v. a. to cause the loosening, cracking, or split- ting of the kernel in the co- coanut shell ; see pitaataa. Faapoaupu, v. a. to destroy any of one's family by means of sorcery. 73 [FAA Faapuora, v. a. to take a person or thing to a place of safety ; to remove a sick person from place to place for the sake of the restoration of health ; see haapuora. — V. n. to go to a refuge or place of safety. Faapurara, v. a. to scatter, spread abroad. Faapurero, v. n. to appear un- 4^ expectedly, as a person con- cealed. Faapuroro, v. n. to issue out suddenly, as a person con- cealed in a thicket. Faaraa, v. a. to consecrate ; see haamoa. Faarahi, v. a. to enlarge, to magnify any thing, [slender, Faarairai, v. a. to make thin, or Faarao, v. a. to lay rollers, as in drawing up a boat or ac- noe ; to lay sticks under any thing for it to rest upon, or in order to haul it up. Faaraoa, v. a. to cause choking by swallowing fish bones. Faaraoa, w. n. to endeavour to vomit up any thing with which one is choking ; see raoa. Faaraorao, v. a. to make use of rollers repeatedly, or of many rollers. Faarao rao, a. fly attracting, applied to meat, or any thing tliat brino^s flies toffetner. Faarapu, v. a. to stir, or cause to mix well, any liquid or pulp. Faarapurapu, v. a. to stir gra- dually, or repeatedly, any sort of liquid or pulp. Faararua, v. a. to put up two sails ; see rarua. Faarare, s. a ramrod. PA A] H Faarare, v. a. to stir or mix up the food called popoi, Faararerare, v. a. to stir or mix up popoi repeatedly. Faarari, v. a, to wet any thing; see rari. — s. any thing or garment used as a protection against wet ; a great coat is ahufaarariua. Faarata, v. a. to tame, to make *^ a pers6n or a thing familiar; see rata. Faarau, s. a piece of net work at the butt end of a fishing rod, on which the natives hook the pearl fish-hook ; also the oma^ a small fish with which a hodk for catching the fish aahi is baited. Faarau, s. the spring of a lock, or any other Steel spring. — V. a. to make hundreds, or count by hundreds ; see rau ; to put a spring to a lock ; to fix a bait to ei pearl hook, &c. Faaraurau,5.the name of a cer- tain feast and ceremony used in abolishing a restriction. Faaravai, t). a. to supply a de- ficiency. Faaravaravai, v. a. to supply variousdeficiencieSjOr supply a deficiency repeatedly. Faarearea, v. a. to wheedle, or flatter a person. Faareeree, v a. to apportion, or furnish equal parts for a feast ; to furnish equal parts in any general contribution. Faarefa, v. a. to make a motion to dazzle the eyes. Faarefarefa, v. n. to roll the eyes about repeatedly. Faarei, s. a mode of using a fishing net. Faarei re i, t^. a. to use the net, [PA A or catch fish in the faarei manner. Faareirei, v. n. to stretch, as a person lifting himself up. Faarepu, v. a. to stir up anger or commotion. — s. one that causes strife. Faareureu, v. n. to make merry or to be joyful ; also to be liberal with food, &c. Faariaria, v. a. to shock, to disgust. — V n, to shew, or affect disgust. Faarirerire, v a. to applaud or exalt a person or a thing ; to boast. [er. — 5. bombast, boasting; aboast- Faario, u. a. to raise a fishing ^ net in variots places, that persons may take the fish. Faariri, v, a. to provoke to an- ger ; see firi. — 't'. n. to work up one's self to a state of anger ; to put oit the appearance of anger. Faaroa, v. a. to lengthen ; see haamaoro. — V. n. to prolong, to delay. Faaroo, s. \_fakarongo^ vaka" rongo^ akarongo,^ faith or belief; obedience. — t). a. to believe; to act in obedience. Faaroo, v n. to hear ; see roa and rorob. — a. obedient, hearing. Faarooroo, v. n. to listen or hear repeatedly. Faaroroa, v a. to lengthen re- peatedly. — V. n. to prolong, or delay from time to time. Faaroroo, v n. the dual of faa- roo^ to hear or listen. — a. quick of hearing. Faarori, v. a. to move, shake, i or pull a thing from side to side in order to make it loose. — s. a person that moves or shakes a thing-, or that which shakes a thing-. Faarorirori, v. a. to move or shake repeatedly. Faarou, v. a. to use a rou or crook in order to reach Fruit, &c. Faarourou, v. n, to be still, wait in silence. Faarii, v. a. to cause haste ; see tu. Faarua, s. the boisterous N. or N. E. wind ; see haapiti. Faaruai, v. a. to give a vomit, cause vomiting, [vomiting. — s. an emetic, that which causes Faarue, v. a» [fakarake^ aka-- rw/te,] to cast away, forsake ; to leave off". Faaruoi, v. n. to feign illness and inability. [oromai. Faarumai, s. the same as faa- Faarumaruma, v. n. to make one's self appear gloomy, austere, forbidding ; see ru- maruma. Faaruru, v. a. to brave danger, encounter difficulties. Faaruru, v. n. to cause a self trembling, as formerly in the case of the pretended prophets or taara. Faarurua, 5. ashelteror defence. — V. n. to take shelter,. Faaruu, v. a. to use a certain mode of fishing. Faaruuruu, v. a. to prepare for a battle, as the warriors used to do by wrapping about their bodies Faataa. v. a. [wakataka^ aha- ^J^/ia,] to part, disjoin, or set [FAA. aside ; also to throw, or roll down from a precipice. Faataae, v. a. to put far off, to separate entirely. Faataataa, v. a. to separate or put away obstacles ; to make distinct parts or parties ; also to shift from one place to another. Faatae, v, a. to go quite to, or reach quite out to any thing, as to fruit at the ex- tremity of a branch ; to ex- cite to go, to set a going ; to take a person or thing to a marae. [^"y thing. — 5. the person who excites to Faataeaau, v. a. to excite the desire of the heart for any thing. — s. that which excites desire after any thing. Faataeae, v. a. to make, or pro- fess to be a brother or brethren. Faatahataha, v. ri. to cast a side fflance at something disao-ree- able ; to turn aside to avoid a person. Faatahinu, v. a. to anoint, cause the anointing of a person. Faatahoa, v. ' a. to weary, or teaze in any way. — V. n. to trouble one's self; to be in want of patience, so as to be a self troubler; see tahoa. Faatahua, u. a. to constitute or employ a priest ; to employ ail artrzan to teach a person any art or trade. Faatai, v. a. to make one grieve or weep ; see faaoto. Faataia, v. a. to discourage, cause heaviness or grief > see taia. FAA] ; Faatiapapau, ?;. a. to play tricks to frighten people, as if there was a ghost ; see tupapau. Faatiapiti, v. n. to blow from two different quarters, as the wind in certain places. — r . ?i. to contend, as two partit s. Faatiara, v. a. to bear up to the wind, as a canoe. Faatiatia, v. a. to discourse, converse together, reason to- getlier; al^o to relate a con- versation. Faatiatia, v. a. to quiet a child, by carry ing, tossing, or divert- ing it in some way or other. Faatiatia, v n. to be withhold- ing a person's share or right. Faatietie, v. a. to boast, glory, eulogize. — s. a boaster. Faatihae, v. a. to provoke a dog or other beast ; to insult the mourners in the heva. Faatihaehae, v. a. to insult or provoke repeatedly. Faatiho, v. a. to speak degrad- ingly and contemptuously of the property of another, that he may be disgusted, and disregard it. Faatihotiho, v. a. to excite re- peatedly the disgust of a per- son in regard to his house or property, so that he may dis- regard it. Faatii, v. a. to cause one to be disappointed in something he wished or expected. Faatimo, v. a. to make use of a stone called timo in a game or play of that name. Faatina, v. a. to propose or ap- point marriage connexions, as parents often do. Faatina, v. a. to pledge or Q [FAA challenge in eating, drink- ing, or giving of presents ; to cram or fill up with food, to surfeit. Faatio, v. a. to use contemp- tuous language, to dare. Faatiopa, v. a. to turn a thing on its side. Faatiotio, v. a. to dare, make little of repeatedly. Faatiotioo, v. a. to excite to anger by daring and con- temptuous language. Faatipaupau, v. a. to vex, ex- cite to jealousy or envy. Faatirava, v. a. to lay beams horizontally. Faatiri, a. prolific, as a female of the human or brute species, — s. seed, progeny of any kind. Faatitapou, v. a. to put a thing bottom upwards. Faatitarava, v. a. to place things horizontally side by side. Faatitiahemo, v. a. to use ex- ertions to excel another in work, &c. Faatitiaifaro, v. a. to straighten what is crooked in several places; to rectify what is wrong in several respects. Faatitiaua, v. a. to seek to excel another. Faatitina, v. a. to exert over much, to attempt to do too. much. Faatito, V. a. to cause cocks, dogs, he goats, &c., to fight; see tito. Faatito, V. a. to urge a person to procure property for a- nother. Faatito, s. a funnel. — V. a. to fill or pour liqnicl into a vessel ; see iitS. FAAl 77 Faatitomoa, s. a person that promotes cock-fighting-. Faatitotito, v. a. to excite cocks, &C.5 to fight. Faat^, V. a. to fill, or pour into a cask or bottle ; to cast any kind of metal. Faato, V. a. to put shoots of the ava plant in a hole, with wet leaves, in order to cause them to grow, and then take them for planting. Faatoa, v. a. to cast a stone called toa^ as a confirmation of something settled. Faatoa, v. n. to crow together. Faatoa, v. a. to make coura- geous or warlike ; also to excite to mischief. Faatoa, V. n. to settle at the bottom, applied to a fish that has been hooked. Faatoatoa, v. a. to be very brave. Faatoatoa, v. a. to make exer- tions too soon after sickness. Faatoe, v. a, to leave some, spare a remainder. Faatohe, v. a. to make the first part of a net or basket. Faatohu, V. a. to point at a per- son or thing by the finger ; see tohu. Faatohutohu, v. a. to point re- peatedly. Faatoi, s. the name of a feast made by parents, on re- moving certain restrictions that regarded their children; a family feast. Faatomo, v. a. to load a canoe, boat, or ship. — V, a. to cause a ship or other vessel to sink in the water ; see tomo. Faatomo, v. a. to cause an en- [FAA trance into a house or other place ; to cause the first en- trance or public opening of a place of worship. Faatomotomo, v. a. to heap one thing upon another in a vessel, or in putting a bur- den upon a person so as to over load him. Faatono, v, a. to send a mes- senger ; to cause one to be sent ; see tono. Faatootoo, v. a. to make use of a staflT; see tootoo. Faatoro, v. a. to trace, to fol- low the footsteps of a thief. Faatoro, v. a. to stretch out the hand or foot. Faatoro, v. a. to lead, or go before, as a canoe in a fishing party ; to solicit the making of native cloth, as the chiefs often do ; to trace a report. — 5- one that searches out a thing. Faatoro hara, v. a, to trace the evidences of a crime. Faatoroa, v. a. to invest with office ; see toroa. Faatoropaaa, v. a. to trace, as the root of the yam through all the intricacies of the vines coming from it~^^. to find out causes by their effects. Faatorotoro, v a. to trace, or search out with perseverance ; to stretch out repeatedly. Faatoto, v. n. to be in a rage to such a degree as to alter the countenance. Faatoto, v. a. to enclose a hue or calabash in a sort of net. Faatotoa, v. n. to lag, or hang behind, as a warrior ; to be shy of another^ avoiding his company. k^ IvAAl Faatu, V, a. to raise up^ put in an erect posture ; also to sup- port, assist ; see faatia. Faatuatua, v. n, to frown ; see iuatua. Faatupu, v. a. to cause any thing to grow, happen, or come to pass ; see tupu. Faatupua, v. n. to be silent, grave, serious. -—a. reserved ; also sullen. — s. reservedness, sullenness. Faatupui, s. the remaining one of a family or race, who is to keep it from extinction by becoming the root of a future ^ progeny. Faatuputupuatau, a. of long forbearance or endurance, yet will break out. A figu- rative expression taken from the sea among the breakers, where it may appear smooth for a while, yet will break out suddenly. Faatuou, V. n. to nod, or give a sign. Faatura, v. a. to honor, exalt, shew respect. Faaturai, v. a. to push, thro'V down by pushing. Faturatura, v. a. to honor con- tinually or repeatedly. Faaturatura, v. n. to assume consequence. Faatureirei, v. n. to be care- lessly, or by way of daring, putting one's self in a dan- gerous place. — V. a. to place a thing in a slippery, insecure, or dan- gerous position. Faaturi, s. prostitution, adul- tery, or fornication. — V. a. to commit adultery or fornication; but most com- 7^ [FAA monly the term is applied to prostitution for hire. Faaturi, v. n. to pretend deaf- ness ; see turi. Faaturituri, v. n. to turn a deaf ear repeatedly ; to pretend deafness, or that what is said is not intelligible. Faaturu, ?;. a, to prop, put up a turu or support ; see turu. Faaturui, v. n. to lean against, or upon a thing. Faaturui rua, v. n. to stand or lean between two ; to halt between two opinions. Faaturuma, v. a, to be silent, to appear thoughtful and se- rious. Faaturuturu, v. a, to prop up repeatedly. Faaturuturui, v. n. to go a lounging from place to place. Faatutu, v. a. to fish with two nets, a large and a small one. Faat6t6, V. a. to dandle a child ; see faatiatia. Faatutii, v. n. to stand on equal terms, applied to antagonists. Faau,7;.r?. to be resolute, facing all sorts of weather. Faauana, v. a. to use exertion, make a strong effort; see nana. Faauaua, v. a. to command im- periously and incessantly. Faauaua, v. a. to make stiff or touffh. o Faaue, v. a. to order, bid, com- mand. — s. an order or bidding. Faaueue, v. a. to order, or ex- cite to action repeatedly. Faauiui, v. n. to perceive or hear indistinctly. Faaunauna, s. an ornament, de- coration. FAEl Faaunauna, v. a. to decorate or adorn. Faaupaparia, v. n. to turn a deaf ear to a request. Faauru, s. a pilot, one that brings in a vessel. — V. a. to conduct a vessel into an anchoring place ; see uru. Faauruai, v. n. to have a slight impression, desire, or excite- ment. Faaurutuaau, v. a. to cause a canoe or a vessel to go on a reef titallrisks,either through violence of the weather, or ignorance of an harbour. Faauta, v. a. to convey by wa- ter from one place to ano- ther ; see uta. Faauteute, v. a. to make a thing red; see nteute. Faautu, v. n. to make grimaces, distort the lips. Faautunui, v. n. to pout, look sullen, make thick lips. Faauturea, v. n. to be sullen, refusing to eat through dis- pleasure, or fear of a superior. Faautuutu, v. a. to repulse an offer, refuse through dis- pleasure, [with effect. Faautuutu, v. a. to do a thing Faauu, v. n. to be resolute in accom])lishing what a person designed, in the face of dan- ger and difficulties. Faauuru, s. the name of a play- thing that makes a noise, from which the name is taken. Faea, 5. duplicity, feigned ap- pearance. Faeatai, s. aswarm of fish which come in their season, swarms of flies, multitude of people, or abundance of food at a particular time. ^ IFAP Faefae, a. unsettled, dilatory ; making false pretences. Faeo, s. the name of a game among children. Faeo,u.n. to have an unsatisfied desire for a particular kind of food. Faepa, s. the name of a prayer, or some part of the ceremo- nies in investing a chief with his office. Faeno, a. dwarfish, or of low stature. Faepaepa, s. a ceremony used in investing the king or prin- cipal chief with bis office. Faere,'^5. a large and prominent belly. Faeva, a. alienated. Fafa, V. n. to feel, or touch with the hand ; to try the dispo- sition or inclination of^ a person. Fafa, s. the stem of taro, plan- tain, or cocoanut branch. Fafaanunui, v. n. to appear to one's imagination. Fafai, v. a. to confessor divulge (dual number.) Fafai, v. a. to moderate a orreat evil; to stay mjurious pro- ceedings; to crush peaceably any affair that is likely to produce mischief. Fafai, s. a thicket of bushes on the land, or an assemblage of coral in the sea. Fafao, V. a. to put into a recep- tacle, as food into a basket, the arm into a sleeve, &c. — a. having entrance, or capa- city of receiving, such as a garment put on, that is called ahu fafao. Fafarofaro, i;. n. to go bend- ingly forward. i-'Ai] 80 Fafaru, s. the name of a vessel in which a certain sauce or food is kept. Fafau, V. a. to tie together, as an adze to its helve— /^. to make a contract, or firm a- greement, or covenant. Fatauraro, v. a. to go about stir- ring up mischief or sedition. Fai, V. a. to confess, reveal, divulge. Fai, V. a. to deceive by fair speech and apparent friend- ship. Fai, s. the skate, or stingray fish, of which there are many varieties. Fai, s. a certain Tahitian curse or imprecation. Fai, .$. the name of a part of the offering which the priests used to eat in the w.arae, Fai, s. the name of a game played by children. • — V, a. to play the fai. Faia, s. the name of a fish. Faiaia, s. the dead bodies ob- tained in war, and taken to a m.arae^ were called haia^ but after the prayers were per- formed faiaia. Faiere, s. any creature newly delivered of its young. Faifai, s. the name of a large timber tree. Faifai, v. a. to gather or pluck fruit. Faifai, v. a. to concilfate. Faifaia, a. bulky, large in size or quantity ; plenteous. Faifaiapo, s. a dream, or omi- nous sleep. Faiite, v. a. to reconcile those who were at variance. Faino, V. n. to equal, to balance, to be even. [FAN Faipuu, s. the name of a tree with odoriferous leaves which are used in the monoi. Faira, s. [Eng. //e,] steel, file, or rasp. Faira, a. [Eng. filei] hard, nig- gardly. Fairaro, s. a part of the sacri- fice in the marae. Fairu, v. a. to befoul a person in contempt. Faita, v. n. to make grimaces. Faite, v. n. to be equal ; see faino. — s. an equal, or that which is equal. Faito, a. equal in any sense ; see faafaito. — V. n. to be equal, balance alike* Faito, s. a measure, balance, scales. — V. a. to measure, balance, weigh. Fana, s. a])ow of the archer. Fana, s. the yard of a ship. Fariae, s. the time soon after midnight, when the tide be- gins to ebb. Fana horo aoao, s, a bow diffi- cult to heu(\—fig. an ill tem- pered person, difficult to manage. Fanao, s. delight, pleasure, boast, glory. — V. n. to glory, boast, take pleasure in. Fanau, v. n. to be born. — V. a. to bring forth. — a. birth, as arii fanau^ chief by birth. Fanaua, s. what is brought forth ; the young of any ani- mal, man, beast, bird, or fish, as also all insects. Fanau raa, s. the tin^e or ploce of birth! FAK] Fanaueve, v. n. to be exhausted and weakened by bringing forth young repeatedly. Fane, ?•. n. to break ; see fati and fene. Fanefane, v. n. to break repeat- edly, or in many places; see fatifati. Faniu, 9. the thick end of the cocoanut branch that adheres to the tree ; see niu. Fano, V. n. to sail ; see tere. Fanu, a. few, some ; when ap- plied to persons too is com- monly prefixed, as too fanu, some persons. Faoj $. [jvaoy] a nail or chisel. — V. a. to make holes with ^ a fao. Fao, a. lank, lean, as a fish after spawning. Fao, s. a person that speaks through the nose, a snuffler. Fao, a. enslaved, brought under subjection, and hard usage. Fao, s. the weakest out of a litter of pigs. Fao, s. the dedication of a new marae or a house ; see hoo. Faoa, s. a stone adze ; see haoa. Faoafaatu, v. a. to re-establish the marae ^ov the possession of land, by certain prayers, &c. Faoaoa, a. stony, rugged. Faoatumarae, s. an upright stone in the marae^ against which the priest leaned while praying. Faofao, s, the dropsy ; see ofao. Faofao, a. empty, applied to the stomach. Fara, s. \ falci^ hala^ Aa'a,l the pandanus t)r palmetto ; there are various species, as fnra nioo^ fara paoo^ faranvno. 81 (f'AR I Farafara, s. an eel. Farafara, s. a species of moun- tain plantain. Fara motu, 5. an antagonist with no one to balk him. Farapai, s. a reciprocal strife or contest. Fara papaa, 5. the pineapple, from the resemblance of the leaves to the fara. Farapepe, s. a running plant that grows in the mountains and rocks, whose fibrous roots are called ieie, which see. Farapata, s. an adept in any thing. Farara, v. n. to spring up, a»^ the wind ; to be in a slanting position. — adv. aslant, obliquely. — s. the slant position of any [canoe, boat or thing Farauj s. a shed for Farau ru , s. a speci es of the pandanus of good foliage. — a. rich in foliage— j'^^r gaudy in dress. Fare, 5. \hare^fa'e^fale^hal€^'\ a house. Fareauta, s. a temporary shed. Fareauti, s. a shed covered with ti leaves, Fareahu, s. a tent. Farefare, a. hollow, as the sto* mach for want of food. Farefare, v. n. to overhang, as a rock, or as a curling wave before it breaks. Farefare matai, s. a sort of tent for the image of a god. Farefare rau uru raau, s. the name of a certain ceremony or exhibition of the persons of the vorU in order to see which was the fattest and beat laoking. M r FAR] 82 Farehaa, .?. a shelter for refu- gees among bushes or rocks ; also a shed in which to beat the native cloth, &c. Farehaupape, s. a house with gable ends, [ends not oval. Farehauparu, s. a house with Farenatinati, s. an inaccessible house, such as those of the wizzards were said to be. Fareolm, s. a small moveable round house, used for shel- tering things. Fareorai, s. distress occasioned by war, famine, or tempest. Farepora, s. a small neatly thatched house put on board the large double canoes of the Paumotu. Farepotaa, s. an oval house. Farepotee, s. the same. Farerauape, s. an umbrella, from fare a house, and rou' ape^ the leaf of the ape, and used for the same purpose. Farerei, v. a. to meet. Farero, s. the branching coral. Farero, s. any sort of screw. Faretoau, s. a sponge. Faretupapau, s. a house for the dead. Fareturuma, s. an out house to keep lumber in ; also one oc- cupied by a Hi. Fareu'a, *. the shell of the maava fish, which the crab w'a sometimes enters. Fareureu, v. a. to arrange food neatly for a meal. Fareutu, 5. a sort of watch-house at the side of a camp. Farii, s. a vessel, a receptacle of any kind. ' — V. n. to contain, as a vessel. — r. n. to receive, to admit, en- tertain. [TAT Fariu, v. n. to turn to or from a thing or person. Faro, V. n. to bend, stoop, or to hang down. Faro, V. n. to be anxiously waiting or expecting. Farofaro, v. n. to be bending ; to be moving up and down, as a slender pole does when carried. Farofaro, v. a. to scoop out ; to lade ; ta take by little and little. Faru, V. a, to deflour virginity. Fata, s. an altar ; a scaffold put up for any purpose ; a piece of wood to hang baskets of food, &c. Fata, V. a. to pile up fire wood ; to set the fire in order in the native oven. Fatafata, a. open, not filled up or closed ; careless, loose, indifferent, the opposite to vigourous and active. Fatanu, s. a butt of plantain stalk, to which, as a mark, spears and darts are thrown. Fatanu, a. settled, pre-medi- tated, as applied to war. Fatarau, s. the common altar for sacrifices. Fatarua, s. two (family) altar* set up. [or place. Fatata, s. nearness, as to time Fatata, a. [vaitata, tata,'] near, not far off". — adv. nearly, almost at hand. Fati, s. a breach ; see ofati and J'ene. [sound. Fati, a. broken, not whole or Fati, V. n. to break, as a stick ; to break, as a wave of the sea ; to disperse, as a compa- ny ; to break up and flee, a» an army ; see/*°ne, «/a, moht. Fatia, v. a. to place hot stones ! within an animal in cooking; also to heat wnter by putting liot stones into it. Fatifati, a. bruised, broken in several places. — V. n. to break repeatedly. Fatifati^, s. a roll or fold of cloth that is not neatly folded. Fatifatiaeve, s. an immense roll of native cloth. Fatifatiairi, s. a slight wound, skin deep;— ^^. applied to a- country subdued in war, while the chiefs and leading men are still alive. F^tifatirara, v. a. to break off the branches while the body ■of the tree remains unhurt — ^fig to remove some evil ef- fects, while the cause slill remains. F'atimanava, s. fear, arising irom evil tidings. Fatimauu,*. impatience, eager- ness of desire. — V. n. to be impatient, to be eager to obtain something that is expected. Fatino, s. a mode of fishing. F^itino, V. n. to move slowly, as a cat watching its prey ; to go slyly and slowly, as a thief, that he msty secure his prey. [hurt. Fatipajm, a. thigh b-oken, or Fatito, a. the quality of break- ing short. — V. n. to break off short, as sugar cane. [by fibres. F'atiue, a. broken, but held Fatiueue, a. broken, bent, but not parted, because of tough bibres ~foj. unyielding, as a person that will still cleave lo his purpose. CFAU Fatu, \_J!tUy /fa/iu,] Lord, mas- ter, owner. Fatu, s. the gristly part of aii oyster ; the core of^an abscess. Fatu, V. a. to plat or braid ; to weave. [song ; see pehe, Fatupehe, s. the maker of a Fatui, s. some of the first fish caught in a new net, and pre- sented to the gods, or to the ^ king. Faturei, s. the stones on the lower edffe of a fishins" net. latu umu ii, ft. the largest stones in a large native oven. Fau, s. the same as the purau tree. Faa, s. a sort of head dress. ^ 7~^ H. Fau, s. a god, as being head or above ; a king or principal chief was formerly called /aw, as being above others. Faufaa, s. gain, profit, advan- tage. Fauhaa, v. a. to be busily en- gaged in work. Fauhaea, s. the fau tree strip- ped or torn, which sometimes began a quarrel. Faufau, a. vile, filthy, base, disgusting. Faufaua, v. a. to make straight by bringing into a line. Faufaurai, inter j. an exclama- tion of grief Fauai, s. a darling son during his minority ; some Donclud- ing ceremony at the time oi marriage. Fauaipa, s. some part of the ceremonies used in investing a principal chief with liis authority. [/aw tree. Fau pa, s. a tough species of ^he Faupara moa, ,v. a head orna- ment of feathers. FEA] «4 Faupare, s. the froiitof a house ; an ornament put in an oblique direction. Faupoo, s. a hat, cap, or bon net ; see taupoo. Faura, v. 71. to appear ; see fa. Fauraepa, s. the name of cer- tain prayers or ceremonies used at the marae. Faurori, v. a. to labour and toil incessantly. Faurourou, s. a darling or be- loved child who engrosses the time and affection of the parent. Fautaitai apurua, s. a feast kept by the parents of a married couple. Fautarafare, s. the bend of the round part of a native house ; also a quarrel on account of a /aw or darling child. Fautia. s. a medicinal plant. Fautu, s. a plant of the hibiscus kind, fautia. Fautua, s. some great work or labour. Fauurumaa, s. a war cap. Feaa, v. v. to cogitate, think, hesitate. Feaaore, a. thoughtless, un- concerned. F'eaapiti, v. n. to halt between two opinions. -Feaarua, v. n. the same Sisfeaa- pitiy to hesitate between two opinions. Feaarua, s. double mindedness. — a. double minded, f t^iK »-> FfLafeaU, v. n. to doubt, hesitate. Feai, 5. strife, contention. Feai, v. n. to meet, as two op- posite seas ; to clash, as op- posite interests. Feao, 5. a jib sail ; the stern of 'a canoe of a particular make. [FEF Feau, V. n. to cogitate, think, and hesitate. Fee, s. \_fege, /e^^?] the cuttle fish. Feefee, s. a disease common in the islands, a species of the Elephantiasis^ but not an- swering the description com- monly given in medical books. Feetere, s. a cuttle fish that swims in different directions; Jig. an unsettled person. Feeti, s. the name of a south- erly wind. Feetietie, s. a cool southerly wind. Feetono, s. a cuttle fish, re- markable for being tough — Jig. an obstinate or an un- yielding person. Feetonotono, s. a tough cuttle fish. Fefe, s. a pimple, or a small boil. Fefe, a. crooked, bent ; see haafefe. Fefefere, o. crooked, having many bends. Fefeia, v. a. to search, examine a discourse. Fefena, .?. a place in Tarnu valley, and applied to the extremities of other vallies. Feferu, s. a sort of sauce, or the vessel that holds it. Fefetu, V. a. to roll, or fold up cloth. — s. a fold of cloth. Fefeu, V, a. to open, spread out ; see hekeu. Fei, s. the mountain plantain, of which there are many species, each of which has a distinct name. Feia, s. people, party, corn- .pany. FEN "I 8& Feiai, s. some prayers or cere- monies accompanying a sac- rifice in the marae. — V. a. to perform certain cere- monies accompanied with prayers. Feifeiapo, s. dreams or visions in the night. Feii, s. envy, jealousy. — r. n, to envy, grudge, be jealous. — a. envious, jealous. FeitJro, u. a. to prolong or lengthen out, as in doing work ; to lengthen out a speech, or prayer. Feira, s. a sail looming from a distance. Feira, v. a. to examine, seaich diligently. Feitara o te mao, s. one of the sea gods of Tahiti. Feiutu, a. restless, as children. Feiutu, a. envious, biting each other, as dogs. — V. a. to bite each other, as envious dogs. Fenae, s. the time towards morning ; see fanae. Fenafena, a. not sufficiently cooked. [see fati. Fene, s. a breach, fracture ; — V. n. to break, as a stick ; to dash, as the waves of the sea ; to break up, as a company. Fene, a. six in counting; see ono. Fenefene, a. bruised, broken in several places, or at different times. [tude. Fenefenea, ?. weariness, lassi- Fenei, s. the foulness of a vessel, house, &c. — a. full, quite full. Fenia, s. a tree, the bark of i w'uich is used in dying. Fenofeno, a. not iufficiently cooked. Fenuii, s. the strand of a rope ; the twisted cord of a net. — V. a. to twist cords for net making. Fenua, s. [Malay, henua; other dialects of the Polynesian, enwa, wenua, honua. and va- nua,'] land, country ; the earth. ¥enti motu, s. a broken strand, or twisted cord— ^gr. a for- saking friend ; the remainder or refict of a family. Feo, s. a species of coral that ir- ritates the skin when touched. Feo, a. irregular, as the surface of stony land ; rough, as the sea ; acrid, as the ahifa coral. Feofeo, a. much, abundant, great in quantity. Feori, v. n. to forsake or change their haunt, as fish do in cer- tainseasons; to wander, as an idle person. — s. a rambler, a person of changeable habits. Feoro, v. a. to investigate or examine a discourse. Fera, a, indistinct, as the vision of a sleepy or intoxicated person ; wry, as the eye by disease. Ferafera, v. a. to remove wrin- kles from cloth. Feraorao, s. the break of da}' ; the time when there is light enough to see flies flying. Fefei, s. an indecent mode of exhibiting the person in a Tahitian dance, applied to both sexes. — V. a. to exhibit, disclose, unfold. FET] Feri, s. a sort of poc or pud- ! ding made of various ingre- | dients. j Fero, V. a. to lace up, tie, or j fasten with sinnet. Feruri, v. n. to ponder, reason, muse, consult. i eruri, s. a cogitator, cogita- tion ; a judge.. Feruriruri, v. it. to think, rea- | son repeatedly, examine in ! the mind, and judge. ! Fetafetbu, v. a. to quarrel, or combat in pairs. Fetau, t'. a. to wrestle, or com- bat, as two cocks. Fetee, v.n. to burst out, through pressure, as the contents of a bag. Feteetee, v. n to burst out re- peatedly, as the contents of a bag or wrapper. Fetia, s. a star ; seee/e. — »'. n. to be weary ; see fane" Hania, s. the top, or upper co- vering of a thing. Hanihani, v. a. to caress or fon« die. Hanihanirea, v. a. to fondle with a design to deceive. Hanohano, a. dreadful, awful. Hao, v. a prayer and ceremonies formerly used at the dedica- tion of a new house, or of a canoe. Hao, v.a. to encircle, as fisher- men in bringing both ends of a fishing net together. Hao, V. a. to dress the hair by cutting, combing, &c. Hao, s. a technical term for a certain manceuvre in war. Haoa, s. a hard stone, of which formerly adzes were made, o HAP] Ilaoa, ,9. an adze or hatchet, from the name formerly given to the stone ones. Haoa, s. a stone taken from an old marae, to commence a new one in another place. Haoahao, s. an ill grown, ill favoured person. Haoahao, a. unsettled, as the wind, changing suddenly and blowing from different quar- ters. Ilaono, V. n. to swell up or over- flow, as water. Haoaoa, a. rugged, full ofstones. Haora, a. unpleasant, applied to the smell of certain things. Haorea, v. n. to be hindered, perplexed by company, &c. ■ — V, n. to be affected by some ill report, a severe reproof, or something unexpected. Haoro, a. dilatory, hanging behind. Haoromatiti, s. one that unex- pectedly joins a party. Ilapa, s. a deviation from a rule ; a missing of a mark ; error, sin, crime ; see hara. Ilapaa, 5. a sort of strong na- tive cloth. [ed. Hapahapa, a. irregular, crook- Hape, a. crooked, turning in, applied to the feet. Hape, s. the caterpillar ; see he. Hape, s. an error, a mistake, sin : see hapa. Hape, a. unequal, irregular, wrong. Hapehape, a. wrong, unequal, irregular in many places. Hapepa, s. the palsy. Hapepa, v. n. to heave, or move up and down, as the thatch of a Tahitian house when moved by a strong wind. m [UAH Hapepapepa, v. n. to move re- peatedly, or flap, as a sail. Hapi, a. pregnant ; see hnpu. Hapoi, V. a. to carry or convey ; see hapoi. Hapono, v. a. to send a thing, not a person. Hapononoa, s. the thing sent or conveyed. Hapu, V. n. [}iap^i^'\ to be in a state of pregnancy. — a. pregnant, applied to fe- males in general. Hara, s. sin, transgression, crime, guilt. Hara, a. unequal, not hiting the mark ; see hapa. — V. n. to be unequal, to be deviating from a line or rule ; to be in a transgression. Harahara, v. a. to split in pieces, as the carcase of a iish, or of a fowl. Haraharaini, v. a. to begin with little things, and proceed to greater. Haraharau, s. extreme loqua- city ; also the doctrine and customs of the mamaia^ a religious sect. — a. loquacious, talking idly. Haraharavea, a. defded, pol- luted with blood. Haraharavee, a. besmeared, polluted. Haraini, adv. slightly, loosely, carelessly. Haratavai, s. a species of bam- boo that is remarkably sharp when split Harat6, a. acrid, exciting pain. Haraurau, .«. a sort of wild taro or ape \—Ji(j. a worthless fellow. Haro, V. a. to smooth back the hair; to pull the raoere or HAT] 99 leaves tied together to catch fish ; see raoere. Haro, V. n. to skim along in flying, and wheel about, as a bird. Haro, u, a. to print, or spread the scarlet d3'e on the Tahi- tian cloth called ahu haro. f luro, s. the name of a certain mark printed on the skin in tattooing. Haroa, s. a draught of fishes, what is caught in drawing a fishing net. Haroa, s. one side or party. Haroaroa, v, n. to discern, per- ceive by the eye. or the mind. — a. distant, deep. Harotea, s. a certain mark of the arioi in tattooing. Haru, V. a. to rob ; seize by violence ; to catch. — 5. a robber; one that seizes by violence. Htiruapo, s. a party of warriors that lie in wait till night, and when their enemies are asleep fall on them. Haruapu, v. a. to rush on all together to seize or catch a thing. Haruharu, v. a. to seize re- peatedly. Harura, s. a person of an intel- ligent mind. Haruru, s. sound ; noise, as of the sea, thunder, &c. — V. n. to make a roaring or a thundering noise, applied to various things. Hatatu, V. n. to be moving or shaking, as a slender plank when held by the middle. Ilatiapiti, a. abundant, plente- ous ; see hatupiti. Hatumaj s, abundance, plenty. [HAU — a. abundant, in large quan- tities. Hatumatuma, a. abundant large. Hatupiti,a.of great bulk, much, plenty. Hau, s. the dew that falls at night. Hau, s. peace, government, reign. Hau, a. more, or beyond, in comparing adjectives, great- er, larger, longer, &c. Haua, s. scent of any kind. — V. 71. to emit an effluvia, good or bad. Hauarii, s. a kingly government. Hauato, s. an instrument used in thatching. Hauhau, ?;. a. to take off the first chips in hollowing a tree. Haumanahune, s, a government of the common people ; a democracy. Haumanava, s. an early batch of food ; a great feast pre- vious to an exploit. Haumani, 5. weariness, fatigue, listlessness. — a, weary, tiresome. Haumaraatira, s. the state of a people living as tenants or tributaries. Haumaru, a. cooling, grateful, refreshing. Haumateata, s. a government in the hand of a chief by blood, or hereditary descent. Haumatatia, s. the same as hau» maraatira. Haumoe, s. the cold night breezes of the vallies. Haune, v. a. to plait, as baskets, mats, &c. Hauou, s. the same as the pua tree. Haupa,5.a tree tough and hard. -hE} 100 Haupape,*. ahou&e with square ends. Hauparu, s. same as haupnpe. — a having- square ends, ap- plied to a house. Haupau, V. a. to toil, to work hard. Hauparuparu, r. a. to attend upon and minister to a person. Hauraa, s. the sword fish. Hauri, a. ill smelled, as some kinds of fish. Hauriria, v. n. to be in fear or dread. Hauriuri, a. deep, unfathom- able, as the sea. Hauruo, a. faded, decayed, as a person in ill health. Hautai, s. weeping, lamenta- tion for the dead. Hautaua, v. n. to grieve for a relation or friend. Hauti, V. a. to annoy, disturb by restless doings. — a. restless, annoying, dis- turbing. Hautia, .?. the same as hauparu. Hautiuti, v. n. to be moving. Hautiuti, v. a. to cause disturb- ance by repeated motions. Hautua. .V. ffreat work, much toil. ' ^ Hava, V. n. to be dirtied, be- Ibuled. —a. dirfcy, filthy, defiled. Havaematapfe, s. an ugly kind of the star fish; an idle person. Havahava, a. dirty, filthy ; hav- ing beenrepeatedly befouled, as an infant. He, s. an error or mistake ; see hope. T—a. wrong, erroneous, mis- taken. Jfe,*. a caterpillar ; see hatpe. [HEV for the n. to gri to lament for the using various cere- Hea, V. dead dead, monies. Hea, s a disease of children, the same as the thrush, but hea is va2"uely used of various inward disorders, but these are sometimes distinguished by the terms hea topu, hea roto^ hea w-aed, hea pitooo. Hea, adv. of time and place, with various prefixes, ad a- hea ? when ? nahea ? whence ? by which way ? or in what manner ? eihea f where ? teihea? at what placer no- h>m ? from whence ? or whence ? Heamae6, s. some internal dis- ease, causing a person to loathe his food, or to eat im- proper things. Heamater^e, s. sickness pro- duced by love. Heaoromatua, s. sickness caused by an Oromatua, that is the supposed spirit of some dead relation. Heapaa, s. sickness causing a red swelling of the skin. Heapaipai, s. same as heapia. Heapiiooo, s. a disease causing an enlargement of the navtl of children. Hearoto, s nearly the same as heamaeo. Heatapu, s. a disease affecting the skin, and causing small pustules to break out. Heatauete, s a disease affect- ing the blood and humours, turning the skin yellow ; the jaundice. Heatopara, s. see hearoto and heamaeo. HEH] Hebedoma, s. [Gr. hebdomas^'j a week. Hee, s. a certain skin mark in tattooing. Hee, V. o. to purge or evacuate the body ; see tahee. Hee, V. n. to be swimming in the surf, a Tahitian diversion ; see faahee and home. Hee, V. n. to be in a discharged or banished condition, as one turned out of his place ; see faahee. Hee., interj. of surprise, as ahe/ uhii ! Heeauru, v n. to swim on the top of a rolling sea. Heepue, v n. to sail before the wind ; to run or flee before an enemy who is chasing. Heepuenui, v. n. to set wittiout a cl.jud, applied to the sun. Heetumu, v. a. to agree upon, settle some affair. Heetumu. v. n. to keep well at home. Heeuri, v. n. to be in a green flourishing condition, as plants and trees : to flourish, as a country. Hefa, V. 71. to squint. — a. squint; oblique, 8S the look of the eyes. Hefahefa, a. dim ; confused, as the eyt s by the brightness of the sun. Hehe,a. shy, alienated, strange. Hehe, v. n. to laugh by way of contempt. Hehe, v. n. to cut the yam in slices, in order to plant the pieces. Hehfci, s. a mode of fishing. Hehemi, s. a loud laugh. Hehemi, v, n. to laugh in a loud iuanuer.- 101 [Hi:rt Heheu, v. a. to open, uncover ; see maheti. Hei, s. a wreath or garland of flowers. Hei, V. a. to entangle and catch ■fish in a net. — V. n. to be in a state of en- tanglement, as fish in a net. Heihei, v. a. to entangle re- peatedly. Heihei, s. a garland of flowers. Heiheia, s. some unexpected good. Heima, s. [^Gr. eheima^'] winter, Heioa, o. black all over ; va- riegated. Heiomii, v. a to have the heads, or chiefs caught and destroy- ed, as in war. Heiomii, v. n. to be entangled, fcs fish by the heads. Heipue, a. gathered, congre- gated, as people. Heipuni, v. n. to be surrounded, entangled, or beset on every side ; to be in the midst of difficulties. i Heitutu, V. n. to be beset with j affairs, difficulties, &c. Heiva, s. a dance, an assembly I for dancing. \ Hema, v. n. to be deceived, j imposed upon. I Hemahema, s. the little fish i called the nautilus. I Hemo, V. n. to be out-done in a contest ; to slip off, as the handle of a tool ; see /aa- hemo. Henehenea, v. n. to be heavy, weary, drowsy. Hepo, V. n. to be in confusion. Hepohepo, v.n. to be confound- ed, or in confusion, not know- ing well -vhat to do. Here,*.astring, noose, or snare. HKV] 10: Here, s. a sort of food. Here, v. a. to ensnare, entrap, or catch by a here. Here, s. a favourite, a beloved one. — a, dear, beloved, favoured. Herepoto, s. an instant attack, ileretau, s. a rope or string for suspending things at some height. Herete, interj. an exclamation of the arioi and other dancers. Hereti, s. some part of a cere- mony used by the sorcerers. Fieri, s. a rope tied to the foot of a pig, fowl, &c. — V. a. to tie a pig, bird, or fowl, by a string. Ileri a. to diff a hole, as a rat or a crab does. Heru, V. a. to scratch, as a hen does. Heruheru, v. a. to scratch re- peatedly, as a fowl ; to rake up old grievances ; see pa- heru. Iletaheta, v. n. to be enraged by some provocation. Hete, s. likeness ; see hum. Hetehete, s. hair, wool, feath- ers ; see huruhuru. Iletoheto, v. n. to be disturbed by angry feelings. Iletuhetu, v. n. to roll, as the waves on the shoie : see fe- tufetu. Heu, V. a. to throw off, as an infant its covering. Heuheu, v. a. to throw off clothes repeatedly ; to shake out ; see peupeu. Heva, 5. mourning for the dead ; the name of a foolish custom, see parae ; a mourning dress. Hevaheva, s. a person not him- self througli violent peission. ' [HI A Hevatama, s. mourning for children. Heve, a. acrid, leaving a pain- ful heat. Hi, V. a. to fish, to angle with hook and line. — V. n. to gush out, as water or any liquid, — s. a flux, the bloody flux; see loto ohi. Hia, an affix to verbs, denoting the passive form, as hinaaro^ to love, hinaarohia., loved. Hia, s. [hinga^ /ima,] a fall. Hia, V. n. to fall, as a person or a tree that was standing ; not to drop down from a height, for that mairi and topa are used. Hia, V. a. to use friction to pro- cure fire. Hiaa, s. a quantity of fish caugh t at a time. Hiaa, v. n. to be sunk deep in the water. Hiaa, v. a. to steal, as thieves formerly used to do, after ad- dressing a prayer to Hiro the god of thieves for success. Hiaai, v. n. to desire food or drink ; to long for some- thing to eat or drink. Hiaata, a. perplexing. Hiafaifai, v. n. to be desolate, having the inhabitants exter- minated by war. Hiai, s. extreme venery. Hiaia, s. the name of a Talii- tian month. Hiamateoa, v. n. to exult, re- joice ; see oaoa. Hiamaea, s. a certain idolatrous ceremony observed in time of war ; valuable property was collected and placed some where between the two HriJ] armies, and whatever party seized it, it was an ev>l omen to itself*. Hiamu, v. n. to have an a{)pe- tite, or to long for food or drink ; see hiaai. Hiaoa, .9. a malicious or spiteful rejoicing". — V. n. to rejoice in another's distress. Hiaoto, V. n. to be troubled by importunities. Hi V. n. to be teazed or perplexed. Hiata, s. the branches, stalks, and leaves of plants and trees. Hiatai, v. ii. to be teazed by many calls and importunities; to be wearied with trouble- some prospects. Hiatumu, v. n. to fall, root and branches. Hiaumiti, s. a longing desire for something not obtained. — V. n. to long, as for an absent relation. Hie, interj. of disgust or con- tempt, as be off ! Hie, a. indented, as some trees, such as the chestnut. Hiehie, a. violent, furious, ap plied to the aspect of the countenance. Hiemateoa, v. n, to exult ; the same as hiamaieoa. Hiero, s. [Gr. hieton^'\ the temple ; see nao. Tlihi, s. the rays of the sun. Hihi, s. the whiskers of a cat, mouse, or rat ; also the two holes in a cocoanut that can- not be pierced. Hihi, s. men fleeing or running from a battle. Hihi, 5. a small shell fish. 103 fHr^ Hihihihi,.?. t!»e quivering of the* lips, and motion of the teeth by extreme cold. — V. n. to quiver or chatter, fos the teeth through cold. Hihimata, 5. the hairs of the eye lashes. Hihimoa, s. the feathers on the back of a fowl's neck. Hibioura, s. the feelers of the Cray fish, Hihipapa, s. a species of peri- winkle that cleaves to the rocks. Hihipo, s. the giddiness occa- sioned by a violent blow. Hihirauape,,?. the caul ot beasts. Hihitai, s. salt water periwin- kles, [kles. Hihivai, s. fresh water periwin- Hihira, v. n. to look askance. Hihiroa, s. the long hair in the eye lash. Hihiroa, 5. two plants growing out of one cocoanut. Hihiu, a. wild, shy, not familiar. Hii, V. a. to dandle, nurse, take a child in the arms. Hii, s a sort of basket to put fruit in for the queen or chief woman. Hiiatua, s. a priest that carried a god. Hiimoea, v. a. to finish work. Hiirima, s. the first fruit for the king, principal chief, or fa- vourite son. Himene, . a. to prepare bread fruit for the malii. Ia, s. \ika, Malay ikan,'] fish of any kind. Ia, V. a. to pitch, daub, or paint. Ja, adc. when, in the past time, as ia oe i parahi i taua fare ra, when thou didst dwell in such a house. Ia, ado. when, future, and pro- nounced a little different, ia haere au, when I go. Ia, conj. if, as ia ore ia tae mai, if he comes not. Ia, prep, [kia^ ki,'] by, with, for, to, and so preceding all nouns and pronouns, but sometimes the a is dropped. Ia, V. aux by way of wish or supplication, as ia tae w,ai, may it come ; ia ora, may (it) live. }a, pron. pronounced in two syllables, that, or it, as eaha 'ia ? what is that ? e mea ita, it is such a thin^ ; eita ia e tae, he or it will not go. Ia, V. n. or of being, pronounced intwosyllables,am,is,or are. laa, s. a sort of food used in time of scarcity. laararoa, s. a fish, a present of fish taken to a chief. Ia ea, v. expressing a wish for health ; see ia ora. Ia ea na, v. of praying for, or wishing health and all good to the person addressed, as la ora na. laha, adv. not, do not ; see eiaha, auaa. laia, pron. a compound of ia prep, to, with, by, and ia pron. formerly used at Ta- hiti, and still in other dialects, to him, by him, with him, as eita van e parau iaia, I will not speak to him. laia, s. a piece of coral used to rasp an nmete. la'na, pron. a compound of the prep, ia, and ana, the third person singular, him or it, signifying to him, by him, with him, her, or it. Ia oe, pron. thee, to thee, by thee, with thee. lato, s. [iako,'] the transverse beams which connect the out-rigger to a canoe. latoai, s. the second class of the inferior chiefs. latomoe, s. the centre division of a fleet. [with me. la'u, pron. me, to me, by me, l& ya\^ pron. inter, to whom? by whom ? with whom ? le, 5. a boat or ship's sail of any .sort. HI] 11 le, s. the mallet used for beat- ing cloth. leie, s. the fibrous roots of the plant farapepe^ used for ty- ing fences, making baskets, &c. leieere, .s. consternation on ac- count of some unexpected event of a disastrous nature. Iha, s. anger, high displeasure. — I'. 11. to be much displeased. Ihaiha, v. n. to be panting be- cause of oppression by heat. Ifiaiha, a. disagreeable, offen- sive in smell. Ihara, s. the name of a rough instrument of music, struck with sticks; commonly a piece of bamboo open on one side. Ihata, s. a box, cage, or scaf- fold ; see pafata. Jhe, s. a dart or spear ; see hoto, Iheihe, a. neat, elegant ; also ill savoured ; see ihaiha. Iheihere, v. n. to w^ander idly from place to place. Ihi, s. skill, wisdom, dexterity. — a. skilful, wise, dextrous. Ihi, s. [ijiy ibiy w,] the horse chestnut ; see Tata. Jhiamoea, 5. property collected to induce the god Oro to be propitious to the party when engaged in war ; and in case of such property being seized by the opposite party, it was jiidged an omen of that par- ty's destruction. Ihiihi, s. skill, economy, good order ; also a preparation to meet difficulties. Ihiihi, a, cunning, knowing, crafty. [a child. Ihiihi, a. of slow growth, as Ihiorea, 5, discretion, [)rudencc. • — a. discreet, prudent. / [IIIO Ihipapa, r. a. the act of raising up the large flat stones in the sea with which to build a marae— /^. the act of ba- nishing a family. Ihipapa, v. a. to demolish, ex- tirpate root and branch. Ihipeetue, v. a. to demolish, as ihipapa. Ihipiro, a. crafty, illiberal; also not noticing a person. Ihipiro, a. stumpy, short, of ill growth, i^lhirea, s. trouble, perplexity, '^ consternation, fear. —V, n. to be troubled, to be in confusion. [at sea. Ihitai, s. a mariner, one skilful Ihitumu, V. a. to overthrow, demolish from the founda- tion ; see taihi. — V. n. to be in a state of de- molition. Iho, pron. self, an affix to pro- nouns, as vau iho, oe iho, oia iho, Sfc, myself, thyself, him- self, &c. Iho, an affix to adverbs and prepositions, i o iho, i onei iho, reira iho, nia iho, raro iho, pihai iho, Sj^c. ; see those words, it denotes sameness or proximity, [thing or person. Iho, s. the essence or nature of a Iho, V. 11. to descend, or come down from an eminence ; see pou. Iho, V. n. applied to a person coniing to himself, or recover- ing his intellectual faculties. ihoa, s. a great collection or heap of property. Ihoarii, s. the dignity and office of a king or principal chief. Ihoariitepa, s. a god of the arioi company. mu] 118 l{»oilio, s. llie maiiesor remains of the dead. llioilioa, .?. the same as ihoiho. the ghosts of the dead which were supposed often to visit the living, especially rela- tions, and to inflict illness and death. Ihona. adv. a compound of /Ao and wa, signifying lately, or close to the person addressed. Ihonei, odv. compound of iho^ self, or proximate, and nei, here, lately at this place, just now. Ihoihoatupu, s. the living rela- tives of a dead person. Ihomaamaa, s. a fool ; also foolishness. Ihoneneva, s. the same as iho- maamaa. Ihopohe, s. mortality. Ihora, adv. a compound of iho^ self, and ra, and added to verbs signifies proximity of the action to the person or thing, the time or place con- nected with the preceding verb. Ihotaata, ?. the person himself with regard to something sacred. [cent, genealogy. Ihotatau, s. reckoning of des- Ihotoi, s. the name of a cere- mony and prayer of a canoe builder in cutting a tree for a new canoe. Ihotupu, s. the native of a place ; one of the aborigines. — a. indigenous, not foreign. Ihu, s. the nose, snout, b:ll of a bird ; the fore part of a canoe is called also ihu vaa. ]hu, V. 77. to work in the sea, as the fore part of a canoe in a hiffh sea. LiiV Ihu, V. n. to be lost, or going at random among trees and bushes, not knowing the road. Ihuihu, r. n. to be choked or smothered. — a. choking, smothering. Ihumamea, s. the beginning of an affair. Ihumanu, s. a fowler, a search- er for birds. Ihupaa, s a disease of the nose. lia, s. the name of a piece in the side of a canoe. fi, a. the plural of i full. lihi, s. the name of a red fish, of which there are several species. lihi, a. of a red, or reddish colour. liii, a. sleepless, not having the eyes clo>ed in sleep. limi, V. a. the dual, or the past of mi, to search. lina, a. straight, full, plump ; without irregularities. lino, a. the plural of bad or ill. liore, s. a species of blubber- like fish. [paste. liri, a. thick, stiff, applied to liru, a. thick, adhesive. lita, V. n. to harden or be har- deM."d ; see faaita. lita, a. stiffened, as body or mind ; obdurate. lita, 5. the tetanus or locked jaw. lite, r. a. the dual of ite to know or perceive ; also the past or perfect of ite to know. liti, V. a. to pinch or squeeze with the fingers. liti, s. slight twitcliings before labour pains. livi, s a hog whicli a feeder detains for himself— ^gf. one that loiters, or hangs behind, is called iici faatautau. INO] 119 [lOR Imi, V. a. to search, seek, look for a thing- : enquire. I/nioro. s. a person that seeks and gathers the small herbs of which the little ornament called oro consists. Iiniroa, 5. one of the jury on a trial ; also those who act as constables. Inio, s. the young of he paau- ara fish. Ina, s. the edge of a tool ; see faaina. Ina, s. the name of a small shell fish with sharp priekles. Ina, a. sharp, keen, as the edge of a tool. Ina, V a. to make straight what was crooked. Inaa, s. the small fry of nsh ; see einaa. liiai, s. any thing to eat with bread or vegetables, such as pork, fish, or fowl ; also bread or vegetables to accom- pany flesh. Inaina, s. the water of child birth. Inaina, v. a. to take off the hair of a pig by scaldmg, or by singing over the fire. Inanai, s. meat with bread, or bread with meat. Ineine, v. n. to be ready, or in a state of preparation. Ini, s. the upper part of a butt or mark at which spears are thrown. Inlini, s. fragments, leavings of food. Ino, s. [^f/io, kikino^~\ evil of any kind ; badness, vileness. Ino, a. bad, evil, wicked, base, vile, sinful. Inn, a. a modern familiar term used in addressing- friends or relations, as paino, father, priteai.'W^ mother, e hoa ino^ a familiar friend. A term of endearment. Ino, adv. badly, wickedly. Inoino, s. vexation, displeasure, grief of mind. — V. n. to be vexed, displeased, grieved. Inu, s. drink of any kind. — V. n. to drink. i lo, 5 a single hair of the head, i called 10 rouru. I lo, 5. a division of the inhabi- tants of Mooiea ; those on one side of the island are called Te io i via^ and those on the other Te io i raro. lo, s [^2^0,] fltsh, or the mus- cular part without the fat ; also the substance ofany fruit. Io, adv. there in that place ; it is compounded with nei and Tia, as io nei, here this place, io na, yonder at a dis- tance, or where the person addressed may be at the time. Io, prep, with, as io na, with him, tV;/, with me. Io or Oio, s. the name of a sea bird, from its cry. loa, s. [mgfonf, inoa.,'] a name. loio, s. the name of a fish re- markable for many bones. loio, V. n. to make a noise as little children ; to chirp as chickens or birds. loio, a. handsome, brilliant, of good quality as cloth ; va- riegated. lore, s. \Jiiore, .Izoe,] the native rat or mouse. lore, s. a piece of wood in the stern of a canoe. lorepapaa, s. a rabbit ; any large foreign rat. nil] Ipai, V. a. to peel or to take off the rind of* the vi. Ipo, s. a lump of bread-fruit, wahi^ or dough. Ipo, s. a darling, one made much of. Ij o, V. a. to make a lump of wc/a, or dough. Ira, s, a mole or mark on the skin. Irairavai, a. weak, inefficient, ignorant. Irava, s. a strip, streak or layer, a stratum ; also lately used for a verse or slanza. Irava rava, 5. the plural of irava, stripes, streaks. Ire, s. a species of shark. Ireire, 5. some small parts or particles. Iri, s. skin, bark, peeling ; also leaves of the palmeto. (3>-lri7 S' a board or plank ; see puru. In, V. n. to lodge, or be stuck in a thing or place. Iria, a. morose, sour, passion- ate, ill natured. Iriaa, s. the skin peeling off' a person after being sun burnt ; dryness of the skin from ex- posure to a strong breeze. Iriaava, s. a cut or crack in the rind of ripe fruit. Iriaeo, 5. a species of nettle. Iriaeo, s. the name of a fish. Iriafafa, s. a thing of hardy growth, long in coming to maturity. Iriamore, 5. the bark of the jju- raw tree; also a mode of fight- ing without encumbrance. Iriamuna, s. a door way ; see umuna. Irianu, a. a person not affected by cold, nor drowsiness. 120 [ini Trianuanu, s. the name of a certain idolatrous prayer ; also internal wretchedness. Iriaohe,a. imperfect,asagourd or calabash. Iriaputa, s. a door way or win- dow ; see upnta, Iriatai, s- the surface of the sea, or the place where the sea and sky appear to meet, hence the expression tei ic iriatai te mahana, the sun is gone to the iriatai when it is setting. [fish. Iriavae, s. the name of a little Irifaani, v. n. to be running into danger ; also to be insulting. Irifaavi, v. n. the same as iri' faani. Irihaa, s. consternation on ac- count of some disaster, sucli as the fall of a warrior. — V. n. to be amazed, or in a consternation. Irihea, s. fear, consternation, as irihaa. Irihoa, s. sudden anger. — V. n. to rise suddenly, as an- ger in the mind. Iriiri, s small stones, pebbles, gravel, grit. — a. gritty, gravelly, lumpy as some kind of food ; irregu- lar as certain works. Iriiria, s. the name of a cuta- neous disease, in which the skin is full of red blotches ; the prickly heat. Irimahere, s. some great man ; an only and favourite son, when dead, or slain in war, was called irimahere. Irimatorn, a. able to endure all weathers. Iri 6, s. a rind gall in trees. Iripa, a. petulant, saucy. ITE] Iripa, s. petulance, sauciness. Iripaia, a. smooth, fair skin. Iripo, s. a vortex or whirlpool. Iripoa, s. the same as iripo. Iriraumai, a. unable to bear cold weather. Iritaahu, s. one that never puts off his clothes. Iriti, V. a. to open, to draw out; to translate. Iriti, V. n. to have spasms, or be convulsed. Iritia, v. n. to be struck with sudden death. Iritihoro, v. a. to take and run, as a thief. Irititii, s. sudden death. — v.n. to die by a sudden stroke ; see tairitu. [see tua. Iro, s. [t7o,] a maggot, a worm ; Iruri, s. the name of a sort of food ; see arure. Iruri, s. a species of native food. Itae, s. the name of a bird of the pigeon kind. Itaporo, s. the small fruit at the extremity of a bunch of plantains. Itari, s. the stem of fruits; that of a cocoanut brancli or plan- tain leaf ; see atari. Itarifara, s. the stem of the pandanushmi—fig. the pow- erful hand of a wrestler. Itatae, s. the name of a bird. Ite, s. \kite^^ knowledge, un- derstanding, perception. — V. a. to know, understand, perceive. Ite, V. a. to accept, receive a person favourably. . Itea, the passive of the verb ile^ \k.itea^'\ known, understood ; also found, perceived. Itehia, commonly the passhe oiitc^io know, accept, re- 121 [lui ceived, accepted; but some- , times the same as itea, I Itere, s. the tail of most kinds I of fishes; but that of the stingray is called aero. Itere, ,v. the fag end of a piece of cloth. Iteretunatore, a. full fleshed, smooth, slippery as the eel's tail. Iti, a. [ngiti^'] small, little, slender. Itiiti, a. little, very little or small, diminished. Itiiti, 5. pain, indicating the ap- proaching labourof a female. Itiiti, V. a. to take off the husk of the cocoanut, generally done with the teeth. Ito, s. vigilance, activity. Ito, V. a. to smooth, or polish ; to finish. Itoito, s. vigilance, energy, activity. — V. n. to be watchful, active, vigilant. Itoito, a. stimulating, arousing. lu, s. a rasp or file of any sort, formerly a piece of shark skin. — V. a. to file or rasp. lu, s. a million ; according to the late king Pomare II, the ancient numeration of Tahiti was as follows;— 10 times 10 make one ran or a hundred, 10 ran one mano^ 10 mono one manotini^ 10 manotini one rehu^ 10 rehu one m, that is 1 .000,000 ; but when they counted by couples, as sometimes they did, in that case the rehu was 200,000, and the iu, 2,000,000. luiu, adv. soundly, deeply, ap- plied to sleep ; topaiuiu tei taotOy to sleep soundly. R MA] 122 IVa, a. nine in counting. Ivaiva, n. dark, dismal, as »o n'flru'«,a dark or dismal night. Ivi, s. [rm,1 a bone of any sort. Ivi, s. a widow. — a. widow, as vahine ivi^ a widow woman. Ivi, s. one that falls in battle ; the body of the ivi was taken to the marae as an offering. Ivi, 9. a place of ghosts, in or about the mount IVIehani in Raiatea. Ivi e, intj. an exclamation of a warrior when his opponent fell in battle. Ivioro, a. wary, deliberate, ap- plied to speech. Ivitiaio, s. the spine of any animal. Ivituamoo, s. the spine, as ivitiaio. [^tuamoo. Ivitiamoo, s. the same as m- M IN Tahitian retains its uni- form power, and is never exchanged for another letter. Ma, conj. and. It is an ancient Polynesian conjunction, re- tained in several dialects, and in Tahitian in counting, as ahuru rna rima^ ten and five. IVla, a. clean, not soiled or pol- luted. Ma, prep, with, as ma teopahi, with an axe. Ma, s. a mark in a target, a butt or mark. Ma, s. company, as o mea ma^ such a one and company. Maa, used sometimes as an ar- ticle^ as niaa taata rahi^ a big man. [MAK Maa, s. food, provisions of any kind. Maa, s. a sling to throw stones, formerly used in war. — V. a. to sling stones. Maa, a. small, a little part or quantity. Maa, a. cloven, divided, ap- plied to many things. Maa aaa, s. the root or stock of the plantain, used for food in time of scarcity. Maamaa, s. a fool, an idiot; also a vain thoughtless person. — a. foolish, vain, useless. Maamaa, s. the seed of the ofeo tree. Maamaa i raau, s. a fool, a heedless fellow. Maamaa i tai, s. a species of the star fish. Maaro, a. fresh, sweet, as wa- ter without brackishness. Maaroaro, v. n. to be confound- ed or ashamed. Maau, s. blemish, injury, dam- age, hurt. — V. n. to be injured, or dam- aged. — a injured, damaged ; also vile, slandered by accusation. Maava, s. a shell fish. Mae, a. thin, lean, applied to animals when decaying or falling away ; withered, fer- mented, soft or decaying, a» fruit over ripe. Mae, V. n. to be abashed or confounded on account of some charge or accusation, or unpleasant occurrence. Mae, s. a species of the poreho or tyger shell fish. Maea, s. the white or sappy part of trees— /7. a worth- less person. MAE"! 123 [MAH Maee, *. warped or twisted, as timber exposed to the sun. Maee, v. n. to be manageable, or moveable. — a, manageable, moveable ; see maoi. Maehaa, s, twins at a birth ; see piriati. Maehae, s. a spear or lance. Maehe, a. dry , witheredjScorch- ed by the sun. Maei, v. n. to gush out as wa- ter ; to issue out as smoke. Maefnae, a. soft, ripe, as plan- tains or other truit ; over ripe as fruit ; tending to dis solution as flesh or fish. Maemae, a. cloudy, frowning as the sky, or countenance. Maenuenu, a. disordered, con- fused, dishevelled as the hu- man hair, or palmeto thatch. Maenuenu, v. n. to be sick at stomach, to be disordered in mind on account of some- thing disagreeable. — a. surfeiting, loathsome. Mae6, *. a wasting disease of children. — a. dwarfish, of stunted growth through ill health. Maeoeo, s. insatiated desire ; a constant longing after some kind of food. Maere, v. n. to wonder ; to be surprised, astonished. Maere, a. tedious, prolix. — adv. tediously ; minutely, as ui maere, enquire minutely. Macro, v, n. to feel an itchmg sensation of the skin. Macro, a. itching. Maete, v. n. to crumble or fall in pieces. Maeva, s. a mode of attack in war, when all engaged at once . Maevaeva, v. n. to ba shaking in the wind as a flag ; to be dishevelled; ^ee marevareva. Mafaifai, v. a. to gather or pluck off fruit, or leaves. Mafatu, s. the heart; see hutu. Mafera, v. a. to take advantage of a person of the other sex when asleep. Mafera, v. a. to fish for the aahi at night. Maha, v. n. to be satiated as to food or drink ; to be appeased in a case of anger ; to have the desire satisfied. Maha, a. a modern word for four in counting ; see aeha. Mahae, a. torn, rent; see hahae. — , the past and passive of the verb hahae, to rend. Mahaha, s. a person that is great in words only. Mahaha, a. slothful, dilatory. Mahainui, s. the name of a tree that is used medicinally. . — a. soothing, mollifying in quality, applied to speech ; in allusion to the property of the tree mahainui. Mahame, s. the name of a tree. Mahamui, v. n. to part from through disaff'ection, and join another party. Mahamehamea, a. sacred, as the person, house, food, &c., of a principal chief. Mahana, s. the sun ; also a day ; see rd. Mahanafirifirirau, s. a day of perplexity. Mahanahana, a. hot, warm ; see veravera. Maharmioi6, s. a hot sunny day. Mahanoo, s. a day remarkably hot ; also mahana paaroto is a hot scorching day. MAH] 124 [MAli Mahana toahu, s. a sultry day, no air stirring. Mahara, a. clear or vacant ; see atea. Mahara, v, n. to recollect ; see haamehara. Maharoharo, v. n. to cease, ap- plied to anger, or to a desire when extinct. Mahatea, v. n. to be wearied of a thing. Mahavero, v. a. to dart a reed in a certain play. Mahavivo, s. a key ; see taviri. — V. a. to lock or unlock by turning a key ; also to turn or twist. — v.n.io be turning or twisting. Mahea, v. n. to fade ; to fail, applied to desire ; to be pale through fear ; to cease, ap- plied to rain. Maheahea, a. fading, pale, squalid. [be destitute. — V. n. to turn pale, to fade, to Maheaitu, s. mental trouble, concern of mind. — V, n. to be troubled in mind, affected, or offended. Mahei, a. full, applied to a fishing basket or net. Maheirava, s. the last beating pulse. — V. n. to beat, as the last pulses of an ex{)iring person. Mahemo, i;. n. to slip out, as a handle from a tool ; to pass, as time ; to fall behind. — 5. the thing that slips off; an abortive. Mahemohemo, v. n. to slip off repeatedly. — a. apt to slip repeatedly. Mahere, v. n. to become, to change to some other state or condition. Maheu, the past and passive of heheu^ to open or uncover ; see heheu. Maheu, v. n. to be coming into notice, or be knowable ; but the regular passive of heheu is made thus ; heheu^ to un- cover, heheu hia^ uncovered. Maheu is applied neuterly to something coming to be known. Maheuheu, v. n. to be dishevel- led, as the human hair ; to be blown into disorder by the wind, as the thatch of a native house ; thrown into disorder as bed clothes. Mahi, s. [maz,] a sour paste made of fermented bread- fruit, and preserved for food in time of scarcity; seeiioo. Mahia, adv. of tim^., and the general idea is shortly, speed- ily, quickly, as in mahia na^ mahia aera^ but it is difficult to find an exactly correspond- ing word. It is often pre- ceded by a negative, as aita mahia, not long. Mahie, v. n. to grow up as seeds ; see tupu. Mahihi, v. n. to grow up irregu- larly, as seeds scattered by the wind ; to be wandering about, as one that has no set- tled habitation. Mahihi,t;.w.to slip off before the time, as the young of beasts; to fall off, as abortive fruit. Mahihi, adv. aslant, obliquely, as puta mahihi, pierced a- slant, or in an oblique di- rection. Mahimahi, s. the dorado or true dolphin of the moderns. i Mahimahi, a. sharp faced. MAH] 125 Mahimao, s. a large pit with a collection of the sour paste called mahi. Mahina, .$. the name of a clan or tribe, but the moon in some other dialects. Mahine, s. a daughter ; see tamahine. Mahiohio, v. n. to whistle ; to make noise as the wind in blowing among reeds, lines, &c. Mahiohio, v. n. to go to stool ; a bye- word. Mahita, a. hasty, passionate, soon angry. Mahiti, v. n. to be soon angry ; see mahita. Mahiti, v. n. to be started, or mentioned as a subject brought to view, or hearing. Mahiti, v. n. the past of iriti, to be drawn, pulled, or be o- pened, brought up ; the re- gular passive of iriti to open, is iritihia, opened. Mahitihiti, a. apt to fly up, ap- plied to the out' rigger of a canoe, — V. a. to pluck or pull up, such as weeds ; to pluck repeat- edly (in the past.) Mahoahoa, s. a violent head- ache ; see hoa. Mahoahoa, v. n. to be disturbed by noise. Mahoahoa, v. n. to be surfeited, cloyed. Mahoararo, v. n. to be sounding low, as thunder towards the horizon. Mahaha, v. v. to be weak, dis- eased, or ineffective, and so easily overcome in time of war ; to be dilatory in ac- complishing any work. [MA II Mahoi, s. the essence, or soul of a god. Mahoi, V. n. to light upon, or come by chance. Mahomahoa, a. inert, sluggish, loitering. Mahora, 5. a low fence enclos- ing the court yard ; the space between the fence and the house. Mahora, s. a small island or islet ; a modern name that topk its rise, apparently, from the circumstance of iUe late king Pomare 11 having his mahora^or court, on the small island Motuuta^ in Papeete Bay. Mahora, v. n. to appear fine and clear, as the sky after cloudy and dark weather. Mahora, v. n. to be spread out as cloth, or any thing opened and spread ; see haamahora. — V. n. to be opened, unravel- led, as a subject. Mahora, a, even, level, smooth, fair and open. Mahorahora, v. n. to be open- ed, expanded repeatedly. Mahorahora, a. open, level, cleared, as land. Mahore, v. n. to be peeling off in scales, as the skin of a person after being sun burnt. Mahori, s. the name of a species of plantain. Mahoru, v. n. to be satisfied or comforted. Mahoru, v. n. to be reduced to calmness as the weather after a storm ; to cease, be quiet, as those that had a quarrel. Mahu, s. a mist or fog on the hills ; a low cloud. Mahu, V. n, to be in a contented MAH] 126 [MAI state of iiiiiid, to endure ; see haamahu. Mahu, a. meek, not irritable ; see mamahu. Mahu, V. n. to be growing, springing up, as the seed that had been sown. Mahu, s. the name of a mess of food of grated taro, &c. Mahu, V. 71. lo cease or stop ; see mono ; to be quenched as thirst, satisfied as desire. Mahuatoa, s, a war weapon ; a stick in the hand of a chief at a meeting for consultation. Mahue, v. n. to be pushed up, as the earth by the shooting and growth of some plants, such as the patara. Mahue, v. n, to be in terror or dismay in some dismal place, such as that of the dead. Mahue, v. n. to have an extra- ordinary appetite, as the wo- men who were supposed to be possessed with a Tii or evil spirit. Mahuehue, v. n. to be amazed repeatedly ; to have an extra- ordinary appetite frequently. Mahui, V. n. to break forth, or be coming to light, as a crime, or some secret that was con- cealed, [discover. Mahui, V. a. to perceive, or Mahuihui, v. n. to be coining to light by little and little, as something that was unknown. Mahu'ie, s. the name of a per- son, who of old had fire in constant keeping ; see ao- aomaraia. Mahuinia, v. n. to be springing altogether, as seeds that had been sown ; to rise up at once as warriors. j Mahuinia, s. the northern-most I of the Magellanic clouds. I Mahuiraro, s. the southernmost I of the Magellanic clouds. I MahumahA, a. ugly, slovenly, j ill favoured. — V, n. to be slothful, careless, and indifferent, except his own interest is concerned. Mahura, v. n. to be detected, brought to light ; or rather to be coming to light as a secret. Mahuru, s. a little sucking child. Mahuruhurua, v. n. to become vile, be debased. Mahuta, V. n. to leap, to fly ; see maue^ rere. Mahutahuta, v. n. to leap, or frisk about. Mahuti, V. a. to draw out, or up. Mahuti, V. n. to slip off. Mai, s. disease, sickness ; any bodily disorder. Mai, prep, [pronounced short] with, as mai te oe i te rima, with a sword in hand ; see ma, Mai, prep, towards the speaker in opposition to /a. Manaua, a. improvident, in- considerate. Mana\a, s. the belly, stomach, interior man. Manava,i/<(;'. bn exclamation of welcome to strangers or vi- sitors, Manaua ! a haere mat, you are welcome! come here. Manavafafati, 5 anguish, bit- terness of soul through dis- tress, grief, or anger. s MAN] 130 Manavafati. v. n to ])e in bitter- ness or grief of mind. Manavaheahea, v. n. to be af- fected so as not to eat. Manavahoi, s. the early crop of bread fruit, about October ; but the season of abundance at Tahiti commonly com- mences about the latter end of December. Manavahuhui, v. n. to be so affected as not to be able to eat. Manavanava, v. n. to think, ponder. Manavarij, s. an eager desire after a thing. — V. n. to be eagerly desirous, Manavataahia, v. n. to void the excrements through fear. Manavatopa, v. n. the same as manavataahia. Mane, s. a part of the net used for the opera fish. Manee, a. moveable, portable; see manaa. — V. n. to be able to move or manage. Mauehenehe, s. a cutaneous disorder. Manehenehe, v, n. to be affect- ed with uneasiness of body or mind; to sympathize with the distress of others. Maneva, a. foolish, giddy ; see neneva. Mania, s. a calm, no wind stirring. Mania, a. serene, unruffled, applied to the mind. Mania, a. blunt, pointless, with- out an edge. — V n. to be set on an edge, as the teeth by eating sour fruit. Maniania, s. disturbance by any any kind of noise. [MAN Maniania, f. r?. to be disturbed by noise. — iiitj an exclamation, hush ! silence. Maniao, s. the foot or toes ; see maiao. Maniaro, v. n. to be sick at stomach. — a. sick, qualmish ; sea sick. Maniaro, a. sick at stomach, qualmish. Maniataeahaa, s. a smooth calm sea. Maniatiputaputa, s. a calm in some places, while others near are rough. Maniatooue, s. a calm, when the sea appears as smooth as glass. Manihi, v. n. to slip or slide as in climbing a smooth tree. Manihinihi, 5. uneasiness; see manthevelie. — V. n. to be heavy, to feel las- situde, as in the commence- ment of a disease. — V. n. to feel uneasiness of mind ; to sympathize with the distress of others. Manihini, s. guests, visitors ; see manuhiri. Manii. v. n. to overflow, or be spilling. Maniinii, v. n to be spilling repeatedly, or in several dif- ferent places. Manimaniao, s. the toes of the feet. Manina, a. plain, smooth, level. Manitii, s. the name of a small fish. Maniniatore,t;. w. to be abating, declming. Manino, a. calm, smooth. Maniuru, s. the back part of the head. ^lANl Mano, a. thousand, or 10 raa \ counted singly, when count- ed by couples i,000. Mano, a. many indifferently. — V. n. to be numerous ; see ran, raverahi. Manona, s, some word of pro- vocation. Manoni, a. manageable, port- able ; see manaa. Manoainoni,a. moveable, port- able ; see manee. Manono, s. the name of a tree. Manono, s. a powerful, ener- getic man. Manu, s. a general name for all sorts of birds, fowls, or winged insects ; also some- times an animal of any kind. Manu, s. a short cross seat in a canoe. Manu, s. a scout, a spy in time of war. — V. n. to act as a scout, or a spy- Manu, v.n. to float, to be afloat; to go adrift. Manua, v. n. to be surly, un- civil, soon angry. Manuaiaihaa, s. any thing that eats human excrements ; a woman that fishes on the reef; also a butterfly. Manuanu, a. loathsome, sur- feiting. —V. n. to be sick, qualmish. Manufaite, s. a pledge or token of agreement between hos- tile parties ; token of a truce in time of war. Manufiri, s. a guest or visitor ; see manihini. Manuhi, v. n, io ilip off as the handle of a tool ; see ma hemo ; to be easy of extrac- tion, as weeds, &c. 131 [M\?f Manuhini, s. a visitor or guest. Manuhiri, s. a visitor, one en- tertained. Manuhoa, s. a bunch of red feathers tied to the long fin- ger of the right hand of a person deceased, to prevent the ffod fro.n eatinor his soul or spirit in the po. Manuhou, s. a ceremony used in token of a truce between hostile parties ; see rri'imifaits. Manuia, v. n. to be prosperous, or successful m so ne project; to obtain what a person sought, or wished for. Manumanu, s. worms, insects, creeping things, [see niho. Manumanu, s. the tooth-ache ; Manunu, s. lassitude, weariness from great exertion. — v.n. to feel weariness of body in consequence of toil or disease. Manuoroo, 5. a multitude col- lected toofether at some feast, or to observe some ceremo- ny ; see auhoe. Manuoroo, s. the company of fishermen belonafinof to the canoes that go out to catch the albicore, bonetto, dol- phin, &c. Manupaari, s. a familiar term for a wise or prudent person. Manureia, s. a person of a rov- ing disposition ; see iheihere. Manuteaa, s. the name of a god, which was reported at tines to inspire the bird call d areva. Manutipao, s. a person of a fickle or unsteady disposition. Manutoroa, s. the figure of a b rd which wasana[)pendage of some rnaraes. MAOJ 132 Manuu, v. n. to move forward a little ; see nuu. Mao, s. the name of a tree, the bark of which is used in dying native cloth. Mao, V. n. to cease, applied to rain; to become rainy day. fair- as a Mao, s. \_mango, ma?io,] the shark, of which there are se- veral species. Maoa, a. ripe, applied to bread- fruit ; see para. Maoa, V. n. to be sufficiently baked, applied to food. Maoa, V. a. to throw a spear ; push or pierce ; to lift up the hand. Maoae, s. the east, or rather north-east trade wind. Maoaematae, v. n. to be es- tranged in affection. Maoaeomumu, v. n. to be in anxiety whether the wind w^ould allow an entrance into a place of shelter. Maoaereoiti, s. a little favour- able breeze. Maoaetaiva, v. w. to be estranged from a friend. Maoaeterehuna, v. n. to go off without taking leave ; see poroi. Maoaetererua, v. n. to go off clandestinely, as a wife leav- ing her husband. Maoafa, s. the name of a di- version in which spears are thrown at a mark ; see fa, Maoaoa, s. shame, confusion. — V. n. to be ashamed, con- founded. Maoaoa, v. n, to be wearied by travelling. Maoaoa auahi, s flame of tire. the arlare or [MAO frothy, as Maoaoa, a. light, speech ; unsteady Maohe, a. pretty, handsome. Maoheohe, a order. Maohi neat, in good a. common, native, not foreign. Maohuaiape, s. a species of large shark \—fig. an ungo- vernable person. Maoi, a. attainable, moveable; see munaa. Maoi, V. n. to be bent under, as the leg or foot in falling suddenly. Maoia, s. a sprain, or stretch of the ligaments of the foot or hand. Maoia, s. lameness in walking, from a strain of the ancle or foot ; — -fig. a hurt by some fault. Maoioi, v. n. to be moveable, bearable. Maomao, s. a species of sea weed. Maomaomatapiti, s. the youfig of the shark ;—fig. a young beginner in any thing. Maona, s. a wrestler. Maonaania, s. a wrestler who makes for, and seizes the head of his antagonist. Maona aiani, s. a self confident boasting wrestler. Maona mehai, s. one skilled in wrestling. Maora, v. n. to calumniate or accuse falsely. Maore, s. a species of bread- fruit. Maori, a. indigenous, not fo- reign ; see maohi. Maori, adc. except, save that. ado. well then, let it be maori. Maori so ola to be revive dafte r swoonincr. MARJ 133 Maori, a. well, welcome. Maoro, a. long, the opposite to mure ; long or tall, applied to a person. Maotarera, s. a very ravenous species of shark ;—/^. a glut- tonous person. Maotarera, a. abundant. Maoti, odu. as maori. Maoti, s. an after comer, in truder by speech. Maotihau, s. one who aims at stirring up strife. Maou, v.n. to disturb the peace. Maou, V. n. to rustle. Mape, s. the chestnut tree and fruit ; see rata. Mape, s. the kidneys of any animal. Mapu, s. a whistle or native flute. Mapu, 5. palpitation of the heart through a burden. Mapu, V. n. to blow as a person out of breath ; to whistle ; see hio. Mapu, s. the desire of some thing. [njint. Mapua, s. a spec'es of water Mapuhi,?;.?i. to recover breath ; Mnpumapu, s. weariness, ex- | haustion. j — V. n. to be wearied, tired, ; out of breath. Mapura, s. a species of white taro that grows wild in the mountains. Mara, s. the name of a timber tree, one species of which is called ahatea. Mara, s. the old name for the ava plant. jVI'^'iA? «• ht^rd, seasoned, as the jjeart of a tree, in tl.slinction [MAIl from tlie sappy p;irla; sea- soned as calabashes, bam- boos, &c., used for holding water, or oil. Mara, .9. the name of a large fish, of which there are two species, with remarkably large scales, one is the mara- tea, which is often poisonous. Maraa, a. manageable, porta- ble ; see manaa. Maraa, v. n. to bear, rise up, bear up; also to be bearable, manageable, attainable; see maitaa, nianee^ maoi. Maraai,5.[rtiaw^QT(;/z,']thesout!i wind, or nearly from that point of the compass, but not exactly. Maraa:nu, s. the modern word for southerly wind. Maraa raa, a. heavy, but man- ageable, or moveable. Marae, s. the sacred place for- merly used for worship, where stones were piled up, altars erected, sacrifices of- ferid, prayers made, and sometimes the dead depo- sited. Marae, a. cleared of wood, weed, rubbish, as a garden, or ttje place of worship. Meraea, s red earth ; see arae i. Mr.raefai'a, s. a wise person, one well furnish d with the knovvl.idge of things. Maraehaava, s. the same as maraefara ; see atitipau. Maraia, s. a sort of dark iiaiive cloth. Maraia, s. a negro or black man. — a. black, or darkish colour. Marai noa, a. of good appear- ance, of good quality. MAR] Maraina, s. the moon, a month ; see avae Maramafaaipa, 5. the moon standing- erect as to its horns ; Jig. a person keeping his ap- pointments. Maramara, a. bitter, acrid or acid. Maramarama, s. the light. — a. light, not dark or obscure. Maramaroa, s. a long period of time. Marao, a. light, frothy, applied to speech. Maraorao, s. the break of day; see aahiata. Marapo, s. the false rough ap- pearance of the sea at night. Marara, s. the flying fish ; see tipa. Marara, a. dispersed, scattered abroad. Marare, s. the horse chestnut ; see rata. Marari, v, n. to be cleared ; to be made flat or level, as a piece of ground where the grass is trodden down ; to fall back or retreat, as a van- quished army. Mararo, s. the name of a large tree which grows in the mountains. Mararo, a. of ill or ugly growth. Marau,a.old, worn out, fading, applied to garments and other things. Marau, s. the name of a small fish. Maraurau, v. n. to be worn out, or in a fading state ; also to be accustomed. Maraurau, s. the name of a fish. Marauri, s. the blackish mara tree. [jmara tree. Maravahie, s. an old worn out 134 [MAR Mare, 5 the old word for cough, but in consequence of the king Tu taking the name of Po-ware, the word was changed to hota. Mare, v. n. to cough. Mare, v. a. to throw the water over the head in bathing. Marea, s. the yolk of an egg. Marea, s. the name of a fish of the parrot kind. Marearea, a. decaying, ill- looking, sickly. Marehurehu, s. the dusk of the evening. Marei, s a snare. — V. a. to entrap or ensnare. Mareiao, a. light, trifling ; not steady. Maremare, a. sparkling, as the salt water at night. Marereiao, a. light, trifling ; see mareiao. Mareva, s. a fleet of canoes with visitors, bringing pre- sents from one island to a- nother. Mareva, v. n. to pass on. or goby. Mareva, v. n. to be capable of carrying or conveying, as a canoe or other vessel. Marevareva, v. n. to appear transiently at a distance, so that a person has just a glimpse ; to be fickle, mov- ing to and fro. Marie, a. indigenous ; see ano" ano marie. Marie, adv. slowly, deliberate- ly ; see maite. Marie, v. n. to be silent. Mario, v. n. to be gone ; to be enfeebled ; to be retrograde. Mariri, s. [maAari'n,] cold; see toctoe. MAR] 135 M^riri, v. n. to be cold, shiver- | irig through cold. — a. cold ; see aim, toetoe. Maririrnatatahuna, s. a disorder that festers, and increases inwardly. Mariripureao, s. a fisherman who promises, but performs not. Mariripurepo, s. a fisherman who performs what he pro- mises. Mariue, s. a certain idolatrous prayer and ceremony ; see tuumariua. Mariua vaa, v. n. to be sunk, as a canoe by the sea breaii- ing" over it ; to be in a broken state, as a community. Maro, s. a narrow piece of cloth worn by men instead of breeches ; see tihere. Mar6, a. dry, not wet or damp. Maro, a. obstinate, perverse ; also perseverinsr- — s. obstinacy, perverse ness. Maroa, s. the name of a fish. Maroa, s. a male child, in op- position to mahine^ a female child. Maroa, s. the upper moulding in the edge of a canoe. Maroahiihii, s. the name of a ceremony. Maroao, s. the near approach of day. Maroapi, s. a quilted maro. Maroapu, s. a wide girdle ; see tihere. Maroapu, s. an empty cocoa- nut; — fig. an empty frivolous person. — a. empty, as the dry shell of a cocoanut. Maroati, adv. promptly, rea- dily. [MAR Marohi, a. dry ; also withered. Maroia, s. indifference, list- It ssness. — adv. indifferently, without interest. Maromaroa, a. dilatory, slow, unapt. Maroraroraj s. shame, bashful- ness. — v.n. to be abashed or ashamed. Marotai, s. an offeriiiff after a voyage, rather to deprecate future evil, than as a thanks- giving. Marotaiapuu, s. a contention made by conquered parties to recover their names. Marotarahoi, a. obstinate, self- willed, a proverbial expres- sion, from obstinacy at head quarters. Maro ^,5 a wet or damp girdle. Maru, s. a devotee to a par- ticular god. Maru, s. shade, shadow, cotert of a tree, rock, &c. Marii, a. soft, gentle, easy ; also affable. — V. n. to be gentle, easy, affable. Marua, v. n. to crumble, moul- der, as a wall. Maruao, 9. day spring, dawn, or near approach of day. Maruarua, s. a ditch^ or water course ; a place that is un- even, being turned up by hogs. Maruea, a. feeble, inefficient. Maruhi, s. a name given to a fish when soft in the shell, or when taken out of it. Maruhi, a. soft, downy •, soft, as light earth when dug up. Maruhi, v. n. to be dead, or in a slate of death, as a corpse. ]\1AT] 136 IManimana, s. the grand ap- pearance of one in office. JMannuaru, r/. shady, free from the glare of light. IVIarurriaru, v.n to be low, near setting, applied to the sun, when the air begins to cool. Marutnaruao, s. the faint morn- ing light. Marumarupo. s. the shade, or obscurity of night. Maiuruanahu, 5. a steady in- offensive person. — «. silent, not loquacious. IVlaruuruu, v. n. to be calmed, eased, pacified. Mala, s. the face of any crea- ture. Mata, s. the eye. Mata, s. the first beginning of any thing; the edge of a tool. — V. a. to begin any thing; see haamata. Mataa, s. light, life, happiness, deliverance from trouble. Mataa, ac??;. dearly, thoroughly. Mataamoamo, s. an eye given to winking. Mataaoaoa, s. a thin narrow face. Mataara, .s. a vigilant, watch- ful eye. Mataaraara, 5. a shining or bright eye ; a staring eye. Mataare, s. waves, head or top of waves. Mataatao, s. black clouds rising in the horizon like columns, formerly looked upon as a sign of war. Mataatoa, s. an eye looking aside. Matae, .^. a stranger, strange- ness, alienation. — a. i'.ratige, alienated. [MAT Matae, r. n. to be teozfd of vexed by being disregarded. Mataeiraa, 5. the subjects of a chief: a certain tribe, clan, or sub division of the inha- bitants. Mataetae, a. obstinate, hard to deal with. Mataetae, u.?2 to be discouraged by want of success in coun- selling, reproving, or some undertaking. Matafaro, s. the act of lookirg steadfastly on a person while he is eating, as a dog will. Matafeofeo, s. a frowning face. Matahahe, a. fierce, applied to a warrior, Matahahi, v. n. to look so as to have no distinct knowledge of a person or thing. Matahataha, a. open, unob- structed, as a place. — V. n. to he in a clear, unob- structed state. Matahefa, s. a squinting eye. Matahefahefa, s. a proud look, a squinting look. Matahehe, s. a shy, alienated face, or look. Matahiapo, s. \Jiiapo^'\ the first born. Matahio, s. a beggar, one that looks about in order to ask or beg. — V. n. to ask or beg for food, property. &c. Matahihira, s. an angry eye that will not notice his enemy. Matahiti, s. a year. Matahiti, .ce. Matatu, s. a gloomy face. Matatua, v. n. to be estranged. Matatuatua, s. a frowning face, or eye ; a rough unhandsome face. Matatui, s. the first fish ob- tained in a new net, formerly given to the gods ; also the first slain in battle. Matatutu, s. a surfeit. Matatuu, s. the name of a war song. Matauiui, .?. a person with a handsome face. Matau, s, \matahu^ mafagu^l fear, dread. — V. n. to fear ; to be in ter- ror, or dread. Matau, V. n. to be accustomed, or used to a thing. Matau, *. a fish-hook. Matauaru, s. a mode of order- ing the onset of a battle. Mataunati, .«.a sort of fish- hook. Mataura, s. a fiery face or countenance. J^^Iatautau, a. fearful, dreadful. J — V. n. to have repealed sensa- tions of fear. Matautau, v. n. to accustom, or practise repeatedly, as mataiotaro. Matautau, v. v. to be scrupu- lous. — adv. carefully. Matavavivavi, s. an unsteady countenance while conversing. MAT] 139 Mate, s. [Malay, inate,'] death, illness, hurt, injury. The word is universal. — V. n. to die, to be ill, sick, or hurt. [when ill. Matea, v, n. to be pale, as Mateai, v. n. to be longing", as for fish, &c. Mateatea, v. n. to be pale in the face through fear or ill- ness. Mateatea, v. n. to be pleased with immodest scenes. Matehainu, s. the traditionary name of a person that was famous for climbing trees and rocks. Mateono, s. a strong affection- ate desire. — V. 71. to exercise love, com- passion, &c. Matere, v. n. to be able to go, as an invalid. Matere ore, a. immoveable, not able to move. Mati, s. the name of a tree, and its berries, which were used with the ton leaves to dye scarlet; aho from its bark nets are made. Matia, s. an old cocoanut in a state of vegetation. Matia, s. the fry of some small fishes. Matia, v. n. to grow, or spring up, as plants ; to recover strength after illness. Matiaa, s. the mother, or dam among animals. Matiaaivi, s. the dam of ani- mals; a lean sow that has had young ones ; see matuaivi. Maliatia, s. the name of a cer- tain mode of fistiinof. Matiatia, v. n. to be rt covering a little after illness. [MAT Matie, s. the name of a species of matted grass. Matie, v. n. to grow; see tapu, Matiemate, s, the name of a religious ceremony. Matipi, a. flat and round, ap- plied to a stone. — V. n. to skim along the wa- ter, as a stone that has been thrown ; to roll. Matira, s. part of a fishing rod. Matirahi, v. n. to be longing for fish, &c. /^'^-ciV' / /^«3 4 Matitaue, s. one of another claii or party. Matiti, s, a pendant. Matiti, V. n. to grow, as a plant. Matitipara, s. an ornament made of ripe leaves, on the mast of a canoe. Matitititi, v. n. to spread out, as the rays of the sun soon after rising. Mato, s. a rock, a craggy rock or precipice. Matoapo, s. a craggy rock pro- jecting out. Matoe, s, a crack or split. — V. n. to crack or spli*^, as wood in the sun. Matomato, a. rocky, full of craggy rocks or precipices. Matomato, v. n. to hd bashful, shy, with a degree of awe or fear. Matopahu, s. a steep sided rock. Matotafare, s. a rock that over- hangs, and forms a cavern. Matotoreva, 9. a rock that has a protuberance to which to fasten a rope. Matoru, v. n. to be inured to hardship. Matoru, a. thirteen in counting, as aharu matoru. Matoru, a. thick, full fleshed. MAU] 140 Matorutoru, v. n. to be subdued or overcome in a contest ; to give way or retreat. Matotiti, s. what grows in the rocks. Matotiti, a. handsome. Matou, pronoun plural, first person, we three excluding those addressed. Mataa, a. vigorous, strong. Matua, a. hard, fixed, habitu- ated, of long standing ; chronic as to disease. —V. n. to become chronic ; to be settled. Matua6, s, care of domestic affairs ; sagacity. [s^^' Matuao, a. parsimonious, fru- Matuapapa, v. n. to be piled up ; reckoned in order, as a lineage. Matuatua, a. ancient, placed in order, as in reckoning lineage. Matuatua, v. n, to be vigorous, as an elderly person ; to be settled, habituated to some place or practice. Matuhituhi, a. cloying, sa- tiating, [worn. Matuauu, a. age worn, time Matutu, V. n. to search, exam- ine, consider. Matutua, a. of an ancient date. Mau, a. true, real, not false. Mau, a prefix to plural nouns-, as mau taata, men, mau mea., things, the word marks a plurality. Mau, V. n. to retain or hold any thing, as mau i te parau a te Atua^ make a profession of Christianity. [of a thin^ . JVIau, V. a. to seize, take hold ^au, intj. an exclamation, iiold ! ia mau ! take hold ! [MAU Mau, a. many ; see mano and rau. Maua, pron. dual, including the speaker and a person spoke of or understood, we two. Maua, a. ignorant, clumsy, un- skilful, [ranee. — 3. an ignorant person, igno- Maua, s. [niaunga^ mauna^^ a mountain ; see moua. Maua, s. waste, wastefulness ; see haamdua. — V, n. to be lavish or wasteful. Maua, s. an old cocoanut tree ; see maui. Mauaea, s. a refuge. Mauaea, a. appeased, satisfied, applied to hunger. Mauaua, a. aged, beginning to fade or decay. Maue, V. n. to fly, as a bird ; see mahuta. — V. n. to start, leap, or jump. Maueue, v. n. to be joyful, or much pleased. — s. pleasure, joy, gladness. Maueue, a. grateful, satisfac- tory. Maumainaina, s. rage, anger, fierce anger. Mauhaa, s the handle of a tool ; stalk of fruit. Mauhaa tamai, s. arms, imple- ments of war Mauhi, a. soft, downy. Mauhonoa, s. an understanding or agreement between dif- ferent parties. Mauhonoa, v. n. to be abruptly joined together. Maui, s. an old cocoanut tree that is nearly bare, and has ceased bearing ; see maun. Maui, s. the name of some re- ligious ceremony. MAU] 141 M^ui, s. the name of a certain prophet, or wise man, men- tioned in Tahitian tradi- tions.* Maui, V. n. to be in a pet, or fit of ang-er, on account of dis- appointment in food, &c. Mauifaatere, s. the name of a sacrifice offered to the gods before a voyag-e. Mauitifai, s. a certain sacrifice or oroa performed hastily. Mauiui, s. pain, anguish, grief; see mavi.ae. — V. n. to be in pain, to be sore. Maumau, intj. an exclamation of triumph; sqq aitoa. Maumau i te hau e, intj. of en- vious triumph. Maumauorero, v. n. to keep talking, or telling a tale. Mauna, s. a carved piece of wood in the marae. Mauna, v. a. to divulge a secret. Maunauna, v. n. to be in a bare state ; to be exposed. Maunauna, a. rough, as cloth or leather. Maunu, s. bait for fish ; see arainu. Maunu, s. the name of a sacred net named in some old tales. Maunu, a. bare, without leaves, hair, feathers, &c. Maunu, s. ten fathoms in mea- sure ; see umi. Maunu, v, n. to be peeled, made bare. Maunu, s. fish newly obtained. * MSui was a Priest, hut after- wards deified, he heing at one time engaged at the marae, and the sun getting low while his work was un- tuiished, he laid hold of the liihi, or s\n\ rays, and stopped liis c« ursc for some time. [MAV Maunu atoa, s. a wind thut blows, and lulls again. Maupihaa, s. the name of an island to the west of the So- ciety Islands. Maurau , s. a range of leaves tied together to calch fish. Maure, a. shorn, as a tree of its leaves and branches. Maureure, .«. shame, dismay, on being too late for the ce- remonies of an oroa or sac- rifice. — V. n. to be abashed, ashamed. Maureure, a. clumsy, unskilful. Mauri, s. a ghost, or departed spirit. Mauri, s. a bunch of feathers formerly tied to the head of a person when near death. Mauriuri, s. a singing noise in the ear. — V. n. to chirp as a cricket. Mauroa, s. the tropic bird. Mauru, V. n. to be shedding, or falling, as the hair. — a. bare, shorn. Mauruuru, a. agreeable, pleas- ing, satisfactory. — s, pleasure, delight, satis- faction, [delighted. — V. n. to be pleased, satisfied, Mautori, v. n. to withhold ; to keep steadfastly ; to make much of a thing. Mauu, a. wet, damp. Mavae, s. a fissure, crack, or split. Mavaevae,^ the same as mavae. — V. n. to be Sj>lit, or divided into parties. Mavaevae, a. open, separated. Mave, V. n. to be flowing, as hair in the witid. Mavete, a. open, as a door ; unfolded, as a garment. MKIIJ 142 Mea, s. a thing, a persoiij any thing- mentioned. Mea, subst. pron. o viea, such a one, when the person is not named, ia mea^ by, with, or to such a one. Mea, V. a. to do, a word used as a convenient substitute in- stead of naming the action. Mea, V. n. to be red, as the skin after eating fish that is poisonous, or very sLale. — s, the redness of the skin when affected by eating stale or poisonous fish. Mee, V. n. to shrink or be warp- ed, as green timber. — a. shrunk, warped, as timber by the sun. Mee, a. manageable ; see ma- [MER natty manee. Meha, s. the name of a small bird. Meha, s. the name of a small black fish with dangerous thorns on the tail. Mehai, a. first in order as to time or place. Mehameha, v.n. to be terrified, frightened. — a. frightful, terrifying. Mehani, s. the name of a moun- tain in Raiatea, where the ghosts of the dead were said to go. [member. Mehara, v. n. to think, or re- Mehau, s, [Malay, haua or hawa^'] the wind. Meho, 5. the name of a bird. Meho, V, n, to be hiding, or seeking a refuge among the bushes, as fugitives in war time. Mehoi, 5. the substance of an im- age representing a god ; the power and dignity of a god. Mehomehoura, s. a class of men of fine growth. Mei, a. full stuffed, as a bag. Meia, s. the banana, of which there are several species and names. Meia pare mai, s. a young ba- nana used for sacrifice. Meii, s. the fat of meat dis- tinguished from the lean, called i'o. Memee, a. shrunk, twisted, as timber in the sun. Memeha, v. n. to recoil, to withdraw, as a warrior his spear. Memeha, s, the name of a fish ; see meha, Memeru, s. the name of an ugly fish ; an ill-grown ugly person. Memu, a. swollen, applied to the lips. Memu, V, n. to be silent ; see mamu. Memu, a. blunt, as a tool ; see haamemu. Meum, V. n. to be enlarged or magnified. Memumemu, a. blunt, thick, enlarged. Mena, s. a thing, the same as mea. Menema, s. [Gr. mnema,] a monument, sepulchre. Menemene, a. round, globular. Meneil, v. n. to advance in quantity ; to be aggravated. Mere, s, the name of a star ; see huitarava. Mere, s, the affectionate grief of a parent. Meremere, v. n. to grieve on account of a child. Mereu, s. the name of a game among children. MTU] J Mertue, s. a skipping rope used by children. — V. n. to skip on a rope, a play of children. Metia, s the modern word for a parent. Metua, s. a parent, without de- termining the sex. Metuaao, s. frugal, parsimo- nious. Metuafaai, s. a nursing parent. Metua faaaniu, 5. the same as mctuofaai. Metuahoovai,.?, a parent in law. Metuapuru, s. a parent that caresses his children. Metua tane, s. a father, or male parent. Metuatanoa, s. the divider of the ava. Metuatavai, s. a parent that adopts a child. Metua vahine, s. a mother, or female parent. Meu, s. the cry of a cat. Meu, a. third in a certain game. Meumeu, a. thick, as a board. Meumeu, v. n. to be benumbed, or cramped. Mihi, s. grief, vexation, sorrow. — V. n. to grieve, to be in sor- row or pain of mind. Mihoorie, s. the name of a pleasant wind. Mihumihu, v. n. to whisper ; see muhu, Miimii, s a grudge, an envy, a displeasure. [^mur. — V. n. to grudge, envy, mur- Mimi, s. urine. — V. n. to make urine. Mimio, a. wrinkled, furrowed as the face, cloth, &c. Miomio, a. wrinkled, as mimio. Mira, v. a. to put pitch or gum on the ends of the Tahitian arrows : to sp»'ars, &c. 43 lUox polish clubs, >, «.v.. , to dress the head or hair with gum and oil. Mire, v. a. the same as mira. Miri, V. a. to embalm a corpse, as formerly practised in Tahiti. Miri, s. [from the Eng. mint.l^ the horse mint. Mirimiri, v. a. to handle and examine a thing. Miro, s. [mz7o,] the amcetree; see umae. Miro, s. an elderly looking per- son ; a child of slow growth. Miromiro, a. belonging to an office, shewing an office. Mirotumae, v. a. to exercise arms ; see tumiro. Mirotumarae, s. a thing of long standing, such as the miro tree standing in a ma- rae; a true resident of a place ; a hairy person. Mitamita, v. n. to murmur, or scold to one's self. Mitaro, v. n. see mataro., matau. Mitaromaroa, v. n. to be long accustomed to a thing. Mitua, 5. a parent; sea metua. Miti, s. salt, salt water, sauce ; see tai. Miti, V. a. to lick, as a dog does. Miti, V. n. to smack the lips. Miti, s. [from the Eng., Mr.] Master, Sir. Mitiero, s. a sauce made of scraped cocoanut, shrimps, and salt water. Mitimiti, v. a. to lick repeat- edly, as a dog. Moa, s. a fowl. Mo'a, a. sacred, devoted to the gods ; see raa. Moa, s. the name of a species of fern. MO A] 144 [MOE Moa, s. a whirligig' made of the awae seed. Moa, s. a branch of miro leaves used in the marae. Moafaatito. s, a fighting cock. Moaharurau, s. a fowl of many qualities ; — fy. an unsteady or fickle person. Moa opapa, s. a fowl without a tail. Moaofiri,5.the name of a plant; also a wild fowl. Moapateatoto, s. a courageous cock ; a stern warrior. Moapuruhi, s. a cowardly cock ; a cowardly warrior. Moataratua,*.acockwithalong spur ; — Jig. a bold warrior. Moaraupia, s. a peculiarly co- loured fowl. Moana, s. the deep, or abyss ; the sea, or any deep water. — a. deep, in opposition to shallow. Moana afa, s. a sea that has deep gullies in the bottom. Moanafaaaro, s. a place at sea where all land is lost sight of. Moanafarere, s. the trackless deep. Moana faoaoa, s. a troubled sea ; intestine commotions. Moana faroaroa, s. a deep that is unfathomable. [deep. Moana reva, s. the fathomless Moana tafarere, s. the same as moana farere. Moana tere ore hi a, s. an un- tried ocean ; — Jig. a woman not known. Moana jiaauriuri, s. the deep coloured sea. Moana timatima, s. the black coloured sea. Moana tumatuma, s. the same as moana timatima. Moana topa to, s, a sudden ab- rupt depth. Moana punao, s. a sea with gullies in the bottom. Moapuapua, s. a sort of cap on the white shell'^ firoti -t f ^ ^j Moaraororaoro, s. a turkey, from its voice. [cock4«, Moarava, s. a peculiar coloured Moarima, s. one finger hooked into another's finger. Moataavae, s. a fowl tied by the leg. Moatautmi, s. a cock that beats all his opponents ; an un- daunted warrior. Moavari, s. a cock, the same as moa oni^ a male fowl. Moe, s. sleep ; see taoto. — V. n. to sleep ; also to lie down. Moe, a. lost ; see riro. — V. n. to lose, forget; see haamoe. Moea, s. a mat to sleep on. Moeahuru, s. the name of a certain wind. Moeanae, s. anxious sleep. Moeanaenae, v. n. to sleep with anxious thoughts. Moeapa, s. a person seized by a warrior. Moeapaa, s. the name of an idolatrous ceremony. Moeapapa, v. n. to sit closely to any pursuit; to follow closely after a desired object. Moeapipiti, s. a mode of seiz- ing a thing instantaneously. Moebraaau, s. anxious sleep. Moeauna, r. ?i. to ruminate as a person in bed, thinking on on various subjects. Moeauna, s. a thoughtful sleep. Moeihirea, v. n. to go to sleep under alarm and fear. see see MOM] 145 Moeiuiu, s. a deep, sound sleep. • — V. n. to sleep soundly. Moemoe, s. a species of native grass. Moemoe, a. solitary, lonesome ; also secret, as a place. Moemoe, s. an ambush taotooto. — V. n. to lie in ambush. Moemoea, s. a dream taoto, faaheimoe. — V. n. to dream ; to wander, as the thoughts in a dream. Moenanu, v. n. to talk in sleep. Moeorau, s. anxious sleep. Moeorio, r . n. to be in a reverie. Moeorou, v. n. to be possessed of a strong desire after some good. [rately. Moeoru, v. n. to sleep immode- Moeparapara, s. a mode of seizing prey. Moepo, s. the first embrace. — V. n. to keep close together, as a new married couple. Moerurua, v. n. to talk, or walk during sleep. Moere, s. a fish-hook. Moere, s. wind, cloudless sky. — a. fine, cloudless. Moererurua, 5. wind with cloud- less sky. Moetuo, V. n. to sleep uneasily, longing for the morning. Mohea, a. sickly, yellowish, or pale. — s, yellowishness, sickliness. — V. n. to be pale. Mohemohe, a. dim, not clear, applied to a lamp. — V. n. to be burning dimly, as a lamp. Mohemohe, ?'. n. to be recover- ed a little from sickness. Mohi, V. n. to be beclouded, made dim. [MOM- Mohi, V. n. to lie down in am- bush. Mohi mohi, 5. obscurity, in- distinctness. — a. obscure, indistinct. Mohimohi, v. n. to be dazzled^ as the eyes by the sun ; to- be made dim, or have in- distinct vision. Mohina, s. a piece of wood chopped round and smooth. Mohina, s. a glass or stone bottle. Mohoi, V. n. to be happening by chance. Moi, s. the heart of a tree ; see popo. Moi, s. the name of a fish. Moiheha, s. stoppage in the nostrils. Moihi, s. a fibrous black sub- stance that grows in bogs. Moiho, s. a lamp wick, a piece of cloth twisted, and oiled for a torch. Moimoi, a. aged, stricken in years. — s. aged, principal, steady old men. Moini, s. a sort of basket ; see oini. Moiri, s. the name of a famous legendary hog killed by Hiro, according to tradition. Moiriiri, v. n. to swallow with- out mastication. Moitaa, s. the joint on which the lower jaw hinges to the upper. Momta, s. the name of a spe- cies of fern. Momi, s the name of a species of eel. [^Iiorumii. Momi, V. a. to swallow ; see Momoa, s. the ankle joint; the knuckles. u MOO] IVIomo V. a. to espouse, or Monioa, ?'. a. to make sacred, put under a restriction. Moinoa, a. long- and narrow, applied to the face. IVlouiomo, V. a. to smash, to break to shivers. IVlomona, a. sweet, delicious. Mona, a. sweet. IMonamona, a. sweet ; very sweet, as some food. Moni, s. [Eng. wowey,] gold, silver, any coin, money. Moninipape, s. a whirlpool in a river. [bathing. — V. n. to feel drowsy after Mono, V. n. to stop, or cease to run, as blood, water, &c. Mono, V. n. to be in the room or place of another. — V. a. to substitute, or fill up vacancies. Monoi, s. the sweet scented oil used by the natives. Monomono, v. n. to be stopping or ceasing from flowing, ap- plied to a fluid, [vacancies. Monomono, v. a. to fill several Moo, a. [7/10/40,"] a lizard, of which there are many species. Moo, s. the spine, or spinal marrow ; see tuawoo. Moo, s. taro shoots, or strips for planting. Moohono, s. a backbone with- out proper joints. Moohono,' a. strong. Mooi, a. manageable ; see maoi. Mooniu, s. the heart of the co- coanut tree. Moopiro, .?, a disease that af- fects the posteriois. Moopo, V. n. to be lost, or be extinct, as a family ; to be erased, or lost. 46 [MOR 1 Moora. s the wild dnck. Moorii papaa, s. a foreign duck. Moor^ ao, s. a goose or gan- der ; geese. Moore, s. the same as moorn. Mootaifare, s. a lizard that cries in the house, which cry is said to be a sign of wind. Mootua, s. a grand child. Mootua, s. a great grand child. Mootuaio, s. the spinal marrow. Mootuatini, v. a great great grand "child. Mootuatinitini, s. a very distant progeny indefinitely known. Mootuatuarau, s. the same as wootuatini. Moraurau, s. the abatement of anger after a dispute. More, s. the bark of the purau tree, of which ropes and mats are made ; — Jig. a war- rior that goes without his accoutrements. More, a. short, black, and ugly, applied to children's teeth. More, V. n. to droop or fall, as pia leaves when ripe. Morehu, s. the name of a cer- tain wind. Morehurehu, a. dark, not well heated, applied to the stones in a Tahitian oven. Morehutariaroa, s. a wind said to be produced by the god Teroro^ which carried all belore it. [ see orei. Morei, s. the cork of a bottle ; Moreiau, s. the name of a prayer used when investing a king, or principal chiet, with authority. Moremore, a. smooth, without branches, as a tree ; even, without protuberances; also hairless. MOT] Mori, s. cocoanut oil ; oil in genera] ; a lamp. Moria, s. the name of a certain religious ceremony perform- ed by the Priests at the ma- rae^ with prayers and offer- ings, on the restoration of a person that had been dan- gerously ill. Morimori, s. the prayers, &c., after the restoration of a sick person. Morohi, v. n. to fall to the ground, or come to nothing, as plans or schemes ; to be forgotten, or be extinct. Morohirohi, v. n. to cease by little and little, applied to a disturbance. Moroita, v. n. to be struck dead as it were by fear, as when a person was seized by an enemy. Motaifaa, s. a butt or mark to throw at. Motaifai, s. a mark made of the tail of the stingray, used as a butt to throw at. Motaitai, v. a. to attempt ; to make a beginning, as two persons beginning to box or wrestle. Moiara, s. the name of a sort of basket. Moli, V. n. to terminate, as the boundary of land, or a sea- son of the year. Motia, s. a boundary, termina- tion, or limit. Moto, s. hard or unfermented bread fruit put in a pit of mahi ; see mahi and tioo, IVloto, s. a blow from the fist. — V. a. to box, or slrike with the fist. [stomach or liver. Motoate, s. an acute pain iu the 147 [MOT Motoe, a. cold ; see anuanu and toetoe. [worm. Motoe, r. a. to crawl, as an earth Motoi, V. a. to join, or put one piece of timber against a- nother ; to make one thing to meet another. Motoi, V. a. to rebut, or retort an argument ; to give a pre- sent, or bribe, to gain an end. Motoi, s. a float or raft of trees, with a mast, &c. Motomoto, V. a. to box or fight; to quarrel, as two persons. Motoro, V. a. to make use of some means to awake and en- tice a person out of the house, in the night, for base purposes. Mototano, s. a well directed blow with the fist. Motu, s. a cut, breach, or rent. Motu, s an island, a low island, in opposition iofenua^ where there is high land. Motu, V. n. to be in a state of separation, as a tree cut, a piece of cloth torn, thread or cord broken asunder. — a. torn, broken, cut. Motufaro, s. patience in wait- ing for a thing. — V. n. to be in a stale of so- licitous waiting, or suspense. Motufv-inii, V. n. the same as motufaro. Motu motu, «. torn in many places ; ragged ; full of Inles. Motunene, a. complete, finish- ed as a journey, work, or engagement. [as a party. Motunene, ?;. n. to be clean gone, Motupari, s. a boundary ; a line of distinction between two parties. Motupari, v. a. to break off ac- quaintance Of connexion. Muj 148 Motupo, s. a nightly theft. Motut6, a. broken short off, as Motutootoo, a. vanquished, overcome in war. Motutu, v. n. to be beset on every side. Motuu, s. the name of" a moun- tain shrub that bears a dark red berry, used for dying. Motuu, V. n. to be stranded, as a rope ; to be in a state of mental weariness through waiting, &c. Motuu, a. wearied, exhausted. Motuura, s. something very agreeable or pleasant. Motuuruuru, a. roughly cut ; see uruuru. Motuutuu, 5. cramp, or numb- ness of the limbs. Motuutuu, a. cutting, piercing, applied to speech. — V. n. to be in pain through weariness. Mou, s. the coarse sword grass, of which there are several species, as mou haari^ mou raupo^ mou rau hahae^ mou rarotaa. Mou, V. n. to be consumed ; to fail, vanish, or be done away ; see haamou. Mouraa, s. extirpation, extinc- tion, abolishment. Moua,5. \mounga^mouna^ mau- na^~\ a mountain. Mouea, s. a refuge ; a skilful physician ; also abundance of food, &c. Moupaa, s. a sort of native cloth of a dark colour. Mu, s. the name of a fish, some- times called snapper. Mu, 5. a buzz Of confused noise. — V. n. to make a confused noise or din. Mua, a. first, fore-most. Mua, prep, before, the opposite of muri^ behind. Mua, s. the head quarters, re- sidence of chiefs, sacred places. Muaarai, v. n. to make a noise by confused talking. Muemue, a. of a full size from top to bottom, [ing ; see mu. Muhu, s, noise, the dinof talk- — V. n. to make a noise or din. Mui, s. a bundle of bread-fruit, &c., tied together. — V. a. to tie up bundles of uruy cocoanuts, &c. Mumu, V. a. to make a con- fused noise, as of a number of persons talking together. Muna, s. a name given to a basket used by the sorcerers ; see tahutahu. Muna, V. n. to be sparing in eating certain kinds of food. Munaa, s. the name of a cuta- neous disease. Munaiho, adv. formerly ; see mutaaiho. [whisper. Munamuna, v. n. to mutter, to Muofai, s. a patient person; one who can bear insults. — V. n. to bear up under trou- ble, or insult. Muofare, s. the consecration of a new dwelling house. Muohau, .V. the commencement of peace. Muoo, s. taro shoots used for planting ; see moo. Muoo, s. a branch presented at the marae on commencing the building of a new house. Muoo, V. n: to be full of anger or displeasure. MUX] M 149 , s. [Gr. myron, myrjha^j myrrh. Latin Muraa, prep, before, in former time. — adv. formerly, anciently. Muraaiho, adu. formerly, as muraa. Muraro, v. n. to endeavour, to persuade ; see piiraro. Mure, a. short, in opposition to maoro, long". — V. n. to be short ; to cease, come to an end. Miireavae, v. n. to go off in a swoon. Muremure, a. short, very short, applied to a member of the body. — V. n. to leave off or cut very short, as work, discourse, &c. Mure ore, a. endless, without a termination. [see mua. Muri, prep, behind, afterwards ; Muri,5. the place behind occu- pied by the women. Muri'ho, adv. ^ prep, behind, bacicward, but close by. Muriahoe, v. n. to be falling behind, as in paddhng a ca- noe, or rowing a boat. Muriaito, s. a sort of paint of a red colour, obtained from the aiio tree. Muriaroha, s. a lingering af- fection for a person. — V. a. to follow after a person in regard and affection. Muriavai, s. the mouth of a river or brook, where it en- ters the sea. Muriapape, s. the same as muriavai. Murihere, s. affection, or re- gard for a person. Mutaa aenei, adv. formerly, in time past. [NA Mutaaiho, adv. Sf prep, form- erly, anciently, first. Mutamuta, v. n. to mutter without speaking out. — s. a muttering, commonly of discontent. Mute, v.n. to cease, to break cff. Mutea avae, v. n, having all departed ; to be all gone, as the people of a place. Mutoi, V. n. to listen secretl}"- to the conversation of people. Mutu, V. n. to be gone, applied to persons passing along. N THIS Letter is used with uniformity in Tahitian, except perhaps in a few words, where it is exchanged with r, as e e?ie, e ere, namuy ramu^ Sfc. Na, prep, of, belonging to a person ; see wo, ta. Na, article., used before most things, when two or three, or a small number is understood. Na, pron. contraction of ana, third person singular. Na, an affix to verbs in the past or perfect tense, as i amu na vau^ I have eaten ; also in the future, ua amu na van, I shall have eaten. Na, prep, by, for, by way of. Na, V. a. to present, or to ofl'er. Na, intj. lo ! see ! behold ! Na, ado. of order, as oia na, he first ; ran na^ I first ; teie na, this first. Na, a word of calling pigs, fowls, &c., na, na. Na, adv. of place, denoting tlie local position of the person addressed, as behin: at a dis- NAH] 150 tance, as ia oe na, with thee, (at some distance.) Na, a. quiet, applied to a child that has ceased crying. — V. n. to be quiet or still ; to cease crying ; see faand. Naenae, s. the place where children were nursed. Nafea, ado. when ? of time past, as i nafea oe i haere mai ai ? when didst thou come here ? It is preceded by an i. Naha, s. a sort of native cistern made of leaves ; a receptacle for some liquid. Naha, adv. hitherto, yet, up to this time. Naha, inij. behold ! preceded by an i, as i naha ! denoting wonder or surprise, or that the thing demands notice. Nahavaivai, s. a receptacle, or cistern well supplied with water ; also abundance. Nahanaha, a. well arranged, in good order. Nahe, s. the gigantic fern, the root of which is used for food in time of scarcity. Nahea, adv. how? by what way, or in what manner ? Nahea e, ado. long ago, long since. Nahoa, s. a great concourse, company, troop. Nahonaho, a. well regulated, in good order, as an assembly. — V. n. to be in good order, as a table well prepared, and well supplied. Nahu, a. the same as nahonaho. Nahuihua, s. the name of a star. Nahuitarava ia mere, s. the stars of Orion. Nahunahu, a. plenteous, abun- dant, as food. [NAN Nainai, s. a play actor ; a per- former in the various native games. [also deceitful. Namai, a. small, diminutive ; Naio, a. very small ; see haihai. Naio, s. a fork, or division be- tween the two great branches of a tree. Namatarua, s. the two remark- able stars near the Crossiers, used by the islanders as a directory when at sea. Namihere, a. a name given to the young of the cavally fish. Naminami, a. having an ill scent. Namu, s. a musquito ; see ramu. Namua, s. a leader, a fore- runner. Namua, prep, before, further, forward ; see mua. — adu. previously, in time past; already. Namurea, s. agreeableness, «p - plied to food ; as to scent and taste. — a. fragrant, savoury, as food. Namuri, prep, behind, abaft, following behind. Nana, s. a flock or herd ; a gang or company of men. Nana, v. 71. to look, or view ; to direct the eye to some object ; see hio. Na'na, poss. pron. a contraction of 7ia and ana, his, hers, or its. \jiahi. Nanahi, s. yesterday ; see ana- Nanai, 6". a row, a number of things ranged in a line. Nanaibere, s. leaves, foliage ; see raw. Nanaihere, s. a long range of cocoanut leaves tied gether for a net. to- sort of fishing NAN] Nanaihere, a. hundred, that is 100 when otherwise 1 wmz, which is counted singly, *^0(). Nanamu, s. a species of Tahi- tian grass. Nanao, s. the marks printed on the skin ; see tatau. Nanao, v. a. to thrust, or intro- arm into or aper- duce the hand or any cavity, hole, see tinao. Nanati, v\ a. to tie up together ture ; , or bind ^ , see nati. Nanati, v. a. to make use of enchantments, as formerly done by the sorcerers. Nanatiaha, i. from nati to tie, and crAa, sinnet, a person who used enchantments. —V. a. to use sorcery, or en- chantments, with a view to the injury or death of some one. Nanatinati, v. a. to tie repeat- edly, or in different places, a bundle, &c. Nanau, v. n. to long for, or wish earnestly for someihing. Nane, v. a. to knead such as dough, mahi^ pia^ &c. Nane, v.n. to be all in confusion. Nane, v. a. to accuse without a certain knowledge, to spread a false report. Nanea, a capacious, producing, or containing much. Nanehuavai, a. glutinous, vis- cous as paste. Nanei, v. n. to go from a place. Nanematie, s. foolishness ; see nencva. Nani, a. rich, havinof great possessions. Nania, v. a. to go over ; to re sist again. 151 [NAO Nanihi, v.n. to be in a complete, or well finished state. Nanihi ore, a. unfinished, not complete, as work. Naninani, a. well furnished, as a house, nothing wanting. Nano, s. force, or power, as of ,a spear when thrown, or of a ball from a musket. Nano, a full ; un nano^ it is full. Nanonano, a, forcible, applied to speech. Nanu, s. the matter in the nos- trils of a new born infant. Nanu, s. envy, jealousy, or dis- pleasure, on account of not being properly considered as to a share of food, &c. — V. n. to grudge or envy what another has. [see pananu. Nanumiti,*. the flux of the sea; Nanuvai, s. the increase, or swelling of water. Nanua, v. a. to go over, or above a thing. Nanue, s. the name of a fish. Nanunanu, s. the substance in the nose of an infant. Nanunanu, v. n. to be envious of another's possessions. Nanunanu, v. n. to make a noise like a pigeon. Nanupo, V. 11. to be disappoint- ed at not having been awoke to partake of a feast prepared in the night. Nao, adij. thus, in this way or manner. Nao, .V. [Gr. naos^^ a temple. Nao, V. a. to take up, as food, by little and little ; fo eat repeatedly, going and re- turning to the same food. Nao, s. a sort of fly or insect. Naoa, s. a method, way, or proceeding. iVAT] Naoa, V. 71. to be altered, as from a good to a bad appear- ance, as the face. Naonao, s. a species of small fly- infesting fermented bread- fruit. \ramu. Naonao, 5. the musquito ; see Naonao, a. adorned, embellish- ed, painted. [tain tree. Napau, s. the name of a moun- Nape, s. sinnet made of the husk of the cocoanut. Nape, s. the name of a small fish ; see aha. Napehea, adv. how ? in way or manner ? Napenape, s. activity, lance, (a sea term.) — V. n. to be active, vigilant. what vigi- brisk. noe, &c. '-a. brisk in managing a ca- Napereia, adv. in that way, or manner. Napo, s. yester night. Napo, s. profit, advantage ; see faufaa. Naponapo, v.n. to be prepared, or possessed of things, so as not to be nonplussed by an accident. Napu, V. n. to be nonplussed, not knowing what to do ; see rapu. Napu, V. a. to mix some things by pressing with, or in the hand. — V. n. to be mixed or blended together. Nararo, v. n. to submit or yield. Narui, 5. last night, or yester- night ; see napo. Natauihe, s. the name of a star. Natautoru, s. the name of a constellation. Nati, .s. the name of a stick with loops to catch eels. 152 [NAt Nati, .9. a class, or distinction of men, as nati arii^ the class of superior chiefs ; nati raa- tira.) the class of inferior chiefs. Nati, V. a. to tie or bind with a cord ; see na.nati. Nati, a. fitting or setting close ; a waistcoat is called ahu natiy because it encloses the body. Natimaa, s. the name of a star, Natimoe, s. a family or kindred. Natinati, v. a. to tie, or enclose tight, and that repeatedly ; to catch eels by the nati. Natinatiaha, s. a sorcerer ; see nanati aha. Natipato, v. a. to make a short work, as of destruction. Nativaea, s. a division, or por- tion ; a company divided, as in going to war. Nato,s. a small fresh water fish. Natonato, v. n. to be well pro- vided with necessary things. Natu, V. a. to mash some sub- stance by clenching the hand ; to pinch with the thumb and finger. Natu, s. a scratch or mark of pinching. Natu, V. n, to be brought into a dilemma, or some intri- cacy ; see rapu and napu. Natuaea, s. a deceptive or in- distinct vision ; see atiuaea. Natufaufau, s. a sort of food prepared from bread-fruit and cocoanut. Natunatu, v. a. to pinch, or press repeatedly, as a secret sign : to mash or mix repeat- edly some food, with the hand. Natutari, s. a sort of food; see notufavfau. :^AV] 153 Nau, s. the name of a species of medicinal grass used in certain disorders. Nau, pass. pron. sometimes used instead of na oe, thine. It is used in other dialects, but less regular than the Ta- hitian na oe. Na'u, poss. pron. a contraction of na auy mine ; or for me ; by me sometimes. Naua, V. a. to get or obtain ; see nona. Naua, a. sunk, applied to the eyes. Nauanei, a. to-day, with refer- ence to the past. Naue, v» n. to leap from an eminence to the deep water, a Tahitian diversion. Naue, s. a play term in some games of children. Naueraa, s. a place from which boys and others divert them- selves by leaping into the water. Nauma, v. a. to get, to obtain ; see naupa. Naumai, v. a. to recite, or re- hearse something that it may be known. Naunau, s. a lingering wish or desire. — V. n. to long, or desire. Naunauaveve, s. want, desti- tution. Naupa, V. a. to get, obtain, succeed ; see raupa. Naupata, s. the name of a tree. Naupata, s. a thicket of brush- wood ; a thicket of branch- ing coral in the sea. Na vai, pron, inter, whose ? for whom ? by whom ? Navai, v. n. to suffice, last, hold out ; see ravai. [NEt Navai raa, s. a sufficiency. Nave, V. n. to be pleased, or delighted. Navenave, a. pleasurable, de- lightful, [gaiety. Navenave raa, s. pleasure, Neanea, a. that which is abund* ant, applied to property. Nee, 5. a journey, excursion ; the company of those that go the journey. Nee, s, some business ; see tere. Nee, V. n. to crawl, or creep, as insects ; also to move, or sail, as a ship. — a. swift of motion, as a vessel at sea. Neenee, s. some disorder of the lower limbs. Neenee, v. n. to crawl or move repeatedly ; to sail or move repeatedly on the water. Neeneeahe, v. n. to crawl or move as the he or caterpillar. Neeneearo, v. n. to crawl as the TO or ant. Neeneeatohe, v. n, to slide in a sitting posture. Neeneetapuahi, v. n. to crawl by an oven of food. Nehenehe, a. neat, beautiful, handsome. Nehu, s. the name of a fish proverbially sweet. Nehunehu, s. the young of the neha. Nei, adv. here, in this place ; now, at this time. Nei, adv. of enquiry, nei f what? how? dost thou hear? expecting an answer. Neia, joar. pass, pressed, crush- ed, impressed, [of banana. Neinei, s. the name of a species Neinei, v. a. to pressor squeeze ;• to oppress. X NIA] NeiTionemo, s. a disagreeable odour or smell. Nena, a, stretched tight, as a garment; remaining smooth, as water without a wave. Nenamu, a. grey, or drab co- lour ; see ninamu. Nenao, v. n. to introduce the hand into an aperture ; see nanao. Nenei, v. a. to squeeze, to press ; to print Nenei, v. n. to suppress, or re- frain, applied to laughter. Nenei raa parau, s. a printing press. Nenene, a. agreeable, sweet, fragrant, as the pine- apple, f i, &c. Neneva, s. a fool ; foolishness; giddiness. — a. foolish ; unsteady ; also giddy. Nenevahoa, s. the name of a noted wild idiot. Nenevauhi, s. foolishness, pro- duced, as was supposed, by eating yams before the re- quisite ceremonies had been performed. [^apple. Nenu, s. a species of Tahitian Nenunenu, a. agreeable ; well tasted, as fruit, vi apple, oranges, &c. Neoneo, a. offensive in smell, as rotten fish. — s. offensive smell, stink. Nevaneva, a. wild, unsteady ; wandering, applied to the eye. Nia, prep, above ; see nua. Nia, V. n. done or roasted on one side, as bread fruit on the fire ; when turned in or- der to roast the other side, it is ua nia. to of 154 [NIN Niaa, .9, the name given to the cocoanut after the kernel is formed, it is then best drink. Niame, a. brown coloured, a species of native cloth. Niau, s. the leaf or branch the cocoanut tree. Nifa, s. the name of a spotted fish. Nifanifa, a. spotted, variegated, as the colours of the nifa fish. Nihinihi, a. handsome, neat ; see nehenehe. Niho, s. [m/o, mo,] a tooth ; also a horn. Nihoafa, $. a broken tooth. Nihomanumanu, 5. the tooth- ache. Nihomarae, s. stones placed in a certain way in the wall of a marae. Nihoritarita, s. fierce anger. Nimaha, s. the same as niaa^ a young cocoanut. Nina, V, a. to cover with earth or water ; to heap up earth about the stems of plants ; Jig. to bury some unpleasant report. Ninahi, s. yesterday ; see na- nahi. Ninaimoa, s. mouldiness of cloth, &c. — a. mouldy, discoloured. Ninamu, a. brown, or grey colour, as of cloth. Ninavai, v. n. to be covered with a flood. Nini, s. the sutures of the cra- nium ; also cracks in the earth. Nini, V. n. to turn away to avoid a person. Ninii, \i. a. to pour out liquids, or other things. NIU] Niniore, s. a species of fish blubber ; the same as iiore. Ninita, s. the papaw tree and its fruit. Ninito, V. n, to go round in a circle. Ninito, V. n. to stretch as one waking out of sleep, or when feeling weariness. Ninivaru, v. n. to circumam- bulate a piece or tract of land ; to obtain land by conquest. Nino, V. a. to spin or twist. Ninoa, s. a delineation as of land ; also a description of pedigree or relationship. Ninoa, s. an understanding be- tween parties ; also the cha- racteristic sentiments of a party. Nitiniti, a. niggardly, close- fisted. Niu, .?. a general name for the cocoanut tree. Niu, s. a foundation ; the first row of stones in a wall. Niu, 3. a native spear, being commonly made of the Jiiu or cocoanut tree ; also the side of a piece of timber well adzed. Niu, s. the wake of a ship, boat, or canoe ; the track of large fishes. Niu, V. n. to run as a canoe or boat, after the rowers had ceased rowing, (a sea term.) Niu, V. n. to excel, as a cock in fighting ; applied also to a courageous warrior. Niu, s. an appearance of the sky, taken as a sign of some unfavourable event. Niufili, s. the north east wind; also nluhiti. 155 [Noit Niumate, s, the name of a ce- remony, and certain prayers, to procure the favour of the gods. Niuiiiu, s. certain fibrous roots; also wire. Niupahi, s. the distance a ship runs on a tack. Nivaniva, a. unsteady ; see nevaneva. No, prep, of, belonging to ; about, concerning. The no and na denote the possessive case of nouns, but they are not used promiscuously. Tlie na signifies the possession of food, arms, and a few other things; the no is more ge- neral. No, prep, of, and from, no Tahiti, of Tahiti. Noa, a. common, in opposition to raa, sacred. Noa, ado. a word of frequent use, and implying some ne- gative idea, as tapu noa^ grew spontaneously, without being planted ; aroka noa, to pity freely, or to have com- passion without any deserving cause. Noa, or Noaa, conj. although, yet, notwithstanding, iis pi' rau noaa tu vau, e ore e/aa- roo mai, although I speak, they will not hear. Noaa, V. a. to obtain, or get something. Noanoa, a. fragrant, of a plea- sant smell. Noha, s. the name of a large bird. Noha, s, a competent person. Noha, s. sea biscuit, and for- merly a name given to the pumpkin. NON] 156 [NUN Noho, V. n. [nofo^ ^^'o,] to sit, abide, dwell. Noho, s. the hinder ranks of an army set in battle array, ac- cording to the manner of the South Sea Islanders. Nahoahu, s. a name given to the tamanu trees before the marae; also to the Priest that officiated in the rn,arae. \ Nohoraa, s. a seat, chair, or | stool ; a dwelling place ; the time or place of sitting, or of residing. Nohotahaa, v. n. to dwell, sit, or continue naked ; to abide in the unmarried state. Nohu, s, the name of a small sea fish, that has a most dan- gerous and poisonous thorn. Noi, s. the knot of a tree. Noi, V. «. outdone, cowed, silenced. Noi, a. knotty, tough, durable; also obstinate. Noi, a. mellow, fat; free from stones, applied to a piece of ground. N6i, s. a savage, wickedly de- signing person, j Noi, V. n. to b(3 unable to get forward, as a boat or canoe rowing against the wind; to fall, as the paper kite on the breaking of the string; to hang back. Noiati, s. the stringy texture of the ati tree ',—Jig. obsti- nacy in speech or debate. Noinoi, s. the cross grain of Vi'ood. Noinoi, a. \nohinohi^'\ small, diminutive. No'na, poss. pron. from no and owrt, his, hers, or its ; for him, of liim, her, or it. Nonenone, a. abundant, plen- teous. Nono, 5. the sour apple, and tlie tree that bears it. Nonoha, s. a species of grass with which the Tuhitians cover the top of their houses, and also the floor inside. Nonoa, v. a. to spurn each other, or one of the parties being disgusted spurns the other, applied commonly to hus- bands and wives. Nonoi, V. n. the dual or plural of noi, to recoil or draw back. Nonoia, 8. the name of a tree ; it is one of the ingredients in the monoi^ or sweet oil. Noninoni, a. very small ; see noinoi. Nonoue, v. n. to hang back, recoil. Noo, s. the stern of a canoe. No oe, poss. pron. thine, for thee, of thee. N6u, poss. pron. thine, some- times, instead of no oe. No'u, poss. pron. contraction of no au» mine. Nounou, s. desire, covetousness. — V. a. to covet, desire, lust after. No vai, pron. whose ? of whom ; for whom? on account of whom ? interrogatively. Nua,jpre/). [runa^runga, luna,'] above ; see nia. Nuanua, s. the name of a tree of hard texture. Nui, a. great, large ; see the modern word rahi. Nuna, s. the name of a tree that grows in the rocks. Nuna, a. mixed, amalgamated. Nunaa, s. nation, kindred, p^^ople. NUUl 157 lf> Nunaa, s. speech ; also pro- perty. Nunaatini, s. a concourse of people that follows a chief. NunUj s. one delicately brought up, and of a quiet inoffensive disposition. Nunui, V, n. to be great ; see nui. Nupa, s. a thicket that cannot be entered ; a patch of coral in the sea that cannot be passed, or entered. Nupaa, a. handsome externally, but internally hollowness and deformity. Nupaa, s. a stout, powerful person ; a fierce warrior ; a person allied to the royal family. Nupanupa, a. troubled, over- cast with gloom as the sky ; affected, as the mind with the gloomy aspect of affairs. ■ — V. n. to be gloomy and sjad, as the sky before a atorm, or the mind when distressed with the prospect of danger, or something disagreeable. Nupanupa po, 5. an agitation of mind in the night time, arising from the expectation of the arrival of a party of the enemy. Nuu, V. n. to slide along, to glide ; see faanuu. Nuu, s. \_nuku^'\ a fleet of ca- noes ; an army or host pas- sing by land or water. o IS a vowel of frequent oc- currence in Tahitian, and is generally pronounced as o in God, but when circum- flexed, as in hope. O, an article prefixed to proper names when in the nomina- case, o Tahiti^ Pare, o Tahaa, o Tu, &c. ; also to pronouns, as vau^o oe, oia, o taua, o maua, raua, o matou, &c. ; and also some- times to adjectives when used substantively, as o uteutey o teatea^ &c. O, s. a spade, a stick used by the Tahitians to dig with. O, s. a present of entrance or introduction to a person, Ao- poi i te o, take a present. O, s. an enclosure, or a garden, where things are cultivated. O, s. provisions for a journey, or a voyage. O, s. a stick used to strip off the husk of the cocoanut. O, V. a. to enter into a place ; to open by piercing. O, V. a. to dig the ground ; dig a hole or ditch ; to take off the husk of the cocoanut. O, adv. of place, either here, or there, as the particles iw, atu^ mai, nei, ae. ?', tei, and e may direct us ; i o, tei o, yonder, at a distance; i o 7iei, here at this place ; i o ae, a little aside ; i tu, far- ther off. O, adv. yes, in answer to a call, o mea, such a one, he will answer O, yes. O, prep, of, belonging to ; see wo, na, to, ta. OAO] O5 prep, at, with, as lei o mea ra, with such a one ; teihca ? where ? tei 0, at such a place. O, Intj. signifying the thing mentioned is made light ot"; also an exclamation to quiet a child. O5 a. husked, stripped of its outer coveFj applied to a co- coanut. 0^5 s. the name of an aquatic bird. Oa, s. the ribs or timber of a boat or ship ; the timber of a little house placed on a canoe and called fare oa. Such a house on a sacred ca- noe was described by Cap- tain Cook as the ark of the covenant, but to which it had no relation. Oj\, s. the name of a god, seen only at night ; it was said to be black, and was also called Hivari. Oa, V. a. to paint black ; to pitch or tar a vessel ; to daub or besmear in an irregular manner. Oa, s. joy, gladness ; see oaoa. — V. n. to be glad or rejoice. Oaatoa, s. red streaks in the sky, looked upon as a sign of wind. Oaha, s. the name of a shrub or tree with long leaves ; — fig. a seditious person. Oana, s. the holes in acocoanut shell called the monkey's eyes. Oao, s. the name of a shrub bearing red berries. Oao, s. a cocoanut that iias no water or kernel. Oaoa, s. joy, gladness. — V, n. to rejoice. 158 [OEH Oaoa, a. narrow, the opposite to aano or apii. Oa6a, s. a game or diversion where a person plays with the hand on his wmdpipe or throat. Oaoaahi, s. the great blaze of a fire. Oaoao, s. an old empty cocoanut. Oapa, V. n. any thing lying in a corner. Oare, s. the fry of some little fish. Oarero, s. a compound of o a stick to dig with, and arero, the tongue ; it means a tongue that digs up mischief; or the tongue wants not the hands. Oata, s. the monkey's eyes on a cocoanut ; the mouth or neck of a gourd ; also the meshes of a fishing net. Oe, pron. the second person singular, thou. Oe, s. a bell. Oe, s. a sword. Oe, s, a mistake, or an error ; see /i,e, hape. O'e, 5. scarcity, famine. Oea, a. handsome, as a man or woman. Oeatoti, v. a. to strike a person forcibly to the ground ; the word is derived from the manner in which the fish called atoti are driven from the rocks. Oeahou, s. a young comer ; a young person just come to age. Oeha, s. the mesh of a net. Oehaeha, v. 71. to be surfeited by eating too much. Oehamu, v. a. to feast, eat im- moderately. OFA] Oehapa, s. the name of a coarse native cloth. Oehapa, v. a. to split a piece of wood, &c. Oehau, v. a. to disturb the peace. Oe6, a. irregular, as a limb affected by the fiefce or elephantiasis. [slender. Oeoe, a. sharp, pointed; also Oeoeo, s. pride, haughtiness. — a. proud, self conceited. Oere, v. n. to gad about in a wanton idle manner. Oere, a. thin, meagre, applied to a person. Ofi, V. a. to collect or amass together food, &c. Ofaa,5. a thicket, impenetrable brushwood. Ofaa, V. n. to nestle, or lie close in a nest, as a bird. Ofaaraa, s. the nest of a bird ; kennel of a dog. Ofafa, a. inclining to rottenness, applied to taro roots. Of^f^, s. an idle, useless person. Ofafai, s. a stone, or stones. Ofai, s. a general name for a stone as used at present in the Tahitian dialect. In some of the dialects toka is a stone, hence the Tahitian ta'a ; in others moka^ which is near toka : others have pahaku, or vatu^ and hence probably the Tahitian patu for a stone wall. [mals. Ofai, s. the testes of male ani- Ofaiara, s. a very heavy and hard stone. Ofaiarariorio, s. a stone, with two others called Ofaireirio- rio^ Ofai maue raa^ which, according to a Tahitian tra- dition, formed the stations 159 [oi^i of departed souU, from whcih they fled to the Mehavi^ in Raiatea. Ofaiata, s. a stone thrown by a vigorous slinger ; also an early comer. Ofaifai, a. stony, impassable because of stones. Ofaiora, s. a stone at Papeare in Moorea, to which departed souls fled, (according to tra- dition,) at the apparentdeath of the body, but from which they returned. This was the stone of life. There was also ofai or a and ofai poke on the mountain Taataa in Tahiti. Ofai pai aia, s. a very slippery stone ; also a term signify- ing war. Ofaipohe, s. another stone at Papeare in Moorea. This was the stone of death, and souls that fled there perished, or never returned to life. Ofao, s. the front warrior. Ofao, s. a disease, a species of the dropsy. Ofaotuna, s. an eel's hole or hiding place. Ofara, v. n. to roam about in quest of food. Ofarafara, v. n. to roam or wan- der repeatedly. Ofata, s. flatulency of the bowels. Ofali, s. the rheumatism. Ofati, V. a. to break a thing ; see ofene. [the neck, Ofatiai, s. a disease that affects Ofatifati, v. a. to break a thing repeatedly, or in many places. Ofatitia, s. a stroke of the sun, causing sudden death, \_covp d<3 soleii^ OHAJ I^^ Ofe, s. the bamboo cane ; see ohe. (3r^, .9. the name of a fish about the size of a herring, caught in great numbers in the pro- per season ; see orare. Ofefa, a. proud, conceited. Ofene, s. the rheumatism ; see ofati. — V. a. to break a thing, such as a stick. Ofenefene, v. a. to break a thing repeatedly. Ofenefene, s. the rheumatism, from its affecting a person repeatedly, or in different parts of the body. Ofeo, s. the name of a tree. Ofeo, 5. a species of crab. Ofeo, s. pain in the abdomen in consequence of eating after long fasting. Ofeofeo, V. n. to backbite. Ofera, v. a. to turn out the in- side of the eyelids, or to pull the eyelids widely open ; a custom of children. Oferafera, v. a. to repeat the custom of ofera. Ofiri, s. any thing that is like a screw. Ofiri, V, n. to be turning, or changing different ways. Ofirrfiri, a. unstable, change- able. Oha, a. leaning, not perpen- dicular. Oha, V. n. to be stooping, as a person by age and decrepi- tude. — adi\ bendingly, sloopingly, applied to walking. Ohaoha, v. n. to be bending, or stooping repeatedly. Ohapa, V. a. to cleave or split any thing. [oiir Ohapahapa, v. a. to cleave or split something repeatedly. Oharahara, v. a. to split or di- vide into piecesf. Ohau, s, an incendiary, or breeder of strife. Ohe, s. [^q/*e, q/e,] a bamboa cane ; also a dart. Ohee, s. the name of a fish re- sembling a herring; called also ofe or q/ee, and orare. Ohe ia rire, s. a name given to a warrior. Ohemoepiha, s. a dart pre- served in a quiver ; — fg. a man made much of, a choice fellow. Oheohe, s. the name of a shrub or tree ; also a plant. Oherauao, s. a very light spe- cies of bamboo ; — Jig. a wandering, unsettled person. Oheohe, a. without branches ; see moremore. Ohetaorato, s. a man famous for war. Ohetapu, s. a dart that does not fly well, but disappoints the archer 'j—Jig- a man that commences an enterprise, but fails in the accomplishment. Ohetuna, v.n. to be confined, and having no means of escape. Ohi, s. young plants or shoots, as of meia, fei, &c. Ohi, V. a. to gather fragments ; to glean, pick up firewood, or any small things. Ohi, s. the dysentery ; see hi. Ohi, V. n. to gush out, as wa- ter, or any liquid. Ohi, s. a disease, red spots on the skin. Ohie, a. easy of accomplish- ment ; apt. — adv. aptly, readily, easily. OHl] 1 Ohii, s. the head of a beast ; see ajii, porahu. Ohihi, V. 11. to gush out re- peatedly. Ohimu, slander, backbiting. —V. 11. to murmur, to backbite. Ohimuhimu, v. n. to nmrmur, or backbite repeatedly Ohii la, a. grey. of grt^y ish colour. Ohinahina, a. grey, greyish. Ohinuhinu, s. the name of a species of bread-fruit. Ohiohio, s. an evil designing look ; the wild look of a thief or mischievous person. ■ — V. n. to look about with an evil design ; to look about, as a person near death. Ohiohioa, s. giddiness, insta- bility. Ohipa, s. work, employment ; see haa. — V. a. to work, labour, toil. Ohipae, v. n. to turn aside, go in another direction. Ohipape, s. the rushing, or gushing out of water. Ohitapere, s. a cascade, or wa- ter fall. Ohi teitei, s. a cascade from a great height. bhiti, s. a small species of the beetle. Ohiti, s. a species of sand crab, very small. Ohiti, V. a. to pluck off, or pluck out. Ohitihiti, v. a. to pluck ofif', or out repeatedly. Ohitimapeeare, 5. the small crab called ohiti. Ohiti mata ara, s. the same as ohiti, and which is said not to sleep; — fig. a fisherman; a wakeful man; also a warrior. 61 [oiiu Ohiti mata ora, s. from ohiti ; Jig. a person always ready, always on his guard, who knows how to avoid danger, and keep his habitation from invasion. Ohitimataura, s. the name of a medicinal plant. Oliitiporaorao, v. a. to grasp so as to get hold of the whole ; to examine an affair thoroughly. Ohitiraaroa, v. a. to bring up old and past grievances. Ohiu, V. a. to dart the reed without striking the ground, in tiie game of apere raa. Ohiuhiu faarua, s. the first light breeze of the north-west wind, when it is setting in. Ohiuhiu pafaite, s. the same as ohiuhiu faarua ; also the commencement of an east- erly breeze. Oho, s. the highest in growtli among the mulberry plants; the man whose head is high- est is called aute oho ; the second born of a family is also called aute oho. Oho, s. the first' fruit. Oho, s. the fore-most warrior in an engngement. [basket. Ohope, s. the name of a sort of Oborehore, a. bare, as the eye- brows without hair, or a thing skinned. Ohoro, a. soft by fermentation, as wa/iz, or bread-fruit pre- pared for the mahi pit. Ohou, s. a new garden or en- closure. OIhj, s. a cloud settled on the top of the mountains. -.Ohu, s. a bank, or ridge of earth thrown up. Y on 162 [oim Ohu, s. a bundle of some food tied up, and baked in the native oven ; see puohu. Ohu, V. n. to bend dow^nwards, as a branch of a tree ; to stoop, as an elderly person. — Ohu, V, n. to twirl round, as a wheel. Ohua, 5. the name of a fish found at the bottom of rocks ; Jig. a man, who like the ohua fish, is difficult to be obtained. Ohua, V. a. to divide, or share in small parts ; to make small. Ohueraai, s. a turbulent man that breeds mischief. Ohumu, V. n. to whisper, mur- mur, backbite. — s. murmuring-, backbiting. Ohumuhumu, v. a. to backbite repeatedly. Ohure, s. the anus ; see hope- remu. Ohuret6, s. prolapsis ani ; also the bloody flux. Ohutia, s. a bundle of food wrapt up in leaves. Ohutu, s. the same as ohutia ; see ohu. Oi, V. a. to knead, applied to dough, mahi^ &c. Oi, V. a, to mingle different substances, by working with the hand in a dish. Oi, V. n. to turn, as in steering a boat ; see tioi. . — . Oi, a. sharp, as the edge of a tool ; see faaoL Oi, adv. indeed, really ; e mea maitai oi ra^ a good thing really, or indeed. Oi, adv. had like to be, nearly been, as oi pohe rnutou i tua^ we were nearly, or likely to have been lost at sea ; oi ore ta tatou oi iwupa, we were nearly disappointed in ob- taining. Oi, adv. while, or whilst, 02t;ai ae te ao, whilst it is day. Oi, covj. lest, for fear that, e ara oi vare outou., beware lest you be deceived. Oia, pron. third person singu- lar, he, she, or it. Oia, adv. yea, yes, it is so ; oia 'ia, it is that, or it, or even so, it is so ; oia hoi ia, verily so, or it is so, or so it is. Oia, a. overflowing, as water ; vai oid^ overflowing water. — V. n. to flow over its banks, applied to a river. Oia, I', n. to go down head fore- most through press of sail, applied to a canoe. Oie, s. the external coat of the banana stalk, used as a case to hold food, &c. Oieie, a. thick, as the native cloth when in a state of pre- paration. Oiha, adv. yes, it is so, spoken rather contemptuously. Oihamu, s. a certain feast ; see faatoi^ oehamu. Oihe, s. the name of a certain fish. Oihe, s. a stick used for dig- ging ; see o. Oihe, s. a modern name for the Dracecna or ti plant ; see ti, Oihi, v. n. to turn aside from the direction intended, as a nail while driving. Oihi, adv. slightly, or just en- tering, applied to the pierc- ing- of a thing-. Oimo, s. the custom of mourn- ing for the dead ; shaved patches on the head, &c. out] 163 Oimo, V. a. to shave patches on the iiead in token of grief for the dead. Oimoimo, v. a. to repeat the oimo. Oimoimo, a. ruffled, dishevel- led, as the hair. Oimoimo, v. n. to be wet, or soaked with rain. Oineine, v.n. to be in readiness or preparation. Oineine, v. n. to start up, and recoil agam bird. to flutter as a all Oini, s. the name of i basket ; see moini. Oio, s. the name of a sea bird, from its voice oio. Oio, s. the sharp nose of a canoe. Oio, s. the name of a species of plantain. Oioi, a. rapid, swift. — adv. quickly, briskly, as haere oioi, go quickly. Oioio, s. the name of a plan- tain ; see oio. Oire, s. [Heb. or, oir, orim,'] a city, or town. Oiri, s. a black spot in the hea- vens near the Crossiers. Oiri, s. the garfish, of which there areseveralspecies, viz. ; oiri ua, oiri hiutea.^ oiri rau- taro, oiri humus and oiri- rauape. Oiri, s. an axe or adze tied to the handle with sinnet. Oiri, V. n. to be in fear or alarm on account of approaching danger. Oiri, V. a. to fasten an adze by tying it to the handle with smnet. Oiriputa to, s. a man that has been overcome in war. [OMA Oiti, s. a small contracted pas- sage ; a small place ; a little corner. Oiti, s. a ladle like fishing net with a long handle. Oito, s. the hair of the head tied up. [the hair. — V. a. to tie up, or fillet up Oitoito, a. curly, applied to the human hair. Oivi, s. [^koivi^~\ the body of man or beast. Oivi, s. the body of a god, so were the taura or pretended prophets called. The man was the oivi, called also tino, possessed for the time by the god, and actuated by him. Oma, s. an adze ; see ioi. Oma, a. fallen, or sunk, as the cheeks when a person loses his teeth. Omaha, s. urine ; see mimi. — V, 11. to discharge the urine. Omai, s. drink to wash down a person's food. Omamao, s. the name of a singing bird about the size of a sparrow. Omamao tari aua, s. a tale bearer ; the figure is from the bird omamao carrying things from a garden to build its nest. Omao, s. the soft leaves of the fara tree. Omaoma, v. a. to banter, de- ride, call ill names. Omaoma, v. n. to make mouths in derision. Omaoma, a. Vile, contemptu- ous, as speech. [mao. Omaomao, s. the same as oma' Omaomao, s. a noisy, chatter- ing person, like the bird omaomao. OMl] Oinaomaopu-^fau,^. one species of the bird omaomao that has yellow feathers. Omata, s. the meshes of a net; see oana. Omatafes, s. the name of a species of reddish cocoanut. Omene, 5. the name of a moun- tain plantain. Omene, v. a. to double a stiff rope, or break a stick. Omene, v. a. to serve one's self, or take to one's self, to the exclusion of others, as in sharing food or property. Omenemene, v. a. to roll up or coil a rope : to make a thing of a roundish shape. — a. round, plump. Omenomeno, a. nauseous, dis- agreeable ; filthy, nauseous, as some evil practices. — V. n. to be disgusted by filthy things. Omeo, s. a painful itching be- tween the toes, occasioned . by walking bare-footed in dirty and wet weather. Ometometo, v. n. to be dis- gusted with a person or a thing. Omi, .?. the name of a small rock fish. Omii, s. the head of a beast, or fish ; see afii. Omiimii, a. curled, as the head of a man, or of a beast ; but oitoito is commonly used of the human hair. Omiimii, v. n. to be angry, snarling, or fretful. Omino, v. n. to go round. — adv. roundly, circuitously. Omino, v. a. to disappoint a person of his portion in shar- ing food ', see omene. 164 [OMU Ominomino, a. crooked, cir- cuitous. Ominomino, a. perverse. Omiomi, a. curled, or wrinkled. Omiomio, a. wrinkled ; see miomio. Oniira, v. a. to rub, and pre- pare the darts for the bow. Omire, v. a. the same as omira ; see mira. Omiri, v. a. to fondle over a person ; to handle. Omirimiri, v. a. to examine repeatedly ; see mirimiri. Omiritaa, v. a. to make much of a wife or children. Omito, s. a grudge, or displea- sure of mind. Omitomito, v, n. to indulge a grudge, or displeasure, on account of not possessing something that is desired. Omo, V. a. to introduce or put into, as food into a basket, property into a bag, &c. Omoe, adv. secretly, unawares. Omoi, s. a firebrand ^—fig^ an active man in warlike ex- ploits. Omoi, s. the last part of a feast. Omono, r.a. toputin; ^eeoomo„ Omono, V. a. to substitute one for another; see mono. Omore, s a war club. Omoro, s. the same as omore. Omoto, s. a cocoanut in the last state before the ripe opaa. Omotu, s. the name of a basket. Oinotu, s. a burning coal. Omotumotu, a. variegated, as a basket of various colours. Omou, f!. the top of a pine apple ; the top of a plant, or the top leaves, and branches. Oinua, s. a head, or fore-most one : a leader. ONE! 166 that Omuahea, s. a disease causes redness of skin. Oinuahea, s. a person most for- ward in business, but after- wards falls short of expec- tation. Omuaia, s. a person who, un- solicited, joins a party. Omuatao, s, the pointed part towards the end of a Tahi- lian spear. Omuhuniuhu, v. a. to whisper to the disadvantage of a per- son behind his back; seemuhu. Omumu, V. n. to whisper, or make a low noise by speaking. Omutamuta, v. n. to whisper, as omumu. O'na, poss. pron. his, hers, its; o and na. Ona, s. a little breeze of wind. Ona, adv. yonder, or there ; o and na. Ona, V. n. to recur, as a thought, or sickness. [or shrimp. Onana, s. a species of prawn Onaona, s. whiskers. Onaona, a. acrid, unpleasant. — a. unpleasant, as speech ; unceasing, as evil. Onaona, v. n. to recur fre- quently, as thoughts ; or to return, as sickness of the stomach. [ed. Onaonao, a. variegated, adorn- One, s. sand, dust, earthy par- ticles. One, i;.n. to wrestle; seemaona. Oneenee, v. n. to creep slowly ; see nf>e. Oneeuretopa, s. extreme de- crepitude, or extreme list- lessness. [see o and Tjci. Onei, adv. here, at this place; Oncone, a. sandy, gritly ; not well mixed. Onevaneva, s. giddiness, or dizziness of the head. Oni, s. the male of beasts, birds, insects, fishes, &c. Oni, r. a. to climb a tree with- out the cord or line usually employed. Oniania, s. giddiness, the effect of disease or of drunkenness. Oniania, v. n. to be stirring a little, as a soft breeze. Onihi, V. n. to withdraw from a person ; to slide. Onihi, V. a. to untie, to set loose. Onihi, V, n. to glide ; to wear away. Oniho, s. the name of a disease resembling the chicken pox. Onihoniho, s. the prickly heat. Onihoniho, a. approaching to rottenness, as fruit lying on the ground, or wet with salt water. Onihu, s. a prayer, or words used in planting the post of a house, Onioni, v. n. to swell and boast, as a wrestler. Onioni, a. lumpy, not reduced to proper pulp. Onini, s. the first forming of the fruit or berries of some trees, after the blossom falls. Oninoniijo, a. uneven, not plain and smooth. Onivaniva, v. n. to be dizzy, having a confused vision iti consequence of sickness, or of a blow on the head. Ono, a. number six in counting ; see fene. Ono, .9. the name of a large savage fish. Ono, 5. an avenger of blood. Ono, V. a. to fix one's affection on another person. OOA3 Ono, V. a. to exchange one thing for another ; to join one piece to another. Ono, s. a substitute ; see mono. Onoaraiava, .9. an undaunted brave warrior. Onohe, s. a person that dies merely of age. — V. n. to pine from age, not disease ; to pine away through grief, not bodily disorder. Onohi, V. n. to crouch, slide down, or falling into a sit- ting posture. Onohi, s. suicide ; see faaaau. — V. n. to commit self murder. Onohinohi, v. n. to loiter, hang back through fear. Onoono, v. n. to be urgent, pressing in desire. — adv. urgently, pressingly, vehemently. • — a. anxious, pressing ; also delightful. Onoono, V. a. to endeavour to please and gain the affection of a person ; to place the affection on a person ; to make much of a person ; see mafeono. Onounou, s. covetousness ; see nounou. — V. n. to covet, to wish for the possession of something not obtained, and regret the want of it. Onunu, V. n. to retire. Oo, s. a large hole : the hollow between two waves. Oo, v.n. to sound, as water near boiling. Oo, ?'. n. to cluck, as a hen ; make noise, as a lizard. Oo, s. flatulency, or griping of the bowels. Ooa, s. a creek of the sea, or 166 [OOM of a river ; a small turning of a valley between high lands. Ooairaa, v. a. to annoy persons while eating by digging up the dust near them. Ooao, s. the name of a large tree ; the leaves and bark of which are used medicinally. Ooaha, s. the name of a shrub. Ooaha, s. a breeder of dis- turbance. — V. a. to breed disturbance by evil speaking. Ooea, s. the name of a bird ; see parcva. Oohioa,5. giddiness of the head. — V. n. to be giddy or dizzy. Oohu, s. a wrapper of leaves with fish, &c., inside. Ooi, a, sharp, as an edged tool. Ooia, a. swift, as a current of water. Ooiee, s. the same as oi'e, which see. Ooina, a. rapid, swift, as a current. — adv. impetuously, furiously. Ooma, 5. the human heart; see mofatu. Ooma, 5. delight ; propensity. Oomahere, s. something de- liglited in, a darling. Oomamanava, s. some disorder of the stomach. Oomi, V. n. to frown, to knit the brows. Oomiomi, v. n. to frown re- peatedly, [led. Oomiomi, a. crumbled, wrink- Oomo, v.a. to put in, introduce, such as the hand into a bag ; see tinao. Oomu, V. a. to bake food, such as mahi unkneaded, unpre- pared. OOP] Oona, a. state ; to be low spirited through grief. OROl Orofea, s. a glutton ; see orohea. Orofeto, s. the name of a fish of the stingray kind. Orofeto, V. n. to be choking ; to be unable to eat or swal- low on account of alarm ; not eatable, as some kinds of food. Orohea, s. a person of a most voracious appetite. Orohea, s. a warrior ; one not satiated with fighting. Orohea, a. populous, as a place of many inhabitants. Orohena, s, the name of the highest mountain in Tahiti. Orohena, 5. the upper fin of fish. Oroi, V. n. to be out of perpen- dicular, as a wall, or a house. Oroi, V. n. to turn, as the wind to another quarter ; to alter the course, as a ship. Oroi, a. dark,disnial,asa place. Oroi, v.a. to inform, take leave ; see poroL Oroio, V. n. to give one's self to grief and death ; seefaa- aau and onohi. Oromatua, s. the skull of a dead relative preserved, as was formerly the custom. It was wrapped up in cloth, and at certain times, (such as a case of sickness, &c.,) it was pro- duced, when the priest made prayers to the Oromatua, in the po or night, for the resto- ration of the sick. Oromatua, s. the ghosts of the dead, who were supposed to be transformed into a sort of inferior gods, but of a male- volent disposition, and there- fore prayers were addressed to them to coax them from doing uiischief. 173 [orio Oromatua ai aru, ,s. a fierce oromatua, said to come from the po or other world, to kill and destroy the living. Oromatua nihoniho roroa, s. the god, or semi god that came, as was supposed, to strangle and eat some surviving re- lations. Orometua, s. an instructor of any sort, either of religion, or of any art, or trade, Orometua, s. an example, copy, or pattern. Oromi, v. n. to disappear, or be lost sight of suddenly. Oromoo, s. some disease ; the thrush of children. Oronau, s. some unknown voice or shouting, supposed to be heard at different times as a sign of war. Oronau, s. an uncommon con- sumer of food ; a cannibal. - — a. ravenous, immoderately eager for food. Orooro, s. an ornament of fea- thers used for religious pur- poses, and also worn by warriors. Orooro, v. a. to rub a thing ; to rub between the hands. Orora, s. the name of a small shell fish. Orotava, s. a species of the cockle fish. Orotefa, a. vain, proud, assum- ing consequence. Orotemu, s. the name of a small fish. Orotemu, v. n. to shrink away, withdraw from notice. Oroto, s. inside, the place within. OrotoroU), s. the inmates of a house. OTA] Orotoii, s. the name of a moun- tain. Oroua, a. decrepit through age. Orouto, a. unripe, as fruit; not sufficiently done, as cooked food ; dry, as a breast. Orouto, V. n. to be choked through eating eagerly. Orovaao, s. a caterpillar. Orovaru, s. a sunken hole in the ground. Orovi, V. n. to be cowed, made timorous. Oru, 5. a swelling. — V. n. to swell ; to grow big with rage ; to rebound, as a ship in firing great guns. Orua, pron. dual, you two, to the exclusion of others. Oruhi, s. a certain crab when out of the shell. Oruirui, a. feeble, languid, wanting firmness. — V. n. to be languid, void of exertion. Orure, v. a. to provoke, stir up miscliief. Orurehau, s. a rebel, disturber of the peace. — r. a. to disturb the peace, or government. Ota, s. chaff, bran, refuse. Ota, a. raw, as meat undressed. Ota, V, a. to fell, or cut down a tree. [as of cloth. Otaa, s. a ball, roll, or bundle, Olaa avaava, s. a quid, or chew of tobacco. Otaetae, s. the tree atae. Otaha, s. the man of war bird. Otahaati, s. an otaha perfectly black. Otahaharorai, s. an otaha that flies very high. Otahataaia, s. a term used for a fisherman. 174 [OTE Otahaumauma, s. an otaha with gills like a cock. Otahi, a. one ; also only. Otai, s. the name of a fish. Otai, s. an enofasfement at sea. Otaivaha, v. a. to exaggerate, to represent things greater and better than they are. Otaota, a. lumpy, not reduced to a pulp. Otapere, s. a hole that is large below and small above. Otaratara, s. a wriggler, always moving and uneasy. — V. n. to be always moving and uneasy. Otaratara, v. n. to stand aloof from danger. Otare, s. an orphan. Otarepape, s. a thick or watery- cloud, with wind. Otaro, s. a ball, or roll, as of cloth or paper. — V. a. to roll up into a ball. Otatare, s. the name of a bird resembling the woodpecker. Otate, a. abortive, as gourds, melons, &c. Otau, s. the roots of the oraa» •U-Ote, V. a. to suck, or draw the breast. [of bread fruit. Otea, s. the name of a species Otea, V. n. to walk with the legs wide apart. Oteatea, a. whitish ; see teatea. Oteatea, s. the blossom of the plantain. Oteatea, v. n. to lag behind, as a weary traveller. Otefa, V. n. to be vainly ad- miring one's self. Otemu, s. the name of a fish, which on being seen, recedes into a hole, so as to be lost. — V. n. to recede, from siffht. to shrink back OTI] 175 [OTti Otinio, ?;. a. to slander, speak ill of a person. Otimotimo, v. a. to slander a person repeatedly. Otipi, s. the name of a fishing- net. Otipi, V. n. to g-o aside ; see ohipa e. Otiore, s. the name of a grada- tion of fa^aw among the arioi; see tatau. Otioti, V. a. to cut repeatedly with an instrument. Otiotio, s. the name of a small fish. a. proud, self con- -j— Oto, s. weeping, crying ; the noise of the sea on the reef; the singing of birds, insects, &c. -^~Oto, s. grief, sorrow ; see tai. Otemu, a. unstable, not to be trusted. Otemu, ado. hesitatingly, re- luctantly. Otemutemu, v. n. to recede, to shrink back repeatedly. Oteo, a. gaudy, showy in dre^, &c. Oteo, V. n. to shoot, or bud, as a plant. Oteote, s. little spots in the grain of wood. Ott ote, V. a. to suck repeatedly. Oteote, s. some spots on the skin. [ceited. Oteoteo Oteretere, v. n. to move slowly, creep along. Oteu, s. the name of one spe- cies of taro. Oteu, V. n. to bud, or sprout, as a plant. — Oti, V. n. to be done or finished; see faaoti. Oti, V. n. to recoil, as a gun or cannon after explosion. Oti, s. a fowl of variegated feathers. Oti, s. the cry of the bird ota- tare over a person, which was supposed to be ominous of death. ^ Otia, .?. a boundary, limit, or land mark. Otia, s. the name of a large fish of the whale kind. Otiapohue, s. the name of an idolatrous feast. Otiataie, v. n. to be in advance of others, as a ship, boat, or canoe ; to be a- head, or first in advance. Otiaverevere, v. n. to be in a straggling state, as the inha- bitants of a place. — V. n. to cry, grieve. weep. lament, Oti, V. a. to cut, as with a knife. — Oto, v. n, to sound, as a bell. or instrument. Oto, V. a. to condole ; to con- g-ratulate. Otohaa, s. condolence, on ac- count of the death of a per- son, the departure 01 a friend, &c. Otohe, V. 11. to slide, to retreat. Otohe, V. a. to make an excuse. Otohe raa, s. an excuse, an apology. [the mahi. Otohi, s. a modern name for Otore, V. a. to embowel ; see at ore. Otu, s. see Tw, the name of a god, and of the late king-. Otua, V. n. to lie on the back. Otue, s. a promontary, or head land jutting into the sea. Otue, .9. peaks or tops ; the ends of the fingers, &c. Otuhituhi, a. of a greyish co- lour ; see ohinahina. OUOJ Otiii, V. a. to box ; to push away a person or thing ; to butt, thuinp, or ram. Otui, 1?. a. to join or amass to- gether. Otui, V. n. to beat, as the pulse of an artery. Otuiate, s. an acute disease of the stomach or liver, attend- ed with high pulsation. Otuitui, V. a. to butt, thump, or ram repeatedly. Otuitui, V. n. to stutter, or stam- mer in speaking ; to be put in repeated motion, as a thing agitated, or as a report. Otnnmtumu, a. short, stumpy, as the grass where cattle has been feeding. Otutu, a. ill savoured, such as the disagreeable smell of rotten mahi^ &c. [kind. Otuu, s. a bird of the heron Ou, V. a. to pull off the bark of a young tree in a line jjarallel to the trunk whence it comes ; to put the head of a person towards the ground. O'u, pron. poss. of the first person singular, my, mine, of mine ; see a'w, ta'u^ to'u. Oua, s. the fish called porpoise. Ona, V. a. to leap, bound, or jump. Duma, 5. the breast or bosom. Oumapao, s. a climber of trees for bread-fruit, &c. Oumu, s. the sour paste called wa/iz, when ill worked, or when of a bad quality. Ouriu, V. n. to recede, or hang behind, retreat. Ounuunu, v. n. to return, or re- treat repeatedly. Ouo, .?. a cocoanut, before the kernel forms. Ouo, s. a score cut at the end of a log" of timber for fas- tening a rope. Oura, s. the prawn or shrimp. Oura pape, s. a fresh water shrimp. Oura tai, s. a salt water shrimp. Ouraura, a. reddish, as the co- lour of a beast. Oura vaero, s. the craw fish, or lobster. Ouru, s. the name of a small tree that grows on the low islands. Ouru, s. the end or point of a thing ; see auru. Outeute, r/,. reddish, or inclin- ing to red ; see ouraura. Outou, pron. second person plural, you or ye, three or more. Outu, s. a promontary ; seeotue. Ovae, s. a child that presents the feet at the birth. Ovaha, s. a sort of a rock plant. Ovai, pron.relativeyViho^. used interrogatively. Ovai, s. a current of water ; see opape. Ovai, 5. shrimps : see ouape. Ovaivai, s. a sucking pig. Ovare, i. the name of a fish. Ovarevare, a. scanty, as the belly of food, the land of inhabitants, &c. Ovarivari, s. the name of a sea insect. Ovarivari, v. n. to be slack, as a rope that had been tight ; or the belly after abstinence. Ovarivari, a. empty, slack , sluggish, inactive. Ovaro, V. a. to put the out side in of the bread- fruit leaf, when wrapping pieces of maki for baking-. oVi] 175^ Ovaru, s. a g-arden or enclosure overrun with weeds. Ovatavata, s, the name of a species of plantain. Ovau, pron. sing, of the first person, I ; see vau. Ovava, a. careltss, worthless, idle, as a vagrant. Ovava, s. the'nareie of a certain song- ; see pehe, Ovea, s. the name of a small fish. Oveo, s. the name of one kind of taro. Oveoveo, s. taro, the same as ovco. Oveoveo, a. clamorous, noisy, as a woman that is generally scolding-. Overe, a, slovenly, untidy ; see iofeto. Ovi, a. athletic, powerful ; also hard, as food. Oviri, a. wild, untamed. Oviri, V. a. to give a turning motion to a cocoanut in throwingitdownfrom a tree, that it may not split. Oviriviri, s. the name of a shrub bearing red berries. Oviriviri, s. the cry of the bird omaomao. Ovivt, V. n. to be cast down, dispirited, brought into sub jection by force or appre- hension. — a. cowardly, timorous. [PA A IS a letter extensively used in Tahitian, and is pro- nounced as p in put ; but is sometimes softened so as nearly to approach the sound of b. Pa, 5. a term of reverence an- swering' to father, and com- monly used by children in addressing their father, and common people their chief; see patea. \_patia. Pa, s. a fence or hedge ; see Pa, s. a small enclosed place sacred to the young king or chief; also such a place sa- cred to the use of the upaupa dancers. Pa, V. a. to give, or bestow ; see horoa. Pa, a. barren, as a woman that had ceased to bear children. Paa, s. the external crust of bread fruit, &c. Paa, s. scales on the skin ; the hoops of a cask. Paaa, v. n. to grow to great maturity, as trees or plants that are not molested. Paaa, v. a. to track by the ten- drils of a vine, such as the yam, in order to find out the root. Paaamotu, s.avine broken from its root; — Jig. an agreement broken, or not regarded. Paaara , a. dry , as a gar- ment when dried in the sun. Paae, s. some supposed crime punished by the gods ; the punishment supposed to be inflected ; see pahara. Paae, v. a. to rake ; to train or drng along. Aa PA A] IB iPaaehere, s. tlie cavally fish ; see paarnuhere. Paaerepo, s. a rake. Paaha, s. a little sinnet fastened to a wooden dish for the pur- pose of hanging it up ; also a string fastened to a fed turtle. Paahi, v. a. to scrape off the soft fleshy substance from the seeds of the pandanus when Ihey are eaten. PaahW, s. cloth for an infant, swaddling cloth. Paahu, V. a. to dig the earth ; see utaru. Paahue, s. an iron, or wooden hoop. •Paaiea, s. the name of a small crab. Paaiea, a. mature, grown to yoerfeclion, as a plant ; well informed or skilled, applied to a person. Paaiu, V. n. to rustle, as the wind ; spring up, as a breeze of wind. ' Paamea, s. the boneto fish. Paamoa, s.the boneto, the same as paamea. Paamuhere, s. the cavally fish ; see urua. Paana, a. strong, vigorous, healthy. Paaoao, a. dwarfish, diminutive in size, diminished through illness ; see aao. Paaoroa,u.p. gone, consumed; see pau. Paupaa, a. scorched, dried up by heat ; over done, as baked or roasted food. Paapaamaehe, a. dried up, dry. Paapaamar6, a. dry, as land ; dry land, in opposition to the sea, or to marshy ground. [1»aA Paara, s. certain sticks or staves used by the mourners for the dead ; see heva. Paara, v. a. to strike against a thing, as a paddle against the Side of a canoe ; to strike the canoe, as a signal. Paara, v. a. to try to trip each other , as boys in their game of walking on stilts. Paarara, s. the name of a fresh water eel. Paare, s. sickness at stomach ; sea sickness. Paareare, a. calm, when the water is wiihout a ripple. Paareare, s'. sea sickness, sick- ness at stomach. -Paari, s. wisdom, knowledge, skill, cunning. — a. wise, knowing, skilful, cunning. [hard. -Paari, a. mature, old, ripe ; Paaro, v. a. to excavate, or hol- low out, as in takingthe ker- nel out of a cocoanut, or fish out of a shell. Paarovai, v. a. to scoop the kernel out of a cocoanut while the water remains in it. Paata, v. n. to coine within view, as the moon in rising. Paata, v. a. to excite merriment or laughter. Paatahi, a. enveloped ia one folding. Paatahi, a. large, as the plat- ted leaves oY a native basket ; also one sided, as water when running on one side of the channel. Paato, V. a. to lop off the tops of plants, or leaves ; to pick up some sorts of fruit. Paatoa, adv. generally ; alsa universally. PAti] Paatoa, a. general, commo!i ; universal. Paatoato, v. a. to lop off', or pluck leaves or fruit repeat- edly. Paau, s. the name of a coarse kind of native cloth. Paau, s. a comb ; see paliere. Paau, V. a. to skim off from the surface of a thing". Paauara, 5. the name of an ex- cellent root like a potato, but has a vine like the yam. Paauara, s. the name of a de- licious small fish. Paave, v. a. to suspend, or hang up ; see faauia. Paave, v. a. to carry, or con- vey on the back. Paave piripou, ,?. a suspender to keep up a pair of trousers. Pae, .5. side, part, division, or dividend. Pae, s, a block, stone, or any thing put under to fix and support the joists under a floor, sill, threshhoM, &c. Pae, s. the uncastrated male of animals. Pae, v.n. to drift, go to lee- ward, as a boat, ship, &c. Paea, s. an inferior species of bread-fruit. Paea, s. a division set apart. Paearua, ?. of botii sides. Paeau, s. a side or division. Paeavae, s. a foot stool ; a place by the feet. Pace, V. a. to skin off; to scrape, or take off what is on the surface. Paehere, s. a darling. Paenapu, a. dry, as by the sun. — V. n. to dry, as by the sun. Paepiti, s. the same 'ds jjaear a a,, also pacnpiti. 179 [PAP Paeore, .9. a species o£ fara or pandanus, the leaves of which are used for mats. Paeore, s. the name of a fish. Paepae, 5. a pave ment of stones ; scaffolding for a building ; a platform ; the pavement of a marae. Paepaea, a. narrow, confined. Paepaeahutae, s. an even pave- ment. Paere, s. the name of a lean sort of fish. Paere, a. lank, lean ; taata paere^ a lean man. Paero, ,9. [from the Eng. pail,'\ a pail, bucket, or cask. Paetaeta, 5. the name of a bird, Paetaaaitu, 5. the name of a certain ceremony and pray- ers previous to war engage- ments. Paetahi, adv. partly, partiall}', in some degree. Paete, v. n. to be made angry, to feel displeasure. Paeteete, adu. tardily, ineffi- ciently. Paevahine, s. a man that pays extraordinary attention to the other sex; an effeminate man. Pafai, V. a. to pluck, or break off fruit, flowers, &c. Pafaifai, v. a. to pluck off fruit, &c., repeatedly. Pafaite, s. the north-west wind. Pafao, s. a fish«hook ; see pifao. Pafao, V. a. to use certain en- chantments. Pafata, s. a cage, a box ; see afata. Pafataatuu, s. the name of a tree. Pafeofeo, a. abundance, applied to food, &c. PA II] J Paha, s. a wild boar. Paha, adv. perhaps, peradven- ture, may be. Pahae, v. a. lo rend or tear, 80 such as cloth. papei &c. Pahahae, v. a. to rend or tear ; to cause divisions. Pahahi, s. an error or mistake. — V. n. to fall into an error or mistake. Pahahoi, adv. yes surely, cer- tainly so, so it is indeed. Pahara, s. judgment or punish- ment inconsequence of some offence to the gods. Paharahara, s. the same as pa- hara. Paheahea, adv. inefficiently, ineffectually. Pahee, v. n. to slide or slip, as the foot; to ebb or flow back, as the tide ; see pananu. Paheehee, a. slippery, as the road. Paheheru, v. a. to search re- peatedly. Pahemo, v. n. to slip off; see hemo^ maherno. Pahemohemo, v. n. to slip off repeatedly. Paheo, s. a lazy lounging fel- low that spends his time use- lessly, [child. Paheo, a. indulged, as a spoiled Pahere, s. a comb ; seepahoro. — V. a. to comb the head. Pahere, v. a. to pare off the rind or outside of cold bread- fruit that has been baked : to pare off the skin of the ti apple, &c. Paherehere a iri, v. ii.iohe but merely skin deep, spoken of a slight wound. Paheri, v. a. to search, turn over things in searching. [PA II Paheru, i;. a. to scratch, as a hen ; to dig and search for a thing; to make a thorough search. Paheruateve, v.a.io amass food or property. Paheruheru, v. a, to search again and again, to continue to search ; also to pry into or examine the affairs of others. Pahi, s. a ship, boat, or Pau- motu canoe. Palii, s. a spray of the sea. Pahi, V. a. to splash the water that it may wet a person. Pahiha, v. a. to miss aim, make a wrong step. Pahii, s. an infant's cloth, or little mat. Pahiihii, s. a certain mode of fishing. a lazy person ; see paheo. Pahipahi, v. n. to be teazt d, as by a frovvard child ; see haa- pahi. — v n. to be vexed with cares and anxieties. Palutafarau, s. a ship or bnat that remains in its covered shed ; — Jig. a person that is seldom from home. Pahitirere, a. startling, causing to startle. — v. n. to startle ; see hitimaue. Paho, s. first-fruit ; see oho. Paho, v. n. to be first in ad- vance, as before an army. Pahoa, s. a bill hook. Pahoa. V. n. to prepare the bark for the making of the native cloth. Pahoa, v. a. to demand some- thing peremptorily, as with authority. Pahio, s. PAIIJ 181 Pahaahoa, v, a. to demand re- peatedly. Pahoatia, s. an angry saying, sudden burst of anger. Pahano, i?, a. to splice or join things together ; to finish a work that another had com- menced. Pahonoa , s. that which had been joined together ; the band, or that which binds. Pahonohono, v. a.tojoin things together repeatedly. Pahore, a. v. to flay or skin , peel oflf'theoutwardcovering; see hohorc^ to excoriate. Pahoro , s. a comb see pahere, Pahoro , s. a painful swelling of the foot or hand. Pahoro, .9. a species of the par- rot fist. 4~Ji-^i . Pahoro, v. a. to comb the head, to rake ground. Puhorohoro, v. a. to be in pain as a glutton after orer loa- ding his stomach. Pahou , 5. the name of some disease of the head. Pahou, a. young , new, late , see hou. Pahou, V. a. to pierce or bore. Pahu, s. fPa'uJ the drum, of which the Tahit^ans had se- veral sorts used for diversion or worship of the gods. Pahu, v.n. to be dammed up as water, stopped or pent up as any liquid. Pahu , V, n. to spatter up as soft mud when carelesly trod upon. Pahua, s. a species of gigantic oyster. Pahuhu , V. n. to draw a thing through the hand , as a wet rope, to press out the water. [PA I Pahunena, a. full , as of food, property &c# Pahure, a. bald, without hair ; without branches. Pahure, v. n. to be excoriated as the skin. Pahurehure, v.n. to be excoria- ted repeatedly. Pahuri, s. the name of a mode of fishing; the name of a fis- hing net. Pahuri, v. a. to turn over hori- zontally. Pahuruhuru, s. a slovenly ca- reless person. Pahurutoea, s. the name of a very small fish. Pahurutoeo, s. the name of a powerful fish that often brea- ks the fishing net ; see hiroa. ' Pahute, a. abundant, plentiful. Pahutini , a. full, congregated, as many people. Pahutoere, s. the name of the longdrumused in the marae. Pai, s. the nipple ofanimals. Pai, s. the rough skin caused by puncturing for marking the tahu. Pa'i , adv. surely , even so; see pahahoi. Pai, a. dry, as a breast thathas no milk. Pai, V. a. to wrap up carefully as fish in leaves to be baked. Paia, a. slippery ; smooth. Paia, s. sodomy; see aipai. Paia, cong. because, on account of. Paiaa, s. the roots , long and small of a tree or plant. Paiare, s. a species of shark whose skin was used fordrutn heads. Paiatai , s. the flying fish; see inarara. PAi>] 182 Paiatiare, s. the name of a cer- tain heathen custom or cere- niQnyjwhen some restrictions, in regard of female children, were removed. Paialua, s. an idolatrous cere- mony on the new decoration of the too or image of a god; see too. Paie, s. abundle or wrapper containig a quantity of the tahitian fish sauce called taiero; see mitiero. Paiere, a. clear as the sky; clear as a garden. Paieti , s. fEncjL piety J piety, godliness. Paifee, s. the stump of one of the feelers of the cuttle fish when it has been bitten off by another fish; see fee. Paitee, s. the name of a species of bread fruit. Paihi, V. a. to root out, extir- pate; see ihiturnkt^ Paihu, *. the name of a part of the nojse ; also a part of a canoe. Paimi, v.a, to search, seek; see ■maimi. Paina, s. a crasliing noise, a crashing like the breaking of a stick. Painu, V. n. to go adrift; see panu. Paino, s. a familiar term of endearment used by a child in addressing his father; see pa and pa tea. Paio, V. a. to arrange adjust a matter, or affair. ! Paipai, s. the sea blubber. Paipai, v, a. to drive a tii ' or demon out of a person I supposed to be posessed. [PAN Paipaiata, a. populous, full of inhabitants. Paipaita taata, 5. the nettle or stinging fish. Paira, s. a mark or scar, as that .of a warrior. Pairia, 5. sudden anger, see iritty riri, Paita, s. great anger. Paitaita , v. n. to be affected witli great anger, to rage. Paitaita , v. n." to be affected with cold, see toetoe. Paiti, s. a term of endearment addressed to a father, see pa and iti. paiti, V. a. to snatch or pick up as the fish from a net, or drag of leaves ; to gather small things. Paiti, a. n. to think deliberate- ly and examine. Paiti iti, v. n. to think delibe- rately and repeatdly, exami- ne with care; see paio , /"e- ruri. Paito, a, vigilant , dexterous as a workman. Paitoito, a. as paito, adroit, dexterous. Paiuma, v.n. to climb or ascend; see ae. Pamu, s.{Angl.pumpJa. pump^ formaly y*aaAe. Pamu, V. n. to pump as in a ship. Panu, s. a case or wrapper containing food. Pana, s. the name of an amu- sement of children. Pana , v. a. to search or feel for a thing by means of some instrument ; to raise up a thing with a lever or bar; to move or turn over with a hand spike; to toss or kick a foot ball. Panafara, s. the name of a species of bread fruit. Panai, s. a ridge or stratum. Panai, v.n. to stand in a line or row:see nanaiio be straijrht. Panane,u. a. to mix up, or stu' some kind of food with a spoon or stick. Pananenane, v. a. to stir up , or mix food repeatedly. Pananu, v. n. to flow a^ the tide of the sea. Panao. v. a. to introduce the hand into an opening-, bag or basket; see tinao. Panaonao, v. a. to introduce the hand repeatedly into a bag , basket, &c. Panapana, v. a. to poke repea- tedly. Panave, v. n. to be in trouble , nsed ironically ; see nave^mve which signifies pleasure. Pane, s. the long lobes in so- me cases of the elephantiasis having divisions between them called pane; seefatia. Pane, s. /Latin panisj bread a loaf. Panehenehe, s. the first nsh obtained in a net ; the first person killed in a war. Panena. a. spread out ; stret- ched out smooth as native cloth; see nena. Panepane,?;. n. to have many lobes, as afeefeeleg. Pani, s. fEngl. pan J a kettle, pot, sauce pan. Pani, u. a. to close, or shut up a breach; see papam. Pani, V. a. the upper shell of the tete; a sort of a hand bell made of pearl oyster shells, iP\6 and beaten as a token of mourning for the dead. Paniarua, s. a human sac«'ifice offered at the close ol sr- tain prayers^and ceremonies. Panina, v. a. to cover as with mould or earth. Panino, v. a. to twist or spin; see nino. Panipani, v. a. to close or shut up a breach ; to rectify mis- understandings ; to hide a- thing. Panitatui, s. the name of a certain heathen ceremony , relative to a deceased per- son, in order to prevent his spirit from returning to anoy the living. Panitutui s. the name of a ce- remony observed in order to purify a place defiled by the dead. Paniuru, vthe highest part of the back of the neck. Paniuru, 5. a species of pipe clay.' Panoo , s. a board in the stern of a canoe. Panoonoo,^. agitation of mind, aniety. Panoonoo, v. n. to be anxious or uneasy in mind, as in time of war &c. Panu, V. n. to go adrift. Pao, s. a meteor, commonly called a shooting star. Pao, V. a. to seize or snatch suddenly, as adogdoesa piece ofmeat. Pao, 5. the name of a fiih. Pao, V, a. to dig , excavate or hollow out a piece of timber or a stone ; to dig out a hol- low place ; to beat or bruise OF CAUFOgS PA 01 ^B4 the bark of a tree that the sap may run out. Puo , V. a. to strike and lace- rate the head with sharks teeth, as was formerly the custom of the women in to- ken of grief, or affection. Paoa, s. a mode of fishing; see tautai. Paoa, s. the nostrils, called also apoo ihu. Paoa, 5. a hole or crevice ap- plied to such places in the rocks as the foot might be placed in in climbing. Paoaoa, a. narrow, as a piece of timber. Paoaoa , v. n. to whine , or speak with a low tone of voice. Paoaora, s. applied to a family when the different branches of it are all alive. Paoapohe, s. a family that be- comes extinct in its several branches. Pahoe, a. neat. Paoho , s. a loud squalling laugh, as of one that wishes to be noticed. Paoho, s. to go boldly in ad- vance as a warrior ; to leap as a fish inclosed in a net. Paoi , adv. a contraction of jjahahoi^ surely, even so, so it is , indeed, certainly, s.=>e paha. Paoo, V. n. to be consumed, expended , all gone. Paoo, s. the bark of the outeox china mulberry tree when in a state oP preparation for being pasted together; see ahu. Paonoono, v. n. to sleep undis- turbedly. Paopao, V. a. to strike the head [PAl* repeatedly with sharks teeth; to dig, hollow out with re- peated strokes. Paopao, v.n. to be bespattered, as with mud. Paora, v. n. to be dried up as land through want of rain. Paora, a, dry, hard by reason of drought. Paorae, a. strait, confined; see paepaea. Paora tu mato, s. the name of a tree that grows in the roc- ks, the same as the aeae. Paoroao, v. v. to be wasted by disease: see nao. Paotaota, a. parboiled , half boiled or roasted. Paoti, s a pair of scissors , or nippers. Paoti, V. a- to cut or clip with scissors. Paoto, V. n. to be violently an- Paoto oto, V n, to be repea- tedly angry. Paoutuiaro, .s. the name of a little fish which manages cunningly to escape leaving others to be taken ^JiQ. one that leads others into diffi- culties, but escapes himself. Papa, s. a board ; a seat ; a flat stone. Papa, s a rock ; a stratum of rock ; the shoulder blade. Papa, V. n. to fly or crtick as a stone in the fire. Papa, a. flying, cracking, bre- aking as some stones that willnot bear the fire. Papaa, s. a series of facts or occurrences ; a certain range or class of things, such as is- lands , countries &c. rAP3 Papaa, g. a foreigner, former- ly applied to the inhabitants of the Paumotu islands be- fore europeans visited them, but since to all foreigners; in some islands it is papa^ lanyy. Papaa, a, foreign , not belon- ging to the place. Papaa, s. the general name of crabs. Papaaaha , s. a person of longstanding in a place; an intelligent person. Papaaaha, s. a fleet, or army preparing for wpr. Papaafara, s. a person that ne- ver ceases talking and scol- ding ; see hvnrc paa. pa pa ate , v. n. to be whole, without crack or breach , as a board, slate &c., Jitj, to be in league together ; to be complete in a branch of knowledge. Papaatuaetaeta, 5. a species of crab with a very hard shell ; fig. a relentless warrior, Papaatua fare, s. aside or back part of a house. Papaaluahonu, s. a sort of crab with a turtle back. Papaatuarau, s. a heap or pile of many parts, ^j;. an accu- mulation of vaiious crimes. papaa tuavaru, s. an accumula- ted heap. Papae, s. the name of a fish. Papae, v. n. to drive before the wind , as a ship. papae,s. a timorous person , a coward. Papae, v. a, to use indirect means of seduction. Pa pah i, s. the sun fish, foi, i^erly sacred to the gods. 185 i^pAP Papahi , s. a fat animal ^ or man. Papahia, s. the name of a stool or block on which fruits &c, are beaten into a pulp. Papahia, v. a. to beat bread fruit, plantains &c, on the block papahia ; to pound as in a mortar ; also to break to shivers, Papahoro, s. a board used for swimming in the surf in the native pastime ofhnaue. Papahoro, .«. a bearer, such as carried the king on the shoulders. Papahu.'ia, v. a. to trace genea- logy ; see mtfaiu Papai, V. a. to strike, beat, chastisfe ; see taia. Papai, V. a. to write. Papai, V. a. to recite a t?le ; see ta. Papai, V. a. to mark the skin with ihe tufau: Papai. V. a. to make , and use a net ; see upea, Papai, V, a. to make a fish hook , work at house build- . ing, making a cariOe or a boat ; to chop fire wood, &c. Papai, V. a. to play as children in their game of papai faa pohue. Papai, 5. a species of plantain. Papai, s. a rod, or w eapon to strike with. Papai au, v. n. to be wasted through disease. Papai au, a. thin, lean; see tutoivi. Papae, s. a wrappe; for fish sauce, &c. Papaina, s. a cracking sharp noise. Papaina, v,n. to make a ciack- . n to be wearied, or dis- gusted. Poina, V. n. to forget; see moi- na. Poini, s. the name of a basket ; see moini. Poinipeho, s. a basket with cor- ners. Poiniuri, s. a large sort of bas- ket. Poino, s an ill natured, ill be- haved fellow. — intj. an exclamation of sor- row, as wo ! alas 1 Poiouma, s. the place between the breasts. Poipoi, s. (pongipongi, ponipo' 7?t,) the morning. Poiri, s, darkness ; seepouri. — a. dark, obscure. Poito, s. pieces of wood or cork, used in the upper side of a fishing net. — s. the buoy of an anchor. Poitopa. s. a man that has a large projecting belly. Poivaiva, s. the dusk of even- ing; see ahiahi. Poivehi, s. a strong, gigantic person. Pomairiavai, s. an ill tempered person ; ill nature. Pomaoao, a. superticial, in- [POO applied to a significant ; speech. Pona, s, a knot, a tie, or bind- ing. — s. a joint of the finger or toe. Ponaivi, s. the joint, or joining of the bones. Ponao, s. a thimble ; a razor case. — s.B. padlock. Ponapona, a. knotty, having joints, as the sugar cane or bamboo. Ponaponao, s. insatiable appe- tite. Ponataamoo, s. the joints of the back bone. Ponaturi, 5. the knee joint. Ponia, *. the young, imperfect nut, just forming on the co- coanut tree. — s. the hair of the head, when standing up by fright. Pono, «. right or straight; see tia^ but this word is more used in other dialects. — V, a. to direct straight for- ward, as in sailiiig to some place. Ponopono auta, v. a. to direct the course from one headland to another. Ponotia, v. a. to make a direct course to a place. Pononiairauai a Taaroa, s. blindness, great darkness. Poo, V. a. to slap with the open hand on a person's own breast, as the wrestlers used to clo in giving chal- lenge. Pooa, V. n. to be washing hwov, applied to the land when di- minishing by the wash of the sea or rivers. Dd POP] Poohu, s. an irilet or strait; see roia. Poopoo. a. deep as a hole ; sunk- en, depressed. — V. n. to be sunken, or fallen low. — s. the name of a childrens' play. poopaotati, s. the name of an indecent dance. Popohu, s. the upper part of the /t/, or mark, at which tlie reeds are shot ; see ini. Popo, V. a, to clap hands, as fishermen sometimes do ; to pat slightly with the hand. Popo, s. the core or matter of a sore, see papo. Popoa. s. an indented place in a breadfruit. Popoi, V. a. to clap the hand as in surprise. — V. n. to beckon wilh the hand. — • ^. a sort of soft pudding made of plaintain, &c. Popoo, V. a. to be hollow, in- dented, sunken. Popone, s. a craving desire af- ter a thing. — a. covetous, eagerly desi- rous. — V. a. to covet a thing eager- Popotaia, v. a. to conduct such as might escape in a sea en- gagement. — s. the handle of a basket; Jig. one who takes great care of children. Popoti, s. the general name for the beetle kind of which there are various species, but the most comn.on is the In- dian cockroach brought to the islands in various sliips. 202 [TOR Popoti fa returu, s. the name of a small crab. Popotimiti, s. a kind of marine beetle. Popoto, a. short ; see poto; al- so the duiil or plural of poto, Popou, s. aduiiration, fondness, delight. — V. n. to admire, to be de- lighted. — a. admirable, agreeable; see haapopou, Popounu, V. n. to be hasty, or in a hurry to be gone. — ^-joy. Popoure, s. the calkins of the breadfruit tree. Popouru, s. the young branch- es of the breadfruit tree, wlien stripped of the hark. Porahu, .?. the head of a beast, and by way of contempt, the head of a man, or the skull of the dead. Porao. s. a spot, speck, or soil, on any clean substance. Poraorao, s. a spot, or blemish. — V. n. to be spotted, or having blemishes. — V. n. to remove the porao or speck ; see ohiti poraorao, Porearea, ,v. a joyful, pleasant, night. Pore ho, s. the tiger shell, of which there are many spe- cies, such as amara, airahe, &c. Porehu, a. dusky, dark, as the evi-ning. Porehuruhu, v. n. to grow dus- ky, or dark. Pori, s. the bulk, or size, as that of a man, or a tree. — s. certain persons of both sexes, but chiefly women, who pampered their bodies, ronj to beco Tie fat and fair ; see haapori. Poria, a. fat, fleshy, in goad conditiorij as a man, or beast . Poro, s. a crier, or herald. — V. a. to cry, proclaim, or publish, as the inesseng-er of the king", or as the priests did. — s. the heel, or elbow. — s. the handle of a tool, «uch as a ktiife, or chisel ; the end of a ridge pole. Poroaa,s'.a wlieel, or something circular. Porohinere, s. the name of a star. Poroi, s. a charge, direction given ; a saying. — V. a. to take leave, or bid farewell ; also to inform. / Poroihiva, s. the name of a sweet scented tree. Poropa, s. a large and unsight- ly collection of food intend- ed for visitojs. Porori, s. hunger ; see poia, — V. n. to be hungry. Porori, s the roots of the ava plant. Pororii, v. n. to be deeply grown in the earth, as the roots of the yam ; to be deep or obscure, as a subject of discourse. — a. obscure, as a dark cor- ner. Porolaa, s. a wheel ; a block with a shive for a rope ; any thing that will turn as a wheel. Porotata, a. a block and shive, such as sailors use. PoruMiar%ma|KMW, 5, a dark and dismal nifjht. 205 [POT Porulu, a. loud, clamorous, applied to a voice. — V. H. to be speaking very loud. Porulurutu, v. n. to be vocife- rating in a loud and clamo- rous manner. Poruuruu,!;. a. to rally, reinvi- gorate ; to raise from dejec- titsii, to comfort. — s. the person that rallies, re- invigorates, revives, restores. Pota, s. any vegetable, such as cabbage, taro leaves, &c, that are eaten as greens. Potaa, a. oval, or circular, as a house. Potao, a. dark, or blackish, as a sick person, Potaotao, s. a very black or dark night. Potaro, s. a ball or round thing, such as a ball of thread or cotton. Potaua. .9. a friend who has ceased to show kindness. Potee, a. circular, or oval ; see potaa. Potea, .5. a piece of sinnet put in the ear of a pig, to mark it as devoted to a god ; al- sj the white part ol a fowl's ear. Potehetelie, s. the notch cut in the end of a tree in order to fasten a rope to it; also a notch cut in a stick on whicfi to curry any thing on the shoulder, to prevent the arti- cles slipping off. — V. a, to make such a notch or score. Poli, s. (froTi Eng. boat) a boat ; see pahi. — 5. a dark or red coloured ta- ro« POUT 204 Potii, 5. (potiki) a girl ; see ta- Potiitarire, s. the name of a certain god who was invoked by sorcerers. — 5. a handsome person. PotiiliHiaia, s. the name of an article made of feathers, and which was put up to deter the demon or god from doing mi<«chief, in the time of a dance, or play. Potiiiitini, s. a dark night. — s. an indefinitely large num- ber. Potipoti; 5. a beetle, cock roach, but commonly applied to sniall beetles. Potiti, IK n. to become small to sight by distance. — a. diminutivcj small ; lan- guid. Potiu, s. the first formation of the cocoanut. Poto, a. short ; see mure. Potopoto, a. short, shortish ; see mure7nure', commonly ap- plied to a plurality. Potuaruu, s, a log of wood on which were formed Tii ima- ges on its whole length, and which was set up as the guardian of the rahui, or re- striction, &c. Potupopau, s. the name of a certain feast and ceremonies performed on account of the dead. Pou, s. a post or pillar : also a log of wood. — V. a. to descend from a high place. — s. th Ion or large gut. pou'inuana, v. n. to dive head foremost into the water. name given to the co- IPFA Pouohu, s. a ditch. Pouohure, s, the rectum. Pouri, s. {pouli^ poui) dark- ness, obscurity. — a. dark, obscure ; see poiri, Poutia, s. a species of moun- tain plantain. Poutu, s. to throw a stone di- rectly upwards. — a. erect in position, as a straight tree. Pouturi, a. deaf, deaf as a post, feigned deaf. Pu, 5. a conch shell ; a trum- pet. — a. young, as fruit. — s. the conclusion of a thing. — s. the middle or centre. — s. a cluster of small trees, shrubs, or grass. This is pu aihere. — s. the head of the fee, or cuttle Bsh. — s. the bottom of a cascade. — s. the interior of a country. — V. n. to be obtained, as the ' object of one's desire ; to be gratified ; to be completed, or terminated, as the upaupa, or play, ua pu te upaupa, the upaupa is terminated. Pua, s. {buna^ bunga^ Malay bunga) the coral rock. — 5. a disease accompanied with a swelling and an ab- cess. — s. the name of a tree bear- ing fragrant yellow flowers ; see hauou. The blossom of that tree. — 5. a shrub bearing yellow berries, which is used as a medicine. — s. the head of the. Dolphin fish. — s. soap of any kind. PUA] Pua, V. a. to wash with soap ; to rub or scour with a piece ot coral. Pua, 5. the person that scours or washes. Pu^, V, 71. to blossom, as reeds, bamboos, &c. — s. the blossom of reeds, su- g-ar cane, &c. Puaa, s. fpuakaj the general name for the swine species ; and, perhaps the name will apply to all the larger ani- mals that have hoofs, wheth- er cloven or not, and tliat the term uri may be applied to all other quadrupeds that have claws, except the mouse, rat, &c. Puaa, V. n.to be enlarged, as the abdomen, either in health or by disease. Puaa , a. mouldy s, mould. as food. Puaaaipapati , s. a hog that eats the running plant called papati^Jig. one who is attach- ed to his residence. Puaafatoi, s. a feast, and ce- remony, when the mem- bers ot a family eat together for the first time, child- ren having been consider- ed sacred, and having eaten apart. PuaahaapapS., *. a hog roasted for the queen ; a small suck- ins: P'ST which was taken before the marae, and pre- sented to the god at the con- clusion of the ceremonies attending the investment of the king with royal authori- ty; also a ceremony which was performed when the res- trictions were taken off a 205 [PUA child, 33 that he might eat with his parents. Puaahorofenuii , s. a horse ; see hipo. Puaahuaira, s, an undaunted, fierce, and athletic, person. Puaamamoe , s. a sheep ; see mamoe. Puaaniho , s. the goat species ; also a hog with large tusks. Puaaoehamu , s. the name of a certain feast among rela- tions, when much gluttony and riot was usualy indulged in. Puaarai, s. white clouds. Puaaraufau, s. the name of an arioi feast and ceremony. Puaaroiroi, s. a hog that was baked to feed females, which at other times was to them forbidden food. Puaatafetii, s. a family feast. Puaataipito , s. the same as puaatafetiiy it was a feast for the family and relations only. Puae, s. the centre division of a fleet of canoes where the principal persons used to be, and when one was killed there, it was reckoned an ill omen, and the rest were dis- couraged. Puaea, s. indistinctness of vi- sion , as of a person just about swooning. — a. dim, indistinct. Puafaatere , s. a disease in which a number of abscesses succeed each other in various parts of the body. Puafao, V. n. to press on vigo- rously, as two armies, to fight. Puafafao, s. a mode of attack in war. PUA] 206 Puafau, s the yellow blossom of ihefau or purau tree ; see purau. • — s. tlie yellow fat in the head of ihe cuttle fish, in crabs, &c. Puahaha, .?. the bulky, puffed appearance of a person, or a thing-. • — a. bulky, large in show on- ly, as a bundle of cloth puf- fed out , or a person dressed to make a shew. — odo. slovenly, I'uahea, v. n. to come up with- out obtaining what was sought, as a diver; to diverge or lly aside from the mark , t;s an arrow. — a. divergent , apt to fly aside. — s. obliquity, deviation. Puaheetoa, s. the name of a certain boisterous wind; also the pua tree stripped of its leaves or blossoms. Puahema, 5, a mode of using a club in the exercise called tiaraau, — V, a. to deceive by strata- gem. Puahi, a. hot, healed, as lierbs for medicine. Puahiohio, s. a whirl wind; the wind or whistle of a stone from a slings or a shot from a gun. Puahiiaru, s. a species of soft cond used for rubbing and smoothing a cocoaimt cup. Puai, s. muscular and physical slrenglh or force. — a. strong , forcible ; see nana. Puaiai, s. refreshment by air ; see toahu. — V. cjol air. — a — 7; [PUA n. to be refreshed by refrethinof as , .a n. to be in an cool air. alarm ; see puauau. Puaihere, s. a bush. Puaioio, s. a handsome bljs- sorn ; a handsome person. Puaioru, s. the name of a fra- grant medicinal herb. Puaitu, V. a. to be in a state of dread or fear. — a. timorous. Puamatapipii, s, the blossom of the pua whose edges curl. Puanuanu, v. n. to he chilled ; to be dejected in mind ; see anunnujio grieve or be so- row ful. Puao, ,5, a cartridge of powder ; any small wrapper, or thing rolled up, as paper, cloth. &c. — - V. a. to make cartridges; to wrap or roll up small things. Puapipi, 5. the blossom of the wild pea ; Jig. a winding, intricale,speecli. Puapua, 9. the blossoms of su- gar cane reeds, and of bam- boos. Puaraitu, s. a provocation. — V. a. to provoke. — .s. the name of a tree that grows in the mountains, and produces red blossoms. Puaraumata , s. the name of an excellent fish of great strength, that usually breaks the fishing net:^(/. an intrepid warrior that breaks through; also a simile from the pua blossom to signify a hand- some person. Puaraumataura , s. a daring warrior. PUA] Piarautahi, s. the name tree and its blossom. Puare, s. the name of a small shellfish. Puareare, s. qualmishness of sLomach. — V. n, to be drunk; to be agi- tated with fear. Puaru, s. a new born infant, a strangled infant. Puaruaru, s. fear, agitation of mind. — V. n. to be agitated, as the bowels ; to be agitated as the mind, see puauau. Puata, a. not compact, loose, not tight and firm ; easily imposed irpan. — s looseness, incompactness. Puataruru. s. the fragrant blos- soms of the pua tree. Puatau, s. an early flowering pua tree. Puatauere, s. the title of a cer- tain native song. Puatauma, s. the name of a shrub with large prickly leaves, which hook in the clothes of passengers ; Jig. a person who draws or pulls another by the clothes. Puaterori, s. the head of the sea dog, which is gathered up as a frill, and to which a frill is often compared. Puau, V. n. to be in agitation as the bowels ; to be agitated, applied to the mind. Puautau. V. n. to be agitated re- peatedly. — V. n. to run as a current. — ,?. a rapid current in a stream of water. Puauahi,. 9. the middle ofthe fire. Puaura, s. the red blossom of the puarata. 207 fPLE of a Puauru, s. a steady warrior who deligiits in \Tar. Puavaovao, s. the name of a fragrant tree. Puaveoveo, *. the same as pu- ataruru. Puavere. s. the name of a tree. - — s. mildew; a sort of beard that grows in the cold damp cracks of the earth ; a sort of mushroom. — s. small sticks of the pu- rau used for a cage. — o. mildewed, mouldy, is food, &c. Puaverevere, s. cobwebs of every sort, gauze ; any thin web. Puavihi. s. a stick held with the shoulders shrugged up, in in the exercise of arms, called tiaraau. Puaviri, v. a. to defend one's self, or ward off a blow, in the haraau. Puaviriviri, r. a. to act repeat- edly on the defensive in the tiaraau. — s. the pua tree wlien pro- ducing abundance of blos- soms ; any tree that bears abundantly, such as uru, &c. — a. highly decorated ; see viriviri. Pue. s. a heap or hillock of earth, as pue umara. Pue, V. a. to heap up earth or mould, in order to plant any thing in it. — a. denotinw- a phualitv, as pue taata, men, usually two in number ; pue arii, the roy- al party, or principal cliiefs ; pue raatira, the inferior chiefs collectively ; pue mea, PUF] 208 a collection of things. Vai pue, is a collection of water from many streams, or a flood. — u. n. to be brought together, or to be collected, as goods, or various things; see haa' pue. Va pue te vahie, the fuel is collected, Puea, s. a heap, or collection. Puehu, V. n, & p. to be blown by the wind ; to be scattered or driven away ; to be dis persed, as a conquered party in war. Puehuehu, v. n.tobe dispersed repeatedly, or in many pla- ces. — a, pompous, showy, with great pomp. — adv. pompously. Pueraa, s\ a collection, masra- zme or treasury ; also the time and place when things are collected. Puere, a. mouldy, mildewed, see piiavcre. Puero, s. a species of bread- fruit. Pueu, s. the white species of the ahia apple, or jumbo (the Eugenia Mallacensis.) — s. the name of a small blade fish. — V. to break roughly, applied to the waves; to be sur- rounded with danger. Pueueu, .^. the name of a ma- rine substance used for rub- bing and smoothing wooden vessels. — .t. a rag ; the ragged end of a rope. — a. ragged , rough ; cross grained, as timber. Pufa, •. a disease of the sole of up [PUF the foot where matter is formed, which, if evacuated by a small puncture, is soon healed. — o. fPUR shelter behind an- s. a small conch to take other. Pupupu, shell- Pupupu, s. a species of coral. Pupure, s. the leprosy, or na- tive disease resembling it ; the thick, as a mixture also the person affected Pupure, a. affected with pupure. Pupure, V. n. to pray frequent- — s. frequent prayer. Pupuru, a. rough, unbending, stiff. Pupuru, a with liquid. Puputa, s. a species of mount- ain plaintain. — V. hollow, and rotten inside, as a tree. Puputauhani, s. a company of loose fellows that are fond- ling over each other with some base design ; a party that will withdraw suddenly to avoid the suspicion of hav- ing committed a crime. Pupuvaha, s. food to break the fast ; a gargle. — V. n. to gargle the mouth, or wash it with a little water. — V. n. to be going about as a talebearer. Pura, s. a spark of fire ; a flash of light or fire, r. n. to flash, or blaze ; to — sparkle, as the luminous par- ticles in the sea. — a. blazing, applied to fire. iSPiira, s. a fearless warrior. — V, n. to be fearless, un- daunted. Puraau, v. a. to fight or wage war in consequence of a to- xaa OS. w-^i^-^ ?. malcb . PURJ Purae, v. a. to defend by fencing. Purafea, s. sudden feur or alarm. — V. ti. to rise suddenly, as alarm ; to" be squeamish. Puraha, v. n. to Hold out the hands as in expectation of j receiving" something. Purahu, 5. a bunch of leaves tied up, and set on a long pole, as a mark ot restric- tion in that place, see rahui. Purahuij i. a restriction put on hogs, fruit, or fish, by the king or chief. Purai, s. a shoal of fishes. Purara, s, dispersion, the slate of being dispersed. — V. n, to be dispersed or scat- tered. — a. dispersed. Purarea, s. sallowness, a sickly appearance. — a. sallow; sickly. — V. a, to be pale through fear. Puraro, s. an underhand blow among boxers. — V. a. to catch the aahi fish, with the hook and line. — V. n. to press forward, as a number of fish enclosed in a net. Purarohuna, s. some concealed action, as in giving proper- ty, or in using some strata- gem. Puraroraro, v. a. to repeat the act of puraro. Purarua, a. of equal strength, as two parties at variance, neither giving way. Purau, s. the name of a tree, {hibiscus tiliaceui) the pu- rau is also called fao, of which there are several va- 213 [ii'uii rietit's, and it is useful for many purposes. - s. a tine garmeut made of the purau bark. /jPuraurea, v. n. to be pale through fear. — a pale, sallow. Purautia, s. the name of a dis- ease, the jaundice. — a. pale, sallow, sickly. Purauli, s. a bunch of ti leaves used by a warrior. — 5. a war song ; see rauti. Purauti, s, a well sounding na- sal flute. Purautaaivi, s. the purau that grows among the ridges of the mountains ; fig. a stout athletic person. Purautuitui, s. a thing done ineffectually; the term is from the native snode of clearing the ground by set- ting fire to the purau trees, while standing. Pure. s. {huley bue, pule) a prayer, worship. Pure, V. a. to pray, to worship God, see haamori. Purefu, s. a piece of coarsely carved wood placed in the stem of a canoe. — s. shoots of the plantain. — V. n. to be seen as in issuing from a thicket ; to be daz- zled with flashes of light. — a, open, as leaves. — V. n. to be opening. Purefarefa, v. n. to be dazzled repeatedly. Purefaretoa, 5. prayers and ce- remonies performed at the seas^ide on account of sick persons. purehu, 5. protrusion, the act of bursting forth. PUR] 214 — V. n. to protrude or burst forth — a. protruding. Purehna, s. a species of large PuiehurehUjZ;. n. to burst forlli repeatedly. Pureohiohi, s. detached parts, as of a prayer, or of a dis- course ; a liasty sketch, an outline. Purepapa, s. prayers made in the niarae, by three, four, or more priests m succession. — s. the name of a ceremony attended with prayers, and kiUing and offering up of a number of hogs, previous to the sailing of a fleet. Purepure. a. spotted, chequer- ed, of diverse colours. Purepureheiva, s. the appear- ance of a mourner for the dead, see hciva. Vurepureohiohi, a. marked, or stained; stained with bright colours. Purera, v. n. to disperse, see purara. — a. dispersed ,* separated. Purere, v. a. to eat food with- out waiting for the whole party to asA'emble. Pui ero, s. utterance, eloquence, an orator. — a. eloquent. — t'. n. to straggle away from a company ; to be strag- nrlintr. Purerorero, v. n. to continue to straggle in small parlies. Pureru, .•. a person running between two armies to en- deavour to make peace. Rerehiri, v. n. to be surfeited, or sick at stomach. Rerehiri, v. n. te l)e in a state of perplexity. Rerehue, inij. an exclamation used by children when div- ing in the water. Rerei, s. a technical expression used by fishermen for the third draught of fishes in a new net ; the first is called tiopahU) the second tiahou. — V. n. to waste away through sickness ; to be lank and thin, as a sick person. Rereieie, s. the name of a shell fish. Rereioa, s. a dream, the wan- dering of the mind during sleep. — V. n. to dream ; to be wan- dering during sleep; also to be alarmed by dreaming. Reremauri, s. the flying ot the mauri or spirit. — V. n. to be in a great con- sternation so that no heat or spirit is left. Rererere, v. n. to twitch ; to be in motion, through rage or dread. Rereue, v. n. to leap from an eminence into the water. Rero, s. the name of a little poisonous fish. Reroa, s. a lono- fio-ure head of a canoe. Reru, a, discoloured and mud- dy, applied to water. — V. n. to be muddy, and dis- coloured. [RIA that obtained Retini, s. one many a re, or prize. Reureu, adv. comfortably, un- disturbedly ; it is apphed to visitors who are accommo- dated in a place. — V. a. to bake or stew certain ingredients among vegeta- bles. Reureua, s. profit, advantage ; see faiifaa. Reureuamoa, s. the name ef a heathen goddess; see vahine. — s. the name of a tree ; see amoa. Reva, s. the firmament, or ex- panse of heaven. — s. the abyss, or 'unknown deep ; see moanarcva ; any unknown depth ; see hohonu. — s. the name of a tree, a species of the hutu, or Bar- ringtonia. — a. mexhaustible, as water from a cavern. — V. n- to depart, go or come, to journey. Revatiahae, s. a little red flag, used at the birth, death, or sickness, of a child. Rdvapihaarau, s. a body of wa- ter, into which many springs empty themselves. Revareva, v. n. to be flying, as many flags. — *. the thm cabbage, or pel- licles in the top part of the cocoanut-tree. Ri, V. 11. to hang or suspend ; see t ri. — V. n. to lodge, as a tree, or branch, in the branches of another. Ria, s. a vision in sleep, a phantom. large R RIM] 228 Riai, V. n. to be discouraged, or seized with fear, as a small party, in meeting a company of warriors. Riaria, s. horror, detestation; also disgust. — a detestable, shocking, dis- gusting. — V. n. to be shocked, or dis- gusted. Rita, a. a scar of any sort. Riha, s. a nit, the eggs of a louse. Rii, a. pL small, little, young, used plurally. Riirii. odv. by little and little, applied to an action. Riirifai, s. sickness of stomach when at sea ; also confusion of mind on account of evil tidings. Riiriilua, s. the consternation of a party overcome in war, or by affliction. Rima, s. {lima^ imd) the hand, also the arm. — a. (lima, zma, Malay, and Malagasse, lima,} number five ; see arima, apae. Rimaatau, s. the right hand; see atau. Rimaatua, 5. the right hand of God ; but Jig. some sudden diserase supposed to be inflict- ed immediately by the hand of God; also strife and ill will between persons. Rimaaui, s. the left hand. Rimahana, s. a hand full of wickedness. Rimahaa, 5. a hand that snatch- es all that comes within reach ; a greedy, dishonest person. Rimahere, s. a generous hand, or liberal person. Rimaio,5.an open, liberal hand. [RIO imaioore, s. an illiberal hand. Rimaivi, s. long, lean hand; reduced to a Jig. a person skeleton. Rimanui, s. a greedy hand; Jig. an avaricious person. Rimapa, s. some sudden dis- sease ; as rimaatua. — s. violence, some violent act. Rimapoa, s. a hand contracted with the oovi. — 5. a person that handles fearlessly any sore or dis- gusting thing. Rimapuru, s, a hand soaked in water. Rimapuu, s. an illiberal, ill- natured person. Rimarii, s. the fingers. Rimarimarii, s. the fingers ; little fingers. the plant Rimarimatafai, s. called buckshorn. Rimaroa, s. the long or middle finger. Rimatona, s. an illiberal per- son. Rimatotoanunui, s. a person who knows how to pursue his own self interest. Rimatuai, s. a greedy, avari- cious person. Rimaume, s. a person that knows how to draw others to his interest or party. Riinu, s. a general name for moss. Rimu, 5. sponge; also sea weed. Rimurima, s. the same as rima- rimatafai. Rio, s. the name of a piece of wood in a fishing canoe. — 5. the name of a tahitian god. Rioa, s. a deep bay, or creek, see ooa. p RIR] Riorio, s, the departed spirit of a person, but particularly the ghost of an infant. — V, n. to be possessed by a tii^ or departed spirit. Ripa, V. n. to be wasted w.itl* disease. v-^*^ Ripoa, 5. the name of a certain oroa or feast. — 5. a vortex made by the vio- lent rnnning and return of a current ; see au, Ripoamafae, s. the corner or r^oining of the marae wall. Ripoavahine, s. the name of " a certain idolatrous ceremo- Riraa, s. a gallows ; see ri and raa, Rire, s, the yellow vi apple. — V. n. to be in a state of fear. Ririre, s. a term addressed by a boy to his paunia^ or pa- per kite. Riri, s. anger, displea^jare , al- so sometimes oi^^ia^ilew- geance, spite. -"^^^^^ — V. n. to be angry, displeas*^ ed, offended. Ririo. j^. 11. to be driedj^r shriv^^^fd uP'^^illHHfe' Ririri, a. a#^ry, jealoul. — 17. n, to be angry, as two or more persons. Ririroa, a. implacable, not easily pacified. Riririri, v, n. to be angry re- peatedly. Riritua, v. n. to be in a conster- nation. Ririu, V. n, to be perplexed, confounded. Riro, V. n. to be lost; or missed ; see moe. Riro, V. n. to become an- other thing: to be con- 229 iRiY verted to another use j see mahere. — V. n. in the future, signifies, it Will or may be. Rita, s. a species of cocoanut, very small and sweet. — s. the spasm or convulsive motion, in the disorder of locked jaw. - — V. n. to be biting or gnash- ing the teeth. — V, n. to be violently con- vulsed. Ritamata, v. n. to sparkle and move, like the eyes of a per- son in a rage. Ritarita, v. a. to eat voracious- ly, and bite the tongue. Rito, 5. a prohibition ; see rahui. — V. a. to lay a restriction on certain things. — V. n. to put forth young buds or leaves, as trees m the spring. j^otai, s. the advance guard of a fleet of war canoes. ,J*^Riu, s. bilge water, a leak. — a. leaky, as a canoe, boat or ship. — V. n. to be sufficiently roast- ed, as the side ot a breadfruit before it is turned. — V. n. to be filled, as the bas- ket used by the fishermen of the albicore, &c. — 5. a backslider. Riuriu, ?;. n. to be moving round. Riuriutua, v. n, to be drawing back. — V. n. to be in a state of consternation. Rivariva, s. abundance, great plenty ; also a large bulk. Rivarivaitau, a. bulky; abun- dant. Roin 230 Ro, s. an ant, of which there are many species ; as ro apoo nuiy ro avae roroa^ &c. Roa, a. (loa, oa) long in mea- sure, time, distance. — a. in comparing qualities, it signifies a greater or longer degree. — adv, thoroughly, complete- ly, entirely. — an emphaticpar* when joined to adverbs of negation it augments the emphasis, as aitaroa, not at ail, by no means ; e ore roa, never, at any future time, and still more emphatic, e ore ore roa atu, never, at no time whatever, the strongest assertion possi- — 5. a decayed breadfruit, or chesnut tree. Roa, s. a small tree, the bark of which is used like hemp for cordage, nets, &c. Roaa, V. n. to obtain ; see noaa, Roaae,a. in comparing roa long, roa ae a little longer. Roaitiae, acft;. presently, after a little while. Roaroa, a. protracted, applied to time. — V. n. to be dilatory, pro- crastinating. Roaroaitiae, adv. presently, soon. Roeroe, s. the case of the co- coanut blossom. — s. the name of a large fish, liiie salmon. Rofai , .V. a sudden gust of wind. Rofaifai, s. a strong gust of wind with a shower of rain. Roha, 5. heaviness. fllvOI Roha, V. n. to stagger, as a man under a heavy load, or as a drunken man. Roha, a. faint, wearied; see opaipai. Rohe, .*. the father of famine, called Rohe upoo nui^ large headed Rohe. Roherohe, s. little red ani- malcules bred in standing water. — s. the very small roots of plants. — s. proud flesh in a sore ; a certain stage of the growth of gourds. Roherohea, s. plump, or pro- minent eyes. — V. 71. to be plump, fat, pro- tuberant. Rohi, V. a. to stimulate another to exertion. — V. 71. to be alert, vigilant, wakeful. Rohipehe, s. a maker of songs; see pehe. Rohirohij s. lassitude, weari- ness. — V. n. to bs weary , tired or fatigued. Rohutu, 5. the residence of de- parted souls in the po. Rohutunamua, s. a certain di- vision of the Tahitian hades , but not the best. Rohutunoanoa, s. a superior place in the Tahitian hades. Rohulu, 5. the name of a lish. Rohutu, s, a very large species of the earth worm ; see toe. Roi, s. a bed, a bedstead or couch. Roi, s. the name of a blackish fish. Roiitemoemoeoravaa, s. a bed for a god. noo] J^31 Roimata, s. a tear. Roine, s.a line used in fishing for the albicore, &c. Roipe, s. one that lives to eat and sleep. Roipoa, 8. a bed or sleeping place near the king. — V. n. te be insinuating into the favour of the king or principal chief, for some si- nister end. — V. n. to seek diligently the accomplishment of some pur- pose. Roiroi, a. calm, unruffled, as the sea or sky ; also tranquil, peaceable, as a country. Roitau, s. a principal place where the chiefs used to col- lect their presents of food, cloth, &c. Roma, V, n. to shrink, become less, as water in a pond, oil in a lamp. &c. — t;, n. to fall, as a swelling. Romaha,.?. the plant rod,or roaa. Romatane, s. the name of a stone set in a marae, and dressed with sweet scented flowers. — s. the name of a priest or god, who had the power of admittting the spirits of the dead into Rohutunoanoa, and also of excluding them. — .5. the drummers or play- ers, employed in the heiva, upaupa, &c. Romiromi,r.?z.to hide or conceal from approaching visitors. Roo, s. fame, notoriety, either good or bad. — s. a report ; see paroo, and tuiroo. Roohia, v. n. overtaken, to be overtaken, or come up with. [IlOft Roorooa,a.to have repeated re- — ports coming ; tauroorona^ a season of repeated reports. Ropa, V. n. to be taken una- ware ; to be suddenly seized, as by a disease, &c. Ropa, V. n. to turn aside, as one shy of another. RopapTi, a. well shaped, as a man or thing. Roparopa, s. the name of a fish. — a. irregular. Ropatahi, s. a sudden gust of wind, also a disease. Ropu, a. the middle. Ropu, prep, between two, be- twixt. Ropu, prep, through the midst. Ropiiee s. a violent gust of wind. Rorai, s. a curse or imprecation of evil on children. Rore, s. stilts used by boys in play. — s. a vice, or wrench, used by canoe builders. — V. a. to wrench, or pinch, to put into a vice. — s. the undervaluation of a thing, the disparagement of a bargain. — r. a. to depreciate, or un- dervalue a thing-. Rori, s. the sea slug, or what the Portuguese call btch or bicho le m^??-, (worm of the sea.) of which there are se- veral varieties. The tahi- tians had a notion that the spirits of the dead entered into the rori^ and afterwards passed to some other place. Roriatepa, .?. a species of the rori J the others are, roribua- ROR] rari, rorimaoro, tahetalie, papao, &c. Rori, V. a. to wash or cleanse in water ; see tihu. — V. n. to become hard and tough, as fruit, &c. Rorirori, a. hard, tough ; diffi- cult to solve. — n. difficult to open or unrav- el, as a matter or speech. Roro, s. the brains of mankind, not of beasts. Roroa, a. long, longish ; see roa and maoro. Rorofai, s, a gust of wind, with a shower of rain. Rorou, adv. not 'constant; ap- plied to work. Roroi, a. leaning to one side, as a post. Roroiriafa, s. a person or thing of long standing and growth, but of little stature. Roroma, v. n. to decrease or shrink gradually. Roroo, 5. the chanting of the prayers in the marae. ' — V. n. to begin to chant the prayers, as the priests used to do in the marae. Roropu,prep. between, in the middle. Roroau, ado. of time future, presently; shortly. Roroauitiore, adv. soon, or presently. Rorotea, s. a thick heavy rain. Rorovau, ac??;. shortly in a little while. Rorovauitiae, adv. in a short space of time. Roru, V. n. to be in a lax state, as the skin in the dropsy. — a, soft, sodden, as ill baked ' food. — V. n. to be in subjection, as 232 [ROT the people when submissive to the laws. — 5. a sort of chorus, or re- petition in a native song. — s. a bruise, or hurt of the flesh. Rorfi, s. a species of the ti^er shell fish. Rorua, s. a line made of the bark of the roa for catching the albicore ; see ratne. Roruroru, v. n. to be very lax, or soft, as the flesh of a dropsical person. — V. n. to be flexible, as a long elastic board. — a. lax, flexible, not firm. Rota hi, s. singleness of mind, oneness in respect of any ob- ject. — V. n. to be aiming only at one thing. Rotea, to be ready to fall ^ it is applied to rain. Rotia, V. n. to be gone, as the people used to say of their gods, ua rotia te atua^ the god is gone. — s. the name of a fish. — s. a species of large cocoa- nut. Roto, s. a lake or pond ; a lagoon. Roto, prep, in, inside, within ; see teiroto. Rotomanava , s. delight, any thing particularly agreeable. Rotomati, s. the red colour of the mati berries impressed on the native cloth, or on the skin, as the arioi used to do. Rotopa, s. a small enclosed lake or pond Rotopu, prep, in the midst. Rotu, s. an expression used in a certain idolatrous prayer. RU] Rotu, V. a. to smite or strike. Rotu, s. the heavy rain of one day's continuance. Ron, s. a long pole with a crook, used in gathering breadfruit from high bran- ches of the tree. — V, a, to gather fruit with the rou. Rouae, adv. of time to come, quickly, shortly. Rouaeho, s. a crook of the aeho reed, used for nefarious purposes. Rou pea, 5. a branch, such as that of the breadfruit tree ; see pouru. — V. a. to gather or entangle one crook in another. Rou rou, s. the gristle of the nose. Rouru, s. the hair of the head, not of other parts of the bo- dy ; see huruhuru. Rouruatafare, s. curled black hair. Rouruehu, 5. reddish or sandy hair. , Rourufatufatu, s. grisled hair. Rouruofirifiri , s. the same as rouru fatufatu. Rouruoitoito, ft. curled black or matted hair. Rourupiipii, .«f. thick curled hair. Rovauae, adv^ presently ; see rouae. Rovauitiae, adv. see rorovau- itiae. Ru, s. the name of a god, or noted man of old, who spread out the sky as a curtain. Ru, s. impatience, violent haste, or great hurry. Ru, V. a. to transplant or re- move a certain part of the marae. 233 [RUA Ru, V. n. to be in haste or great hurry. Ru, a. hasty, hurried. Rua, s. flua^ ua, Malay qua) a hole, pit, aperture. — a. two; see piti. — s. the name of a Tahitian god. Ruaah^, s. the place where fishermen fish for the aahi, &c. Ruaaha, s. a certain thing or place in which the sorcer- er pretended to confine his tii or demon, employed by him. Ruaaia, s. the act of offering to a god a man killed in war, or a fish. Ruahatu, s. the name of a noted sea- god. Ruahere, s. a place often fre- quented. Ruahine, s. the name of a god- dess. — V. a. to gather breadfruit with a long pole, without climbing. Ruahineaimamau, s. a female ancestor of the third genera- tion back, and who takes care of her posterity. Ruahineaimainoino, s. a stingy old woman that would never invite another to partake of her food. Ruahineaimaamua, s. a con- temptible name given to an old woman , that fed the children of a chief, but se- cretly ate the food. Ruahineaimauu, s. a term used in connection with a batch of food, baked at the removing of restrictions in using a new fishing" net. RUAJ Ruahineamafatu, *. a female that is skilful in her various occupations. Ruahinearutaruta, s. the god- dess of tale bearing. Ruahineauna, s. the goddess of solicitude. Ruahinefaaipu, s. the goddess of plain speech. Ruahinemetua, 5. a decrepit — old woman. Ruahinemoeuuru, s. thegodde?9 of dreams. Ruahinenihonihororoa, s. the goddess of strife, of cruelty, and murder. Ruahinenihonihotetei, s. the same goddess of strife, called also Ruahinefirifiriau- faw. Ruahineorerorero, s. the god- dess of oratory. Ruahinepuonoono, 5. the god- dess of persevering desire. Ruahinetahua, s. the goddess of arts and prayers. Ruahinetamaumauauahi, s, a goddess that kept fire always burning. Ruahinetamaumauorero, s. the goddess of tale bearitig, and sowing strife. Ruahinevanaanaa, s, the god- dess of eloquence. Ruai, V. n, to vomit ; see pi' hae, — s. the matter thrown up in vomiting. Ruairoto, s. the act of stirring up mischief. Ruairoto, v. ii. to stir up mis- chief. Ruamano, s, one that tells his tale in many places. Ruamaoro, s. the summer sols- tice in December. 234 [Rt« Ruamatai, s. the point from which the wind blows. Ruanuu, s. fruanugnj the name of a god. Ruapoto, s, the winter solstice in June. Ruapuna, s, a sea-god without nostrils, who could remain very long under water. Ruaroa, s, the summer solstice, the same as ruamaoro. Ruaroroirai, *. a breeder of contention. Ruarua, v. a. to backbite, slander, or defame. Ruau, a. old, stricken in years, — s. an old man or woman. Ruanpu, s. the matter taught at school. Rudimena, s.(Engl. rudiments) elements, first principles. Ruerue, s. a certain figure marked on the skin. — a, ill savoured ; see haua ino, Rufa, a. worn out, applied to a garment. Rufarufa, a. worn out, as cloth. — 5. a part of the sharks head ', also something that take* the attention and delights a person. Ruharuha, s. a part of the to- tara, or the sharks head, the same as rufarufa ; also a cant word for much, or plenty. Rnhe, s. the name of a little fresh water fish. Ruheruhe, s. the fish ruhe ; also a small matter, or thing*. Ruhi, s, sleepiness, drowsi- ness. — V. n. to be sleepy or drow- sy. Ruhiruhia, a. aged. — with raay s. old age. RUN] 235 [RUR Rui, s. night ; see ami and po. Rui, V. n. to be dark or blind. Kuma, s. gloom, as of the evening; suUenness. Rumaa, a. covetous, grasping. Rumai, v, n. to be hurried to ripeness, before the proper time, as bananas, &c. Rumaruma, s. gloominess, sul- lenness. — V. n. to be dark, gloomy, sullen. Bumarumapo, s. the gloomi- ness of the evening. Rumi, r. a. to wring, as cloth that had been washed. — V. n. to turn over, or upset, as a canoe. — v. a. to press and rub the limbs when weary, or in pain ; see taurumt, — V. n. to turn aside the eyes from looking at a person through dislike ; to make a secret sign with the eyes, or by wrinkling the forehead. Rumihuna, v. n. to make a se- cret sign to one of the other sex; lo make a sign for the concealment of some- thing. Rumiruiui, v. a. to oress and smooth the wrinkles of a garment, or a piece of cloth ; also to press and rub the limbs repeatedly. Rumia, s, according to a very ancient tradition, Rumia was something like an eg^ float- ing in the abyss, or ex- panse, out of which came the materials of heaven and earth. Runanu, v. n. to desire food, &c. most greedily ; see rw, and nanu. Ruoi, a. aged ; see ruau. Rupa, *. a thicket of brush- wood ; a thicket of branch- ing coral ; see hurupa, Rupe, s, the name of a large land birdj a species of pi- geon. Rupeha, s. a thick haze on the land. Ruperupe, a. flourishing, luxu- riant, as a plant, or a tree ; Jig, good, flourishing, or prosperous. — 5. a species of the hoi plant ; see hoi. Ruperupehu, s. a place that is unsigntly, or unhealtliy. Rupo, 3. the name of a little flsh ; see ruhe. — s. a sort of ornamented mat- ting, that is wrapt about the lower ends of ratters in some Tahitian houses. Ruporupo, s. giddiness of the /j head, from disease^ or drunk- enness. ' — V. n. to be giddy, reel or stagger. Rura, s. one who dies from be- ing too hasty. Ruraeri, r. a. to do mischief; to waste wantonly. Rurahiri, v. n, to be mischiev- ous and restless, as a child, or an idle boy. Rurao, v, n. to breed mischief, disturb the peace. — s. disturbance, mischief. Rure, $, a rouffh instrument of music ; see ihara. Ruree, s, a term used in a na- tive song. Rurepa, s. a company of wick- ed young persons that join together for vile purposes. Rurerure, adv, applied to a cer- RUR] tain manner of the voice of a female, when crying or la- menting. Rureva, s. a species of moun- tain plaintain. Ruri, V. a. to shift or remove, applied to the shifting or re- moving of a burden from one shoulder to the other ; see taruri. Ruri, V. a. to distort words from their proper meaning. Ruriapo, s. a dream ; see mo- emoe, — r. n. to revert in sleep to something a person had been transacting. Rurie, v. a. to subvert, or turn a thing aside. Rurimatahuna, v. n. to wink, or look slily at a person, used in a bad sense. Rurimatahapa, v. n. to turn the eye wantonly, or wickedly. Ruriruri, v. a, to remove a thing repeatedly. Ruro, s. the name of a bird, formerly sacred to tlie gods. Ruroruro, s. unsightly tubercles on the body. Ruru, s. the name of a large aquatic bird, probably the same as the albatross. — 5. a roll, or bale of cloth. — s. the name of a land bird ; see otatare. — V, a. to congregate. — V. n. to be assembling to- gether ; see tairuru. Ruru, V. n. to tremble, shake. Rurua, s. a shelter from the wind ; a lull. Rurua, a. sheltered, applied to a place, as vahi rurua, a place sheltered from the wind. Ruruamore, v. n. to be bound 236 [TA with more, or purau bark fig. to be badly fastened. Ruruapaa, s. the name of a certain upu or prayer ; fig, false security. Ruruhere, s. the name of a prayer and ceremony in dressing up the too of a god. Rurutamai, s. a sort of turban used by warriors in going to battle. Rurutamau, s. a head dress of human hair. Rurutaina, s. trembling, shak- ing. — V. n, to tremble, shake, quake. Ruruu, V. n. to tie, or bind. Ruta, V. n, to be in a hurry ; see ru. Rutaruta, s. a violent hurry. Rutu, s. the name of a moun- tain plantain. — s. a. drummer ; see pahu, — V, a. to beat the drum. — 5. a certain mode of fishing. Ruu, s. a mode of fishing ; see faaruu» Ruuruu. s. a bond or bondage. Ruuruu, V. a. to tie or bind. Ruuruuiriamore, v. a. to bind with more , Jig. to make an unsound agreement. T Is a letter of frequent oc- currence in the Tahitian di- alect, in the Hawaiian it is turned into A, and the Tahi- tians themselves generally exchange it with d without at all noticing the difference ; neither can they perceive the difference between it and k, Ta, V. a. to strike j also to write ; see papau TA] 237 (TAA Ta, prep, of, or belonging to, applied to certain things, such as food, arms, speech, &c. while to is applied to other things. Ta, /)ro/i. that which, the thing what, or that. Ta, V, a. to make the meshes of a net. Ta, V. a. to repeat, or tell a tale ; see aai. Ta, s. the instrument used for marking the skin; see tatau. Ta, s. a rope pendent from a tree, by means of which children swing ; also a skip- ping rope. Ta, s. the motion of a child in the womb, when the mother is startled by some affecting, or unexpected news. — V. n. to move, as a child in the womb. — s. the stalk of the banana that supports the fruit, — a causal prefix to verbs of the same signification as the faa or Aaa, which see, as ta- maa, iahuri, . a. to put in a crack, or hole in the ground, the cuttings of yam or ava, until they begin to grow, Tatro, s, a sauce made of scraped cocoanut, salt water, and shrimps ; see mitiero, Taifa, v. n. to he expended, or dying away, as the wind. Taifaaaro, s. the wide sea. where the sight of all land is lost. Taifaratato, a. abundant, plen- tiful, as provisions. Taifee, *. the spittle of the fee or cuttle fish. Taihaa, «. condolence; see ata^ kua, — V, n. to condole, or lameni with another. Taiharato, «. itchiness caused by salt water. Taiharato, s. a calm place with- out a current; also acrid salt water among the reefs. TAi] 245 Taihauriuri, s. the black, deep, or bottomless 8ea« Taihei, v, n, to be itching from salt water. Taiho, V. a. to let a thing down from a high place. Taihitoa, v, a, to take the whale. — «. a startling voice, Taihitumu. v. a, to overthrow, to rase from the foundation ; see ihitumu. Taihoe, a, one, or by one at a time. Taihoro, v. n, to shift about, or change, as the roaring of the sea on the reefs. Taihorahora. s, the sea, when the waves begin to swell. Taihc^tu, s, a iiigh, towering (.TAI Tali, a. hard, solid, of good age, as timber. — a. cunning, knowing, hard to deal witti. — 3. the steam of perspiration. Tail, V, n, to fill up, as rain in the mountains. Taiifara, a, hard, as the fara or pandanus tree. Taimaha, a. heavy, ponderous ; see teiaha, Taiimairoto, v. a. to gather, heap up. Taiimaivaho, ». a, to squander, throw away. Taimamu, v, n, to be ttill, not stirring, as if dead. Taimamau, *. irreconcileable anger. Tuimatuu. v, a. to make one sorrowfuL Taimara, 5. the sea, when sa- cred on account of some chief. Taimatau, v. n. to grieve on account of some disaster. Tdimaue, s. the wind about S. W. Taimootua, a, having grand children. Tainee, v. n. to be shifting, as the wind and sea. — V. n. to crai/l, creep, Taini, s. the lower part of the belly. Tainoa, «, the name of a creep- ing plant. — a. red, or reddish in colour. Taio, 8, a friend 3 see hoa and tauu, — V. a. to count, to read 5 see tatau„ Taioeoe, s, the noise made by young children. Taiotiia, s, the pea outside the reef, Taipe, s, a decrepit old person. Taipito, s, the name of a feast and ceremony. Taipoi, v. n, to be covered, as a batch of food in the native oven, Taipu, V. a. to lade or bale with an ipu or cup, Taipu, V. n, to be heavy in one's limbs, as an infirm per- son. Taira, s. a rope or cord ; see taura, Tairahiri, s, the name of a fish. Taire, 5. the name of a fish ; see tauo, Tairi, v. a. to strike, to hit. Tairifa, s. the name of a poi- sonous fish. Tairiiri, v, a, to shake and throw, at a fisherman does his fishing line. — V. n. to shew opposition, dislike, or contempt of some things said or done, by shak- ing the head. TAl] 246 [TAM Tairiorio, v. n. to cry, or make a noise, as it was supposed' the souls of young infants did. Tairitea, s. a player in the Ta- hitian heiva, &c. Tairitia, s. a sudden stroke, commonly applied to sudden death. Tairitu, s. the sudden stroke of death. Tairo, v. a. to mark, point out, ^ select. — a. marked, selected. Tairoiro, s. a soothsayer, or conjuror. — s. revenge, malice, spite, retaliation. — V, a. to take revenge, or re- taliate. — V. a. to foretell, as a prophet, or soothsayer. Tairoroo, s. a certain prayer in the marae. Tairoto, s. the sea in a lagoon. Tairupo, s. a courageous cock, that will continue fighting; Ji(j, a brave warrior. Taita, v. n. to be displeased; to be stiff, or inflated with anger. — intj, an exclamation used by players. Taitapu, s. the order of restric- tion ; see tapu, Taitahi, a. one, any one, some one. — prep, one by one, or by one. Taitai, a. salt, saltish, brackish ; also bitter. — V. a. to fetch or bring something from another place. Taitaie, v. n. to give place, make room by moving. Taitaiaho,^. one who perseveres on his journey regardless of difficulties. Taitea, s, the shallows near the shore where the sea is not dark. Taivaha, s. a sea that exists in a man's mouth, or imagina- tion. Taivahatete, s. a sea that ceases not to break and roar. Taiva, v, n. to desert, forsake. — a. faithless, deserting, incon- stant. Taivaiva, s. the name of a poi- sonous fish. Taivava, s. a wave that breaks at one corner, and then runs along to the opposite side. Taivavao, s. a sea that is swel- ling and breaking on the reef, but between the reef and shore, it is calm and the rocks are uncovered. Tama, s. the name of a Tahi- tian god. ' — 5. a child, male or female. Tam^, V. a. to wash, cleanse, purify. Tama'a, s, {kamaa^') shoes, san- dals, clogs. — V, a. to take food for a jour- ney ; see maa, Tamahaea. s. a person of a rov- ing disposition. — *. a family that is disunited. Tamahana, v. a. to soothe, comfort, encourage. — s. one who comforts another. Tamahanahana, v. a. to warm and comftrt a person repeat- edly. Tamahere, s. a beloved child. — s. Q. nurse that takes good care of children. Tamahine, s. a daughter, or fe- male tama. TAM] 247 Tamahu, s. the name of a war- rior in time of war. Tamai, s. war, dispute, quar- «rel, contention. — V, a. to contend, quarrel, dispute, fight. little Tamaiti, 5. a son tama. Tamaitiiti, s. a little son. Tamamai, v, a. to war, quarrel. (plural.) Tamanava, 5. a wound near the navel. — a. stunted in growth. — V. n. to be heavy with sleep.-. Tamanu, s, the name of a large • timber tree, (the Callophyl" lum, see ati, Tamanufarii, 5. the name of a medicinal plant, Tamaomao, s» the name of a species of grass. Tamarii, s. (tamariki) children. Tamariirii. s. little children. Tamaroa, s. a boy, a male. Tamaru, s.io shade, or shadow. Tamar6, v. a. to chew the cud, &c. Tamata, v. a. to try, to begin a thing. — V. a. to taste a thing. Tamau, s. tinder, on which to catch sparks of fire. — V. a. to take hold, persevere. — V. n. to keep in memory. — adv. perseveringly, con- stantly. Tamaumau, v. a. to hold, con- tinue to hold. — V. n. to persevere in talk- ing, retaining in memory, &c. Tamauo^ v. n, to keep burning, as a firebrand for the night. Tamene, v. n. to compress a thing to reduce its bulk. Tamino, v. n. to turn, or go in a circle. Taminomino, s. pain in the bowels ; the colic. Tamore, s. a medicinal plant, a sort of wild mint. Tam6u, s. a strainer, made of the mou grass. — V. a. to strain pia, cocoanut, &c. Tamua, 5. the first row of fruit in a plantain bunch. Tamui, s. a key to a lock ; see taviri. — V. a. to lock, or turn a key. — V. a. to twist, or bind leaves together for fishing. Tamumu, s. a din, noise. — '• V. n. to make a din or noise ; to congregate. — s. tokens of puberty. Tamuri, s. the name of a Tahi- tian god. — s. the name of a plant. Tamuta, (Engl, carpenter) a carpenter. Tamute, v. a. to cut short. Tamutemute, v. a. to shorten repeatedly. — ' a. undetermined. Tana, s. the name of a red fish. — />ro7i.his,hers, its, pronounced short. Ta'na, pron. contracted o^prep. ta and ana ; his, hers, its, of things where a and na are used, otherwise it would be ta'na, Tanai, s. a species of the root and vine called hoi. — a. confined, straitened. — V. 71. to be confined, or straitened. — adv. roundly, plumply. Tane, s. the name of one of the principal Tahitian gods. tAKj 248 [TAO Tane, *. the male of mankuid.. - — s.a. husband ; see vakine. — s. a disorder of the skin. Taneenee, a. great, abundant. — V. n. to go carefully, Tanemao, s, a cutaneous dis- ease. Taniau, v, a. to send to dif- ferent persons a piece of niau or cocoa nut leaf, as a summons to attend a meet- in ?' or some work of the chief. Tanina, v. a. to cover, or fill up a hole or pit ; to fill up mould or earth. Tanini, s* the opening or crack in a cocoanut shell. Taninito, v. n. to go round and round. Tanitea, s, a disease of the skin. Tano, V, a. to aim or direct, as in pointing a gun at an ob- ject; Jig-io direct the mind to an object. Tanoho, 5. a division of an ar- my set in array. — r. a. to set in array, (a war term). Tanohunohu, v. n. to be linger- ing behind, so as to be over- taken, when defeated. Tanoo, s. a steersman in a boat or canoe ; Jig, one that di- rects the affairs of govern- ment. — V. a. to steer, to direct the course of a vessel. Tanotano, a, fair, delicate. Tanu,r. a. to plant herbs, trees, &c, — V. n. to bury a man, or any thing else. Tanuai, s. a cultivator of the ground. Tanuinui, v. a. to increase a thing, to enlarge. Tanuna, r. a. to set on fire, as rubbish. — ► v» a, to lay waste the coun- try in time of war. — s, the name of an apparatus used to catch the fish called vete. — V. a. to cover or overtop. Tanutanu, s. a certain mode of fishing. Tanuu, v. n. to slide, or go towards one side. •— V. a, to procure or form a nvii, or fleet. Tanuunuu,r. n. to slide, repeat- edly — V. a. to encamp leisurely from place to place. Tao, s, a spear used in war. — 5. a stick carried on the shoulder, with a bundle on each end. — *. a clefl in a rock or in a tree. — • s, the leaves and stones with which the inside of a pig is stuffed, when baked in the native oven. "" a. baked, boiled, cooked. — s, (takao, tekao) a word, speech, or saying. — V. w. (talx/io) to speak ; see parau, ^- V, a, to bid, command, ad- dress. T^6, s. a species of bread- fruit. Taoa, s, property, goods of any sort. — s. the place under the bend of the knee. — s. a. fissure, a hollow in a rock. — r. n. to fall head foremost TAO] Taoae, s. a plaj term, a large stone in the timo raa. Taoahi, v. a, to bake hastily in the native oven. Taoaoa. adv. lightly, sparing- ly ; as, amu taoaoa, to eat sparingly. Taoau, s. a stick or seat, with which to grate cocoanuts. Taoha, v. a. to bend down, as a fruitful branch. Taohe, v. a. to make use of an ohe, or bamboo, for water, or other purposes. Taohaa, s. property, goods. Taohi, 5. a man that guides a fishing canoe at night, hav- ing a torch. Taohia, passive of tao ; bid- den, spoken. Taoi, I?, a. to turn aside a thin^, as the head of a canoe m steering ; see tioi, TaomatOtuatua. s. the hollows of craggy rocks. Taona, v, imp. imprecating evil to or on a person, the opposite of ia ora na. Taoo, #. a chasm, or crack in the earth, or a rock ; fig. a rupture in war time. — r. n. to be cracked or divi- ded. Taooto, V. n. to sleep, as two persons ; to sleep repeatedly, or excessively. Taopaopa, v. n. to roll, or turn from side to side, as a ship at sea, see tiopaopa. Taora, v. a. to throw a stone or other thing. — V. n. to reflect, or make cen- suring remarks on a person. Taoranono. s. an intrigue, sig- nified by throwing noiw ap- ples ; see nono. 24d [TAO Taoraora, .«. the name of a me- thod of fishing. Taore. v. n. to be without pro- tection ; a war term. Taoro, s. a long string of co- coanuts tied together. — V, a. to string, or put togeth- er, a number of thingfs. — s. ix. sort 01 streamer, or or- nament. — *. a row or chain of small islands. Taorooro, r. n. to move, make a noisej rumble ; applied to the bowels, and to a cask with some liquid in it, when moved. Taota, V. a. to taste a thing ; see tamata, — s. the name of a mess of food, made of cocoanut and pia ; se pia. Tlfotao, *. a piece of carved work in a canoe. — a. great, extreme ; applied to darkness, as pouri taotao, extreme darkness. Taotaofaa, v. n. to be decreas- ed, as work that is nearly finished. Taotaohaa, v. n. the same as taotaofaa. Taotaota, v. n. to try, or taste repeatedly. Taotii, 5. a sorcerer. Taoto. V, n. to sleep, see woe, — V. n. to lie down. — V. n. to be cohabiting as man and wife. Taoto, *. a dream ; see moe* rtioe. Taotoiuiu, v. n. to sleep very soundly. Taotohauti, s. a restless sleep. Taotonenene, v. n. to sleep sweetly. K k TAP] Taotoolo. V. n.iolvdYe frtquent dreams. — V. n. to waylay, lie in am- bush. Taotoatoa, r. n. to be mad, to dream ; also to be waylaid. Taotorereio, v. n. to have the night mare. Taouu, u. a. to bake the bread- fruit whole with the skin on. Taova. s. a crack or fissure ; see iaoa, Taovavahi, v. a. to bake bread- fruit having first split it. Tapa, s. the groin. T^pa, s. the name of a mode of fishing. — V. a, to bake food over again ; see tahana, Tapae, . s. a coward, one without courage. — a. cowardly. Tauahara, s. a faithful friend. Tauailu, «. a friend of the aitu or g-od ; a prie«t. — *. prayer to a god. Tauaave, a, slow, dilatory, hanging behind. Tauaha, inter, pron, what, what is it? Tauahi, v. a. to embrace ; to caress. Tauahiahi v. a. to embrace re- peatedly; also to make much of a person. Tauai, v. a. to spread out clothe*. &c. in the sun and air to dry ; see tauarari^ Tauama,«. a canoa with an out- rigger. Tauana, s. caves or holes in the rocks under water. Tauanuanu, s. the cold season. Tauaoa, s. the roots of the aoa tree, of which cloth is made. Tauaparau, v. a. to tattle, re- peat, or tell tales ; used as a proverb. Tauarai, s. an interposer ; taua and arai. — ■ V. n. to spread out things ; to expose to the sun and air. 259 ITAU Tauaraino, s. dual, two bad bridges upon a road. Tauaro, s. the lower branches. Tauaro, *. the fore part; the sjDace between the reef and tne shore. Tauaru, s. a fast observed at times, connected with pray- ers, and ceremonies. Tauarua, *. dual, two dan- gerous holes in the highway. Tauaruru, v. n. to be heavy, listless, as a sick person. Tauaruarua, a. perplexing, as the effects of ill ftime. Tauatea. s, the right side of a canoe, that opposite to the out- rigger. • — *. the part of the army that has the advantage ground. — V. n. to be on the advantage ground. Tauatiaororoa, s. the name of a certain idolatrous ceremony. Tauataipito, *. a person profes- sing friendship to serve his own ends. Tauau. 5..a bad time for fish- ing with a hook. Tauaua, v. n. to tattle, make use of needless words. Taue, 5. a swing, suspended to a tree ; see tarere. — adv. carelessly y wholly, en- tirely; also, with violence, not regarding consequences. Tauene, v. a. to splice or re- pair a mat. Taueneene, v. a. to repair re- peatedly. Tauere, v, a. to contend, op- pose, drive, rebut. Tauete, s. the oval end of a house. — • 5. a naosc or loop fastened to a mast to fix the sail to. TAU] Tdueue, v. n. to be swinging to and fro ; to be unsteady or tottering. — a. moving, swinging. A hammock on board a snip is, roi taueue, or swinging bed. Taufaremato, v. n. to be con- cerned. Taufatata, s. fruit on the near- est branches. Tauha, s. the four stars called the crosier. — s. a bundle of four cocoa- nuts, &c. Tauhaa, s. property, see taoa, Tauhani, v. a. to fondle, ca- ress, as different sexes ; ap- plied to both man and beast. Tauhanifaarearea, v. a. to ca- ress, or fondle. Tauhanihani, v. a. to repeat ca- 260 [TAU to be out of TauhJro, s. a large stone used in the timo raa. Tauhiroiti, s. the small stone used in the timo raa ; also food marked before it is put into the oven. Tauhoani, r. a. to entice by soft words. — s. the meeting of different winds. — V. n. to have a longing de- sire, or wish for an object. Tauhorahora, 8. the happy state of peace. Taui, s. a price, purchase, com- pensation. — • V. a. to exchange property, to buy. Tauia, s. the name of some dis- order. Taumaeretei, the hands; one leg. V. n. also to walk on to hop oi\ Taumamao, v. n. reach, as fruit. Taumamau, v. n. to be keep- ing in one place, as a sick person. Taumaha, *. a portion of food offered to the gods, or spirits of the dead. — 8. the crosier ; see tauha. Taumata. s. the Tahitian bon- net of cocoanut leaves. — s.a. hat or bonnet ; see tau' poo, Tauniatateatuatu, s. a head- dress of the gods. Tau mi, 8. an ornamented breast- plate. — s. a ballast, or weight to press down. V. a. to press down a thing by weight. Taunena, v. a. to stretch out a garment, &c. Tauorea, *. a ledge of rocks under water. Taupe, V. a. to bow down, ap- plied to the head. Taupepe, a. cumbersome. Tdupep^, V. a. to spread out a wet cloth, &c. Taupeupe, v. n. to l)ow down repeatedly, or a plurality bowing down. Taupiti, 3. a double canoe ; see taurua. — * a public feast. Taupin, s. the train of the pa- per kite. Taupiritea, s. a player. Taupirimaona, s. a wrestling match. Taupitiroroa, s. an idolatrous ceremony, with an exhibi- tion of obscenity. Tau[)o, .*. the name of a cer- tain disease. TAU] Tau}>oo, 5. a liatj cap, bj'.uiel, or head dress. Taupoto, s. a short distance. Taupupu, s. hindersome, cuin- beisonie. — a. heavy, cumbered, bur- dened. Taura, *. a rope, cord, twist, line, or thread. Taura, s. a herd or flock ; a number of pigs, cattle, or fowls that counrionly keep together. Taura, .v. {kaura^ Iiaula.) a pretended prophet, or some one inspired by some god or goddess. Taurai, v. a. see tauai^ and tau' ari. Taurearea, *. the young, heal- thy, and vigorous of the people. Tauri, V. n. to be intermixed, as a family in a house. Taurihau, s the name of a ine- dicinal plant. Tauru, v. a. to fasten or secure a part of the sinnet, in lash> ing a canoe. Taurua, s. the name of tlie planet Venus. Taurua, s. the name of a pub- lic feast. Taurua, s. a double canoe. Taurumi, v. n. to rest a little, as rowers in a canoe. - — V. a. to press and rub with the hand the limbs of a weary or sick person. Taurupoto, 5. a short distance. Taururoa, *. a long distance. Taurumirumi, v. a. to repeat the act of taurumi. — V. a, to balance, or counter- poise a canoe, when in a rough sea. 261 [TAU Tauruurutaiata, a. dark, ob- scure, as the speech of a per- son. Tauta, V. n. to land ; see uta. Tautaa, s. a double jaw or cheek bone. Tautai, s. a certain mode of fishing, of which there are many names. Tautai, s. what is caught in a fishing excursion. Tautaiaahi, «.what is caught in fishing for the anliL Tautapa, s. a stick u^ed by fish- ermen. Tautau, v. a, to catch a certain fish in fresh water. — V. n. to hang down. Tautaumaau, v. a. to do some mischief to another. Taute, *. a person not allowed to eat with men, because of his cooking for his wife. Tautea, v. a. to spread abroad, a^ Ra \s said to have done with the sky. Tautea, v. «. to rescue, deliver. Tautefa, «. an idle proud fel- low, that will not work. Tauteute, v. a. to make a thing red. — *. a large collection of dif- ferent kinds of food. Tautia, v. n. to be in the rear. \ Tautini, s. daal^ two victories obtained in one game. Tautonu, s. the name of a fish. Tautoo, V. a. to seek earnestly what a person wishes. — V. n. to endeavour to raise one's self, when sick. Tautu, V. a. to bite or strike with the tusk, as a hog is apt to do. Tautu, 5. a swelling of the lips; see utu. TAV3 Taulumaere, v. a. to laug-h at any thing that is strange. Tauturu, s. a prop, help, as- sistance. — V. a. to help, assist, support. Tauupu, 8. the loins. Tauvaru, s. eight joined togeth- er ; as subdivisions or ca- noes, or of districts. Tauuaivai, s. the commotion made in the water by a per- son jumping into it. Tauvauvau, s. grass to spread on the floor of a house ; or leaves to spread for a feast. Tava, s. the name of a large shell fish. — r. a. to prepare the bark for cloth making. Tavae, s. a sort of basket for catching iish. — s. a species of paroquet. Tavaha, s. a bridle, gag. — r. a. to bridle, to gag. Tavahi. *. the name of a star. — s. Ine black part of a co- coanut cup. Tavahipapamea, s. the name " of a species of plantain. Tavai, v. a. to anoint the body with oil. — s. adoption of another's child. ■ — a. adopted, tamaiti tavai, an adopted son ; see faala* vai, — V. a. to make use of water ; see tapape, — ^. a razor strop to smooth with. Tavaimani, v, n. to sit still, when an enemy is approach- ing, having been deceived by reports of peace. Tavai manino. s. smooth speech, flattery. 262 [TAV Tavai rea, v n. to be unable to eat food from the effects of medicine ; also to be deceiv- ed by the hopes of a sick person's recovery. Tavana, s. (En^l. Governor) the principal chief of a dis- trict. — a. appropriated for fishing, as vaa tavana, a fishing ca- noe. Tavare, v. a. to deceive ; see haavare. Tavari, v. a. to make soft and smooth, as pulp, mortar, &c. Tavaru, s. a fleet of canoes bringing food for the king or principal chief. The name IS from varu eight ; a meet- ing of eight divisions or ma- taeinaas. Tavaru, s. a meeting of differ- ent districts, for business and feasting. Tavau, *. a contraction of ta- varu. Tavava, *. a crack, or splitting by the sun. — V. a. to crack, or split, in the sun. Tavavaa, s. a species of moth. Tavere, s. a thing taken in tow, as a boat behind a ship. — V. a, to tow, or drag a thing in the water. Taverevere, v. a. to drag, or tow repeatedly. Tavero, s, a long spear. Tavevo, s, echo ; see pinai. — u. «. to echo. Tavevovevo, r. n. to echo re- peatedly ; seepinainai'f to be making a noise, as an as- sembly, that is at a distance, breaking up. Tavi, V. n. to make a rustling TEJ 263 noise ; to feel a strange sen- sation on hearing bad news. Tavii, s. a hum, or a low noise among the people in an as- sembly. Tavini, s, (Engl, servant^) a servant, or attendant. Taviri, s. a key for a lock. — V, a. to turn a key, to lock or unlock. Taviri, v. a. to turn or twist, as in rope making, Tavirihau, v. n, to be disregard- ing the dues of gofernment. Tavirimaa, r. n. to be niggard- ly, grudging to give a chief the rood, &c, that was his due. Taviritaoa, v. n. to be unwilling to pay just dues. Taviriviri, s. the colic, grip- in^ pains; a sensation of twislmg. — V, n. to turn and twist one's self repeatedly; to have twisting pains in the bowels, — V. a, to turn a thing round and round. — a* a turned thing ; as puaa- taviriviri^ a turned pig, that is a roasted pig. Tavovovovo, s. a rolling, dis- tant sound. — V, n. to be rolling, or rever- berating, as the noise of dis- tant thunder. Te, the definite article^ as te taa" ta, the man. — V. aux. answering commonly to am, art, is, or are in the present tense ; as te papai nei au I am writing, te pa- rau nei oe, thou art speak- ing ; It is also used with ra to denote the imperfect tense, as te parau ra oia, he was then speaking. Te, relative pron. who, which, and that, as o te parau, that speaks or he who speaks; O vai te parau ? Who speaks ? O mea te parau, such a one (is) he who speaks. Tea, s. a beam, rafter, or a ho- rizontal stick, to fasten an upright fence to. — 5. any piece of wood fasten- ed crossways. — s. an arrow shot from a bow ; see ohe, — V. a, to shoot an arrow. — a. white ; se uouo» Teaai, i». n. to* nibble at the food, and not eat it. Teaamu, a. fretting, corroding. Teahitutai, s, one that cooks very often ; fig. a fiery an- gry person, difficult to please. Teai, s. a game played by the fingers. Teamanuu, s. one of two con- tending armies. Teatea, a, white ; see uouo, Tefatefa, v. a. to look repeatedly at one's dress from conceit. Tehe, v, a, to castrate animals ; to slit the prepuce above; 5Mpercision ; see patehe, Tehea, cdo, where : used only interrogatively, Tehea, pron. which ? tehea te toru ? which is the third ? Tehetehepi, s. the attendants of the king or principal chief, seizing and cultivating land wherever they can find it. Tehitia o te r^, s. the east, or sun rising. Tehiti o te ra, s. the same as te- hitia o te r^. Tehoaiavero, s. a great wav^- TRM] 264 |Ti:rt rior, one thut is very zeal ous. tiiid acts generally in a had cause. Tehoaiteraipiri, s. a man over zealous in a bad caupe. Tehu, 5. the name of a good fisli ; see paral2i, — a. rough, as the skin of ani- mals. — s. one that has a protube- rance on his body. • — s. a person worsted in com bat, or in argument. Tehutehu, a. worsted, or de- feated repeatedly, either in combat, or m argument. — a. having protuberances. Tei, prep, in, as, tei te fare, in the house. — V. mix. as, was, or were, has, or hare in the preter tense. — rel. pron. that, who, or which, see tc. Tei. V. n. to hop on one leg. Teiaha, a. heavy, ponderous, cumbersome. Teiai, v. a. to fetch food. Teie, dem. pron. this, ^in oppo- sition to that. Teienei, dem. pron. this, this here. — adv. now, immediately ; shortly. Teihea, adu. where ? see tchea. Teimaha, a. heavy ; see teiaha, Teina, *, a younger brotlier or sister. Teitei, a. high, tall, exalted. Teiteiraupaa, s. a large man. when overcome by a little one ; a large quantity of food consumed by few men ; a thing large in bulk, but of little substance. Temahani,^. the name ofa tree. Temaharo, .?. one of the Tahi- tian gods, it is also wor- shipped jn other groupes of islands. Temehani, s. the name of a mountain oF Raiatea, the supposed residence of de- parted souls. Tena, dem. pron. that, in ad- dressing a person at some distance ; that by you. Tenana. dem. pron. that by you ; see no. — adv. now, but at the ] lace of the person addressed. Tenania, prep, upon, over a thing. Teni, v. a. to exalt another; to impart power or authority to another. Teniteni, r. a. to exalt another repeatedly. — a. high, exalted. Teoteo, s. pride, loftiness, haughtiness. — a. proud, lofty, conceited. Tepaparaliaraha^ s. according to Tahitian tradition, this papa, or rock, was the found- ation of all lands. Tepatua, s. the middle part of each side of an oval Tahitian house. Tera, dem. pron. that, that at a distance. Teratera, a. sacred, or what once belonged to the king. Tere, *. a journey or voyage. — J. a travelling company. — s. the object, or business a person has in view, when he takes a journey. — V. n. to sail, as a ship or canoe ; to slide, or move along ; to spread out. Tereani, s. the errand^or jour- ~ ney of the sovereign. TET] Tei'earu, *. a canoe passing* through a rough sea. Teretereaurua, v, n. to go by two and two. Terelereora, s. the walk of a person just recovering from sickness. Teretereorie, *. the stumbling of an infant, when attempt- ing to v/alk. Teretiaau, v. a. to seek a good place to anchor where the wind will allow of going out again. Teretuao, *. a long absence from home, so that the fruit ripens during the period. Teriteriuri, v. n. to follow, as one person another. Teruteru, *. anger, arising from disappointment. Tete, s, two shells struck to- gether, as a token of mourn- ing for the dead. — V. n. to make a noi«?e, as the beaten shells ; to be noisy, as a great talker. Tete, s, the name of a small fish. Tetea, s. a person who remains always in the shade, and thereby becomes white ; also a phantom said to appear at a spring of water. Tetei, v. n. to close the teeth, as a dying person ; to shew above water, as the rocks at low water, or at the ebbing of the »ea. Tetooa, s. the side or edge of a thing. Tetooaotera, s. the west where the sun sets. Tetua, s. a girl or young wo- man ; a title given to those of the chief families. 265 [TIA. Teu, s. an attendant on the chief, or pi mcipal man. Teu, V. n. to l)e naked, used contemptuously. — *. a term applied to the menses. Teuau, s, an attendant on a chief. Teuteu, s. servants, attendants on a chief. Teuteuarii, s. the king's attend- ants. Teve, s. the name of a plant, and acrid root. Ti, s. the name of a plant, that has a large and sweet root. {Dracaena terminalis, — prep, in ; see tcL Tia, s. the bottom of the belly, or just below the navel. — a. (iika.) just ; straight, fit, proper. — s, the back ; see tiia. — s. the wide open sea, — V. n. to stand up. — V. n. to abide, remain ; to keep doing a thing. — V. n. to have power, or ability to do a thing ; c tia iana i te hamani, he t^ able to do it. — • s. an advocate, or interces- sor. — adv, of course, well, or it might be, as pohe tia, well it miffht die, being shot tlirougli. Tiaa, s. a company of people, — s. & flock or herd of sheep, goats, &c. — *. a shoe, clog, or sandal; Bee tamd, Tiaa, a, lewd, obscene, with- out shame. Tiaaio, s. the back bone ; see tv/iio. Mm TTA] 266 Tiaati, v. n. to join together ; see iuati. Tiaau, s. a eteward, superin- tendant ; see tuau, ' — V. n, to be waiting, as for wind or weather. Tiahuru, s. work left unfinished until the material decays. Tiafa, », the bare reef at low water. Tiafaa, *. rain and fog in the narrow valleys among the mountains. Tiafati, v. a. to fold cloth or garments. Tiafetu, v. a. the same as tia- fati^ and tufetu. Tiahami, v. n. to be exhausted, as tilled land. Tiahapa. adv* over and above, more than. Tiahara, adv. the same as tia- hapa^ tuhapa^ and tuhara, Tiahau, a. wild, fierce, un- tamed. — s, & fierce, savage man or beast. Tiahe, a. thin, emaciated, ap- plied to man or beast. Tiahi, v. a. to expel, drive away. Tiahoi, a. unyielding, obsti- nate. — intj. of wonder, pleasure, or triumph. Tiahono, s. a piece to fill up a breach, or to lengthen a thing. — V. a. to lengthen by adding a piece. Tiahorotia, a. straight, straight forward. Tiahou, s. a novice ; see tuhou, — a. new, not tried ; inexpe- rienced. — s. fii^t fruit ; the first fish cAught in a new net. [TIA Tiahu, s. a lazy and wicked person ; see tuahu. Tiai, s. a keeper ; one that waits or watches. — r. a. to keep, protect from harm. — u. n. to wait, expect ; stay for a thing. Tiai, V. a. to commit adultery with many. Tiaia, v, a. to strike the foot against a stone ; to stumble by striking against some- thing. — V. a. to touch a thing. Tiaimaheireva, s. a person ap- parently dead, yet there is a little breath remaining. Tiamatarua, s. a man who watched two deep holes, in which pigs were confined ac- cording to ancient custom ; or one who watched two di- visions in time of war. Tiaipaiava, s. the name of a strong wind which closes up the openings in the reef; also one who catches fish near the small openings. Tiaipihaa, v. a. to seek con- quest in some of the native games. Tiaipoi, v. n. to wait the poi, or proper period when one is to die. Tiaire s. the candle-nut tree, and fruit. Tiairepapaa, s. the Palma Ckristi, Tiairi, s. the small pebbles of a pavement. Tiairoa, 8, the long keeping 6f a thing. Tiaivavea, v. n. to wait the falling of a high wave in order to land ; see vavea. TIAl TiamS, a. free, not a slave, bonaman, or prisoner. Tiam^, v. n. to be free, having liberty; Heefaatiama. Tiamaha, *. the reef of rocks, covered at low water; see tufa, — 8. an indecent exposure of the person, by either male or female. ■ — V. a. to expose the person shamefully. Tiamaaava, g. a disease of the bowels. Tiamatapoopoo, #. a person with sunken or hollow eyes. Tiamii, v. n. to grumble, or grudge. Tiamimi, #. the name of a small poisonous crab. Tiamo, v. n. to be not hurt, not giving way in a contest. Tiamoina, o. n to be lost, as a bird caught by the ihu manu, or bird catcher ; see aromoi" na» Tiamu, o. a. to tie a rope ; see taamu, Tiamii, a. blunt, having the ^ point broken off; see . n. to lie down on the side, bending the knees, — V. a. to chop, or cut with an axe ; see tapu. Tipupu, v« a. to cut or chop re- peatedly ; see tapnpu, Tiputa, s. the name of a gar- ment worn commonly by the islanders; see tvputa^ tiaputa. — V. n, to pierce, or make a hole in a thing. Tiputaputa, v. a. to pierce or make holes repeatedly. Tira, s. the mast of any sailing vessel. — 5. a fishing canoe fitted with a mast. — f . a pole or stick put up in marae. Tiraha, v. n. to lie down on the bsck. — adv. over against, opposite. Tirahaomama, v. a. to defame, speak evil of one, and that without foundation. Tiraharaha, v. n, to lie down on the back as a sick person. Tirao, v. a. to exhort to peace; — to excite to peace. Tiraorao, r. o. to excite to peace repeatedly. — r. a. to place two sticks across each other. Tirara, a. all, no more remain- ing. Tiratiamanava, s, the name of a part of the belly. Tiratira, v. a. to put up a high house ; to invest a person with authority. 272 [TIR Tiraurau, v. a. to bribe or use means to get favour. Tireo, s, the first day of tlie moon, or first night. — s. young suckers; the last of the progeny of a wo- man. Tiri, s. a man that was an at- tendant on a god. — r. n. to throw, or cast a small fishing net into the wa- ter. Tiriaina, s. a place where the heads of the dead were pre- sented to the gods. ■ — *. a shallow place where fish are caught. Tiriapera, s. a j)lace where the bones of the dead, sacred cloth belonging to the chiefs, &c. were thrown to rot ; a dunghill. Tiriapu, s. fish which are ta- ken out of their season. Tiripuu, 5. the protuberance where the branch is joined to the tree ; fig. some evil after peace. Tiriumu, s. a pistol. Tirivara. i. a certain tempes- tuous wind ; fig. a boisterous ungoverned passion. Tiro, r. a. to mark, or select a a thing ; see tapao. Tiroaroa, v. n. to stretch our at full length. Tiromi, s. a bundle of small taro, scraped and baked to- gether. Tiromii, v. a. to hill up earth about a plant ; to beat up taro to a thick paste. Tiropapari, v. n. to be consti- pated. Tiroria, s. an ill grown weakly person. TIT] 273 — a. shaken, disturbed, as a tree by the wind. Tiroroa, v. n. to be sleeping with the legs stretched out. Tirotiro, s. a remainder. — a. small, little. Titae, s. a parent, a term of endearment used by a child for his father or mother. Titaha, a. circuitous, round about, as a road. — adv. circuitously. Titaimaorohea, s. a name that occurs in the legend about Turi. — a. diminutive. Titaporo, s. the smallest of the fruit in a bunch of plan- tains. Titapu, s. the Jew's harp. Titari, v. a. to draw out fish from a hole ; to tempt or entice a person ; to use means of provoking to war, &c. Titau, V. a. to seek, ask, impor- tune^ Titaua, s. one that has obtain- ed nothing, as an unsuccess- ful fisherman. Tite, s. the ante, or aute cloth ; see ante. Titea, 5. a sprit for a sail. Titea, s. the name of a child- ren's game. Titeamata. s. a pair of specta- cles. Titeamatahani, s. uxoriousness. — V. a. to cast a look upon a person. Titeamatatoto, s. a name given to a warrior. Titeta, s. (Eng. teakettle) a kettle. Titete, s. a name given to the native cloth, when in a car- tain state of preparation. Titi, s. a [TiT , pin or peg, nan, pm or pefr, a stake — 5. abundleofcocoanuts con- taining five muiy of four co- cocoanuls each. — V. a. to pin or peg, to fasten with nails, or with stakes in the ground ; see potilL — V. n. to stick fast, as a mote in the eye. Till, s. a captive in war, a slave ; a refugee. Titia, s. short sticks used for fistening together th.e pieces of a canoe when building it. — V. n. to drop, as water through the roof. — s. the long beam on which the native women beat the bark for cloth making. — V. n. to beat the bark for cloth making, on the beam titia. ' ' V. a. to kindle fire ; see tit' tui. — s. a mode of catcliing the small fry, called oma, used for a bait. Titiaifaro. a. straight, not crook- ed. Titiahorotia, a. straight. Titiaifarotia, a. the same as titi- aifaro. Titiaivai, s. the name of a fresh water fish. Titiaveravera, v. a. to be bur/i- ed up or scorched by the sun and wind. Titiaveravera, v. n. to be un- covered and dried, as the reefs in a hot day ; fig. to be desolated by war. Titihopeore, .v. the name of a bird. Titilioria, s. a refugee, a wan- derer. N n TlTl 274 s. the name of Titimoopiroj disease. Titio, V. n. to void excremfcnts. Titipatoa, s. the cap on the maava shell fish. — s. the nan.e of a medical plant. Titipauiu, s. a game among children, as hide and seek; see tupaurvpauru. Titiporo, s, the name of a game. Titiri, v. a. to throw or fling off a thing. Titiromatatia, v. n. to gaze, to look steadfastly, to east a lustful look. Titiripu, v. a. to cast in a bun- dle. Tititao, s. the name of a game. Tititi. s. pieces or wedges used in joining a canoe. — V, a. to make use of wedges or pieces of wood for joining closely the parts of a canoe. Titivahaora, s. a ^ain captive insensible to his circumstan- ces. Tito, V. a. to peck as a fowl ; to fight, as cocks, dogs, goats, &c. — V. n. to go softly on tiptoe, as a thief. Tito, s. a funnel ; seefuito. — V. a. to fill a vessel, such as a cask, bottle, &c. Titoe, s. an instrument to make a groove ; any kind of beading or grooving plane. — V. a. to form any kind of grooves. Titohe, s. a pair of breeches or trowsers. Titohi, s. the throes of a fe- male in labour. [tlU Titohi, V. a. to be in pain, as a woman in labour. Titohu, V. 71. to point ^ith the finger ; see tchu, Titoi, 5. the intercourse of the st xes. — V. a. to have intercourse, as the sexes ; also to enact the vile sin of Onanism. Titoo, s. a piece of wood or a pole by which to stretch out a sail. — V. a. to stretch out a sail, &c. — V. n. to stretch out an arm, foot, &c. Titooraaavae, s. a footstep. Titore, v. a. to split straw, grass, fara leaves, &c. for mats, or for the platting of hats, &c. Tiloro, V. fl. to seek to trace thieves or stolen property ; to put the hand to the moutb of a hole to catch a crab, &c. — V. a. to intrigue, or have by secret means criminal in- tercourse with another's wife. — V. n. to stretch out the arm ; see faatoro. Titoropaahoi, v. a. to heap upon a man the various crimes of his ancestors. Titotai, x. a clever fisherman ; see ihitai. Titumarae, s, an indigenous person. Tiiuri, s. an instrnmeut to catch eels. Tin, V. a. to beg or detnancJ property from house to house, as was formerly done by the chiefs and their ser- vants. Tiue, s. a mode of easting ai fishins: Bet. TO A] 275 [TOA Tiue, V. a. to cast a net; to throw a stone. Tiupoorua, s. a ti root out of which grows two stems ; Jig, a person who has beside his wife, another secret one. Tiutiu, s. a calabash to hold wa- ter. — s. the germ of the cocoa- nut. Tivahinaparua, s. a species of banana. Tivai, V. a. to anoint with oil ; see t2vai Tivera, v. a. to act with dili- gence and expedition. — adu. vigorously, diligently, fully. To, s. sugar cane ; also sugar. — V. n. to wrestle. — prep, of, belonging to ; see ta^na^no. ^ — V, n. to con«ef|te, used of women only. Toa, s. the hard iron wood, called also ailo, the casuari- na. — 5. a warrior, a valiant man. — a. courageous, valiant. — a. mischievous, savage. — s. {toka) a rock, a stone ; coral rock. — conj, also, likewise ; see atoa, — ado, entirely, all. — s. large clots of blood. Toa, a, self conceited, proud , see oteo. Toaa, s. the hard substance in the pulp of the bread fruit ; the bruises, or bites of in- sects in the body of the fruit. • — a. bruised, or having hard discoloured places, applied to bread fruit. Toaaau, s. the rocky coral reef. ToaatI, s. a round mass of co- ral. Toae, s. an expression used by an orator in commencing his speech. Toaauau, s a mass of coral over which tiie current runs. Toafaaruru, s a mass of coral beset by eddies. Toafare, s. a house for barter, fare toa. Toaheabe, s the ripples of the sea, produced by a gentle breeze. Toahiti, s the name of the god of the valleys. Toaharahia, s. the coral poison- ed by the plant IiQra. Toahu, s. heat, sultriness. — a. close, sultry, no air stir- ring. Toahua, s. the fat lining the ribs of animals. Toahuahti, a. hot, pungent, as the cipsicam. Toahue, s. the perspiration af- ter eating. Toahuri, s. a strong wind that comes in gusts. Toahuripapa, s. a strong tem- pestuous wind. Toai, V. n. to sit nearly erect. ToamatapUj.i. intrepidity, cour- age. — r a. courageous, dauntless. Toapu, s. the same as toa ati. Toaraa, s- a mass of coral rocks above water. Toarau, s. a species of bread- fruit. Toare, s. the name of a native drum. - — V. n. to be \\\ commotion, as the sea, &c. Toareare, v. n, to be ruffled, TO El 276 and In repeated commotion, applied to the sea. — V, n. to be sick at stomacli. Toaroto, s. a figurative expres- sion for the king-, or principal chief, when among his people. Toaru, a. slack, loose, as the skin and flesh of a person that had been fat ; loose as a rope untwisted ; careless, or without energy. Toaruaru, a. slack, dilatory, without energy. — V. n. to b6 without energy in any thing. Toatamarii, s. the lochia, clots of blood. Toatapahi, v. n. to be destitute of fear. Toatoa, s. a very offensive smell emitted from the sea. — V. n. to be disgusted. — s. small coral. Toatoaarii, s. a painful wound or stab. Toatoapapu, s. surfeit, disgust of a pregnant woman. Toau, V. ?i. to be in the midst of warriors or people, as a chief; see toarnf.o. Toauau, a. badly prepared, as the hoi root. — s. disturbance of mind, con- sternation, on account of bad tidings; sx^epuavau. Toavaava, a. sour, acid. • — V. n. to become sour. Toe, s. an earthworm ; also the worms that feed on the dead. Toe, V. 11. to remain, or be left as a remainder ; to be left out, not includetl. 'i'oea, s. a remainder, residue, what w IS not included. Toea,6'. an old person ; see riiaa. [Toir Toeapoia, s a single bread fruit oil the end of a branch that cannot be obtained. Toehaeha, a. sourish, inclining to sourness. Toehaumi, a. soft or damp, as by dew. Toerau, s. a westerly, or north- westerly wind. • Toetoe, s, cold, coldness, chil- liness. — a. cold ; see maariri. Toetoepahao, s. the name of a crab. Tofea, V. n. to be surfeited ; see taheci, — V. n. to be over worked, as land that ceases to bear. Tofaafaa, s. one who does his work lazily. Tohe. s. the buttocks ; the bot- tom of a vessel, the founda- tion of anything. Tohea, v. n. to be aurfdited, or crammed over much. Toheami, s. a bottom very lean or shrunk. Toheoioi, s. a person continu- ally on the move. Toheoo, a. enclosed in fat, as the hinder parts of a hog. Tohepaparu, s. a heavy bottom, one that sits unconcerned, not assisting those that are near him. Tohepu, s. a slender pointed conch shell. Tohepuu, s. a buttock with an abscess. Tohepe, s. a lazy fellow that crawls on his bottom. Tohepeepee, s. one that is on the alert. Tohepere, a person whose buttocks were not tattooed. TOil] 2/7 Tohetiti, s. one to whom the gume falls. Tolletolie, s. tlie elements, or stamina of speech. Tohetu])ou, s. the name of a Sj)ecies of breadfruit. — s. the name of a medicinal plant. Toheveri, s. the name of a large tish like the uahL — • 5. the name of a figure on the skin. Tohij s. a chisel ; an instrument to cleave bread fruit. — V. a. to use a chisel ; to split bread fruit. — t?. a. to guard with a spear in fencing ; see tiarau. Tohimauriora, s. an idolatrous prayer. Tohinu, a. calm, unruffled. — s. calmness, smoothness. Tohiahio, s. the name of an abcess. Tohipu, V. a, to split bread fruit crossways. Tohiuhiu, s. some misgivings, apprehensions. Tohirepo, s. a spade or shovel. Tohitohi, v. a harpoon. — V. a. to use a chisel. Tohiumaro. infj, a word of sa- lutation to a god, when be- ginning to inspire a person. Tohora, s. a grampus, or whale. Tohu, s. the name of a Tahi- tian shark god. — s, a prophecy, or foretelling. — V. a. to prophesy or foretell. — V. a. to nod, make a signifi- cant sign with the head or eyes; also to point at a thinof with the fing-er. Toh V. a. to give or share out in dribblels, while the ' [TOI one who siiares keeps most for himself. Tahua, s. small rain. Tohuatea, v. n. to be in an im- perfect state, as cocoanut sduce. Tohuhe, v, n. to be calmed or lulled a little, as the sea. Tohureva, s. the going away of the grated pi a with the water, not sinking in it; a supersiitious notion that a person must not sneeze lest it go. Tohutohu, V. n. to point at a thing repeatedly, or many pointing at once. — V. a. to make tears to flow. — V. a. to ask, solicit, or re- quest a thing. Tohuura, s. a piece of a rain- bow ; red clouds. Toi, s. tlie name of a good tim- ber tree. — s. {tofdy togi,) a hatchet or tomahawk. Toiaha, a. heavy, ponderous; see teiaha, Toiaraa, s. a lever. — V. a. to turn by a lever or handspike. — V. a. to raise up a thing. Toiau, a. heavy, burdened. — V. n. to be oppressed or burdened. — s. the name of a noted self invited guest. — v. a. to use a lever. Toieie, s. confusion created by an alarm of war. — intj. an exclamation of the arioi men. — ■ ado. at fingers' ends in wrest- ling, &(5. Toimaha, a. heavy, ponderous. TOI] 27 Toihaiha. v. n. to be overload- ed by eating. Tt)ihau. V. a. to bleach in the dew. Toimata, s. the name of a Ta- hitiaii goddess, by whom women were inspired. Toiniato, s. a stone adze ; a teilihg axe. Toimoerepo, s. a native of the place ; an ingenious pers^on. Toiinoetahora, s. the same as toimoerepo. Toihoiho, v. n. to be declining, as the sun in the afternoon. Toina, v. n. sought, fetched ; see toi. Toini, s. an ominous hog offer- ed to the gods. — a. well made, solid, substan- tial ; a plump well grown man. — V. n. to be light, as a drum- head ; Jig. to be swollen with rage. Toipauru, s. an axe that stands ill on its helve. Toipeue, s. a broad carpenter's axe. Toiraufaino, s. an axe mention- ed in the legend of Hii o. Toiri, V. a. to collect in one place, cause to assemble; to drag a log, bark and all. — V. n. to move in a body from place to place. Toita, a. tight, well stretched ; inflated. — a. unripCj applied to fruit. Toitama, s. an adze used for finishing work, or finally clearing and cleansing it. — I', a. 10 extirpate, take off entirely. Toivi, s. a widow ; one with- out offspring. 8 fTON Toma, V. n. to be in an extir- pated state. Tomaa. v. n. to be divided in mind oraff'ection. Tomara, s. the heart of a tree, without the sap. — V. a. to season a bamboo, cocoanut cup, &c. ; also to gloss, or polish with oil. Tomea, fi. redness of the skin, caused by eating stale fish, or by the sun. Tomo, V. a. to enter, as at a door ; to go into the vallies the first time in the season for mountain plantains. — V. n. to be brought low, as a ship or boat heavily laden. — V. n. to be sunken ; to sink altogether, as a ship, boat, or canoe. Tona, s. a wart or excrescence. — 5. a species of the venereal disease. To'na, pron. pass, his, hers its ; see to'na. Tona, s. niggardliness; see ho' roaino. Tonahioe, s. the name of a dis- ease in which the body wastes away gradually. Tonatona, a. uneven, having a rough surface. Tono, V. a. to send a messen- ger, a person, not a thing, for which haapono h used. — V, n. to cause or excite a person to go. Tonotono, v. a. to send repeat- edly. — V. n. to incline, to attend to a person or thing. Tonu, 6'. the name of a fish that is often poisonous. It is of the tarao species, and commonly of a reddish co- TOPJ 279 lour, there are variations called tonufaraoa, tonuha- mea, tonufaeta, &c. Tonutonii, a. red, much sun burnt. Too, s. a piece of wood form- ing the body of an idol. — s. Q. pole to push a canoe along". — s. the man at the head of a wandering dancing party. •"- s. the largest of the fruit in a plaintain bunch. — V, a. (togo, lokoy) to pull, or drag along. — a prefix^ \toko^) to the num- ber of persons (not things) mentioned, as toorua, tooto- ru. &c. , — V. a. to lay a restriction ; see rahui. — V. n. to vomit ; see ruai. Tooa, s. a certain ceremony among the arioi. Tooaotera setting. Toofa, s. i to arii. Toomaa, 5. the forked branch of a tree ; forked tail of a fish. Tootoo, V. n. to vomit slightly. — V. a. to push along a canoe with a pole. — s. (togotogo) a staff or walk- ing stick. Toounuhi, s. the decayed too of a god taken out ; jftg. a se- lect party of warriors. Topa, V. n. to fall down straight, as a thing from an eminence ; see mairi. — V. n. to fall behind, as when in a company. — V. a. to name a person or a thins:. s. the west, or sun- chief next in rank [TOP — s. an abortion. Topaapaa, s. a disfigured, or an unhandsome face ; an old face on young shoulders. Topaatoa, v. a. to add all to- gether, all falling to work at once. Topahaa, v. a. to drop the work ; to forsake utterly. Topahura, v. n, to sit uncon- cerned, while others are act- ing. — a. barren. Topamoto, v. n to fall from a blow of the fist ; to be struck by some alarm. Topamotoai, s. a&tonishment arising from ill news sud- denly made known. Topaoro, a. stunted, of loner standing, but of diminutive growth. Topapaa, s. inaize, or Indian corn. Topapu, V. n. to fall down, as drops of rain, when there is no wind. — V. n. to he careless, void of energy ; to be settled, dwell- ing" at ease. Topara, o. discoloured, as scorched leaves ; discoloured, as water by a flood ; having a withered appearance, as grass. Toparere, v. n. to drop from a heisfht. — V. n. to be overtaken with sleep ; to let fall ; forget. Toparuru, v, a. to frighten another. — s. the fluttering of a bird that cannot fly. Topata. s, a drop. — V, n. to drop, as rain, &c. Topatai, s. a piece that forms. TOP] 280 the hind part of the keel of a canoe. — V. n. to drop into the sea. Topatairite, v. n, to be soon done, or consumed. Topatapata, v. n. to drop re- peatedly, be dropping-. Topataparuru, v. a. fo frighten 'another repeatedly. Topatari, v. n. to fall, as a bunch, or cocoanut branch ; see tarL — 5. a violent affliction of the mind, on being overtaken by some evil. — V. n. to be in a hysteric or epileptic lit : to be, accord- ing to the native notion, un- der the powerful influence of Fome ghostly agent. Topataua, s. the name of a small fish found in inland places having no communi- cation with the sea, and therefore supposed to drop with the rain, see ua. Topataue. v. a. to fall from a height without being en- tangled. Topatie, v. n. to be in a frantic state of mind. Topato, s. the deep between two shallow places. — V. n. to fall headlong. Topatopau, s. the part of a pig's belly below the ribs on each side. Topatopa, v, n. to fall by mis- carriage or abortion. Topatu, V. 71. to fall in an erect posture. Topaturi, v. n. to fall on the knees. Topauru. v. n. to full from a breadfruit tree ; a frequent occurrence. [TOR Tope, s. a taiL or lock of hair hanging behind. Tope, V. a. to prune, cut off superfluous branches of a tree or plant ; to chop off the ends of rafters, the eaves of a house, &c. Topearo, v. «. to push forward. — V. n. to rally, as an army. Topetope, v. n. to prune, or cut repeatedly. Topi, s. proneness to frequent pregnancy. Topic, s. proneness to grow fat. Tora, a. ill savoured. Toraa, s. the time or place of conception; the time and place of wrestling. Torahui, s. the act of laying a rahui; the person that lays the rahui or prohibition. Torata, adv. slovenly, inde- cently. Toratora, s. an offensive smell. — a. of a lasting ill odour. Tore, s. a part of a paper kite. — a. striped, chequered, as cloth. — V, n. to grow, as proud flesh in a sore. Torea, s. the name of a bird. — s. the name of a tune beat- en on the cloth beam of the women. Toreahuaore. s. a nimble light footed person. Toreamatahere, s. a wary to- Tea that has escaped a snare ; fg. a wary person that can- not be imposed upon. Toreataihee, s. a mode of at- tack in battle ; also toreahu- eare. Toreataioulu, s. a noisyj^mis- chief making person. toil] 2BI Toreataioulu,^. a noisy mischief making" person. Toretahua, .?. a place marked out and raised for the use of archers. Toreto. s, the small e^ffs in a turtle. Toretore, v. n. to be growing, as proud flesh in a sore. — V. n. to be in streaks. Toriirii, a. small, as drops of drizzling" rain. ♦ — V. n. to be falling in small drops. Toro, s* the name of a spe- cies of banana. — 5. the name of a fishing net. — V. n. to run or creep, as vines or roots of plants ; to stretch out. Toroa, s. business, office, occu- pation. Toroa, .«?. the name of a ma- — rine bird. Toroau, s. a very thin corpse. Toroea, s. the name of a small tree, whose leaves resemble those of a coffee tree. Toroire, s. the name of a pod bearing tree. Toromaa, v. n. to be divided between two objects, as the mind, or affection. Toromatatini, s. a fishing net. Toromeho, s. the name of a sweet scented oil. Toromiro, s. an offensive smell, as of a dead carcass. — 5. a name of the sacred tree amae. ; ficj. a person of con- sideration. Toroiriro, v. n. to be humbled or abashed before a superi- or; to humble one'self be- fore a great man. Tororu, a. plentiful, refreshing, applied to rain. [TOT Torotea, s. the same as toroea. — s. a full grown ante or paper mulberry. Torotoro, v. n. to creep ; see toro. — V. a. to select, to pick out, to scrape together. Torotoroiore, s. a piece of wood fastened to the lower ends of rafters in a Tahitian house. Toro toromaa, v. 7i. to branch out, as the veins of the leg or arm. Torotorofi, s. a lazy, inactive person. Torotorouaua, v. n. to be dis- tended, as the veins. Toroi^, s a lazy person, as to- rotorou. Toru,a.three; see atorii^etoru, Tota, intj, an exclamation of derision. Totara, s. the hedge hog fish. Totaitai, $. an inferior sort of sugar cane. Totamu, v, a. to caulk a boat, ship, &c. Totaraupoonui, s. a peculiarly built canoe, the head not in proportion to the stern ; Jig, an injudicious mode of at- tack in war. Tote, s. an apparatus for catch- ing the cuttle fish. — V. a, to fish for the cuttle- fish ; to fasten by tying. — V. n. to sound as a bell ; to be in anger, to speak in con- fusion. Toteatoti, s. a mode of fishing for the little atoti ; an insig- nificant fish. Totero, s. small eggs of fowls, turtle, &c. also a contemptu- ous expression. o o TOT! 282 Toti, a. tied, secured, cement- | ed ; also bound by an agree- j ment. I — V. n, to be double tied, as a ! bundle. | Totitotaa, v. n. to go from \ place to place to babble. I Toto, s, blood ; also juice or fiap of plants, &c, Toto, V. n. to shake as a fisher- man's line when the fish bite. Toto, 5. a net or ba^ for a cala- bash, in which it is carried about with water, &c. Toto, V. n. to pant, as two fowls when fighting; to make a noise, as a hen when her nest is disturbed ; to rap with a finger, or strike a drum with a finger. Totoa, V. a. to do some mis- chief. — a. mischievous, doing harm* Totoe, s. a species of a crab. — s. a. piece of wood struck by a man, when removing the rahui. . — s. some supposed vengeance for a crime. Totoee, v, n. to be not noticing a friend ; also in speech, to wander from the sumeet. Totoetai, s. the name of a crab. Totohara, s. a visitation or punishment, supposed to be inflicted on account of some crime. Totoie, s. a little game, or play of children. TotomapA, u. a. to do some mischief or violence. — 5. the doer of some mis- chief; the same as totoa. Totomato, v. a. Xo strike the ground when in pursuit of [TOU hidden properly, that is sup- posed to be buried. Totono. V. a, the dual of tono, to send. Totoo, V, a, to distend. Totoo, V, a, to enlarge a thing. Totoorooro, v. a, to speak la- conically ; see topatairite, Totopao, 5. the blood obtained by striking the head with the sliark's tooth; formerly a frequent custom of women in token of grief or affec- tion. Totoro, s. decrepitude. — V. n. to be shrivelled, wora out by age. — V, n, to creep, or move slowly. — V, a. to trace by foUowinff a track, to trace a stalk or vine to the rest of a plant. Totoroaena, s, decrepitude, old age. — a, old, stricken in year's, worn with age. Totoroaipo, s, the act of eating at home, being overtaken by darkness. Totoriore, s, the same as toro* toroiore. Totoroporeho, s. a part of the instrument that is used to catch the cuttle flsh. Tolorou, s. a work that will not be done. Totorouto, s, a dancing tune beaten on the cloth beam by the women wlien making "^ cloth. Tototo, s. a species of broom, called also a toto. Totova, s. mischief; the same as tofoa, Tou, 5.|the name of a tree, (the cordia}. TUA] 283 To'u, poss. pron. my, mine; see ta, to, na. Tou, poss. pron, thine, accord • ing to otiier dialects, but not much used at Tahiti, as 10* a, mine, to oe, thine, tona^ bis, are the regular Tahitian/^055. pron. Touura, a, red, coloured by the sun. Touri, a. darkish in colour. Toutu, a. of a dark colour ; see uriurl ; marred, applied to the face. Tovanuvanu, s, coldness; see anuamc, Tu, s. the name of a Tahitian god, as also formerly of the the king of Taliiti, so that the syllable tu became sa- cred, and was changed into tia in most words. • — s. an advocate, suppoiler, pleader for another ; see tia, — v,n. to stand erect ; to be upright or straight. — V. n, to fit, agree, to answer tlie purpose. — prep, from ; see atuj aturaj or tura, Tua, *. the back ; the great open sea. — s,a. maggot ; see iro. — s, an upper flat stone of a wall ; see tiava. — V, a. to put on the upper stone of a wall. — V, a. to cut ; see tapu, — V, n, to rest, or wait ; see tatari. — s. & company ; see tiaa, Tuaa, a, lewd, shameless, in- decent, profane, — 5. a short sleep. — V, n. to sleep a little. Tuaaea, s. a sacred place. [TUA Tuaana, $. (taakana) an elder brother ; also a senior rela- tion. Tuaane, *. a brother in relation to a sister. Tuaaoa, v, n. to set in, applied to the wind. Tuae, V. a, to make room ; see faaatea. Tuafati, s. a crick in the back. Tuaha, a, full feathered, as a fowl able to fly. Tuahee, a, lean, emaciated ; see tiahee ; also loose, as the coils of a rope. Tuahine, s. a sister. Tuahoro, a. strong, athletic. Tuahu, s. a disease of the skin. — 5. a wharf, or quay. — s. the name of a part of the marae, — V, a. to fill up the earth about a plant ; also to work wickedness. Tuai, V. n, to wait, see tiai ; to exercise patience. — *. a small species of cockle] — a, productive, as farinace- ous plants. — V. n. to lie on the back with the thighs extended ; to move the thighs in dancing. Tuaio, s. the back bone ; the fleshy parts on each side of the back bone. Tuaivi, s> the slope of a moun- tain ridge. Tuamanuu, s. the same as tui" fali. Tuamata, s. the eyebrows. Tuamoo, s. the spine. Tuamoua, s a mountain ridge. Tuani, s, a restorer, one who helps, or supports. Tuaoao, v. n. to be practising as players. TUA] 284 Tuapa, s. a weakling' in the ranks ; a bird just beginning to fly. Tuapau, s. great weariness, as by labour. Tuapo, s. a dream ; an unex- pected favour. Tuapu, s. a humpback. — a. humpbacked. Tuara, s. the sail of a vessel. — V. a. to treat a person with contempt. — V. n. to forage for food. Tuara, v. n. to have weakness of the joints; to smite to- gether, as the limbs, through weakness. - — a. unfit, unsuitable. Tuaraaru, v. n. to be shaking through weakness. Tuaruhuria, v. n. to move in a tremulous manner ; to be aback, as a sail. Tuaraina, a. sun burnt ; dis- coloured by filth. Tuararirii, s. small talk or con- versation, commonly about evil things. Tuarau, s. a bait used by fish- ermen in the canoe called tira. Tuarehu, a. congregated, as- sembled. — V, n. to be assembled, as a multitude. Tuarii, s. a little trifling talk. Tuariirii, s. the same as tuarii, and tuararirii. Tuaroi, s. a bed, a place of sleeping ; a place of rest or abode. Tuaroaroa, v. n. to wait, to stay for ; see hapapa. Tuarorovau, a. unsettled, changeable as the wind. Tuaru, s. a piece of wood on the house. - V. a. to banish [TUA ridge of a native see tuvaru. Tuarua, v. n. to be ever return- ing, as a flood. Tuata, s. the name of a stone adze. — V. a. to spear fish by moon- light. ■ — V. a. to be gorged, or glut- ted with food. Tuataata, s. the followers of a person. Tuatahapa, s. a small effort to finish a work. Tuatapapa, v. n, to trace in order of time various events and transactions. Tuatapapa, v. a. to heap one thing u])on another. Tuatau, a. long, jjrotracted, as the time of doing a thing. Tuatea, s. the name of a spe- cies of yam. Tuatea, s. a great rolling bil- low of the sea. Tuateaea, s. a sacred place, such as the front of the ma- rae, the back of the king, &c. Tuateaeha, s. the wide sea out of sight of land. Tuati, V. a. to join, or close up , see taati. Tuatii, V. n. to stand, as a tii, or image, in a senseless gaze or surprize. Tuatoa, v, n. to be not diminish- ed, to be in continuance. Tuatoto, s. birth pains, the ef- forts of a woman in travail. Tuatua, s. a word of address in prayer, used in the even- ing at a marae ; in RarO" iaiKja it signifies the same as paruu. TUA] Tiiatua, a. rough, as the sur face of a thing ; also frown mat'citaatiLa frowning ftice Tuatuaau, s. , is a rough a secret robber and murderer. — V. a. to rob and murder se- cretly. Tualuaautara, v. n. to stand aloof. Tuatuai, s. a species of cockle. — s. ix large athletic person, Tuatuaihu, v. n. to be bewil- dered as a traveller, after losing the road among the bushes. Tuatuaohipa, v. a. to be over- burdened with work. Tuatuapoi, 5. a swoon, or faint- ing lit. — - V. n. to swoon, or faint. — 5. a burdensome work. Tuatuarau, a. multiplied, in- creased. Tuatuarave, intj. signifying — wonder at the greatness or strangeness of a thing. Tuau, s. the name of a heathen prayer. — V, a. to level or make plain and decent, as the gardener his ground. — V. a. to ravage, or lay waste, as in war. Tua'u, V, n. to banish, expel ; i_see tuaru, Tuau'o, s. a powerful man, a heavy thing. Tuaunahea, v. n. to be burnt by the sun. Tuauri, s, the ancient people of the place; an old cunning priest. Tuauru, v. n. to be overwhelm- ed with trouble. Tuarua, s. a pillow. 285 (^TUE Tuatuani, s. a person who seeks reconciliation with an enemy. Tuava, v. n. to be wasted, as the body of a person by dis- ease or famine. Tuava, s. (guaua) the guava tree and fruit, introduced to the islands in 1808. Tuave, s. an unfinished story. Tuavera, 5. a species of bread- fruit. — a. burnt with the sun. Tue, 5. the core of the vi apple, kernel of the ahia, the body of a crab, star fish, &c. — V, a. to impel, play at foot ball, kick with the foot; to strike against a thing. Tuea, s. a hard vi apple that has no pulp. Tuemata, 5. the eye brows, Tuematafatiore, 5. an eye that gazes steadily. — s. the eyes of an adulterer. Tuematamauru, 5. a persoa with the hair of the eye- brows tialling off, a sign of the venereal disease. Taere, a. loquacious, having words, but no doings. Tuerehu, s. a great concourse of people. Tueretahoraraa, s, a perfect calm, Tueretahoroore, s. a knot in a net. Tuete, .?. the god of adultery and fornication. Tuetue, a. thick, stout, as cloth ; irregular, as cloth or boards. — V. n. to witiistand, oppose, rebut. Tuetueavero, s. the first canoe that approaches the shore of an enemy. Tueve, v. a. to press, or throng. TUIIJ 286 — V. n. to be first or foremost. Tufa, s. the reef uncovered at low water. — V. n, to be very loud, ap- plied to the sea on the reefs ; see iiamaha, — V. a. to share, or divide por- tions. — - V. a, to spit ; see huare, Tufaa, s. a share, portion, di- vision, heritage. Tufafa, a. slack, inert, without vigour. Tufara, s, the name of a large red fish. — s, the name of a bird. Tafarefare, a. empty, void of contents. Tufatete, adv, lazily, slow in working. Tufatufaee, r. n, to have each his share ; to take each his course. Tufera, v, n. to go obscenely exposed. Tufera, v. n, to be indolent. Tuferafera, v, n. to expose the person obscenely, and that repeatedly. Tuferu, v. a. to scratch, as a hen. Tufetu, V. a. to fold up; see tiafetu, Tufetufetu, r. a. to fold a thing repeatedly. Tufefeu, v. w. to be wrangling, promoting strife. — v.^a. to provoke by words or actions. Tuha, r. a. to split, to divide ; see tvfa. Tuha, r. n, to be something less than usual, as the flowing of the sea ; to be low, as the water on the reefs; see tufa^ iiamaha t [TUI Tuhaa, s. a share ; see tufaa. Tuhatuha, r, a. to spit repeat- edly. Tuhatuhaee, v. n. the same as tufatufaee. Tuhau, 5. a visitor from another place. Tuheru, v. a. the same as iufe» ru. Tuhi, s. the name of a fish. — s. an imprecation, or curse. — V. a, to curse, to impre- cate. Tuhiauira, v. a. to charge rash- ly, and bluntly, without suf- ficient proof. Tuhituhi, v, a, to curse repeat- edly. — a. cursing, given to cursing. — a. cloying, luscious, over sweet. — v. 71. to be clogged, to be tired, or wearied of any thing. Tuhou, s. a novice, a new co- mer ; see tiahou, — s. the first wetting of a fish, ing net. — a. young, inexperienced. Tuhuru, *. a young bird, when the feathers just begin to grow. Tui, s. a disease of the ear. — V. a. to pierce, make a hole or opening. — r. a, to but, or impel ; to strike with the head or horns, as a beast in fighting; to strike, smite with the hand. — s. a part of a canoe. — s,a certain prayer and cere- mony on account of a de- ceased person, to prevent his soul returning and troubling the living ; see aiaru, — s. the hiccough. TtJI] 287 [TUI — *. a section of a prayer, or song". — s, a. pestle ; see pcnu, — s, the name or a sort of spider. — V, w. to spread, as a report ; tta tui te rooy the fame is gone abroad. — V. n. to be dividing, as mid- night, which is called tui raa po. — V. a. to beat or pound ; see ohiu Tuia, s. a human sacrifice taken to the marae. — a, lean, meagre ; see tlahe. Tuiaau, s, a warrior who seeks out his foe in every place. — 5. a fisherman who seeks fish in the holes in the reef. Tuiaha, s. from tui to pierce, and aha sinnet ; a hog mark- ed with sinnet in token of dedication to the gods. — *. a play term ; the two first cocks that are put to fighting. — V. a, to devote to the ser- vice of a god, by marking ^ with aha or sinnet. Tuiaroha, v. n. to faint through want of sustenance; sewato- pouri. Tuiate, s, a disorder of the stomach. Tuiau, V. a. to join hand in hand; to clasp hands, to hang on the arm. — V. n. to be led, or drawn. — 5. a line that runs through the meshes of a Tahitian fish» ing net, to which are fasten- ed the weights and buoys. Tuiauorero, v, a. to wrest, or misinterpret a speech at a public meeting, &c. Tuiee, *. a mode of attack by a wrestler. Tuifara, s, a certain ceremony of the arioi. — 5. a violent blow with the fist. Tuifaro, v. n. to be wearied in waiting. Tuiharo, s. the same as tuifaro, Tuiharoa, v, n, to be faint, as tuiaroha, Tuihau, s. a visitor or guest. Tuihe, a. thin, lank, meagre. Tuihehai, s, a wanton, or libi- dinous person. Tuimua, s. a part of a canoe ; tuivaa, Tuiora, v, a, to set well with wedges and tyings, a term used by canoe builders. Tuipaapaa,?;. a, to finish, put an end to a work. Tuiri, s. small stones, pebbles, gravel. Tuiroo,a.famous,noted,warlike. Tuiroro, s. a disease of the ear. Tuita, 17. n, to be fitted, or well joined together. Tuitaa, v. n, to grind, as the jaws in anger. Tuitaata. s, a barbarous cere- mony performed at the con- clusion of war, when peace was to be established. One of the slain was cut to pieces, and sent by messengers to the chiefs of the different divisions of the land, and this was tuitaata. Tuitaora, v, a. to throw a stone. Tuiteta, v. a. to cast the arm around, as a wrestler in the Tahitian wrestling matches, — • V. a. to take the first fruits to the gods and the king. Tuitiua, s. the name of a fish. ttJM] Tuituiavera, v. a. to set fire to the mountains. — s. the person thst sets the mountain wilderness on fire ; fig. a stirrer up of strife. Tuituiavivo, s. a speech that causes strife. Tuituiporo, s. a feast and cere- monies for canoe building. Tuituitu, V. a. to burn a tree while standing". Tuitupapau, s. a prayer, and certain ceremonies perform- ed for the dead, that|the spirit might not come to annoy the living. Tuiupea, s. a stick used for con- venience in carrying a large fishing net. Tuma, s. a glutton, a gorman- dizer. Tuma, adi\ over and above, as ehuru tumarua, ten and two over or above. Tumama, s. a root or founda- tion. Tumami, s. certain motions in the native dance. . — a. having a large full kernel. Tumaaha, v. n. to sit perfectly unconcerned in the midst of work, or of danger. Tumaretei, v. n. to be turning or rolling over , to roll, as a wheel or hoop. Tumaoaoa, v. n. to be ashamed, as a person not taken notice of. Tumarorarora, v. n. to be ashamed, as tumaoaoa, Tumata, v. a, to look at two persons fighting, without ma- king any attempt to part them. Tumata'a, 5. the name of a re- nowned arioi. 288 ftu?? Tumatapopoo, .?. the name o^ a certain idolatrous feast and ceremony on account of the dead. Tumatariri, s. an unfriendly countenance. Tumatatea, v. n. to stand off at a distance, giving no help^ only looking, while others are struggling with work, or some difficulty. Tumatuma, a, vast, great in quantity ; see hatiima. Tumau, s. constipation. Tumiro, v. a. to exercise in the use of arms. Tumoa, s. ten fathoms ; see nmi. Tumoarau, s. a fleet of canoes ; see papaupca; the leaves used for catching fish ; see raCere. Tumu, s. root, origin, cause, foundation. — s. the name of a certain bird. Tumu, a. blunt, pointless ; see tiamu, — V, n. to be confounded. Tumumu, v. n. to ring again, as some noise. Tumureva, s. the name of a certain wind. Tumutaua, s. lasting strife or contention. Tumutuniu, s. the red part of the bark of the tiru tree. — V, n. to distance, by reced- ing from an object ; to be- come small, as the object be- comes distant. Tumuna, s. a mountain plan- tain when half ripe. Tuna, s. a fresh water eel ; see puhi, Tunahaavaro, s. a species of eel ; Jig. a restless per- , whose speech and be- TUO] the son haviour indicate malice. Tunaofao, s. the same as tuna- haavaro Tunaoaroj s. the same as haa- varo* Tunapu, s. a fresh water eel that lives in very deep war- ier. Tunatoe, s. the remaining one, after all had been supplied. Tunatore, s, a species of salt water eel. Tunoa, s. dark spots in the face. Tunono, s. ag-ame in which the norio apples are thrown by a sling. Tunoo, 5. a certain imprecation or curse. — 5. a certain ceremony used by the sorcerer, to cause a person's death. — V, a. to practise the tunoo. Tunu, V, a, to cook victuals by roasting or boiling. — «. roasted or bolkd, applied to food. Tunupa, a. roasted in the skin, or roasted by being put on the fire. Tunuvehi, a. roasted in a co- vering of leaves, &c. Tuo, r. n. to bawl, or shout aloud. Tuofao, 5. such as go to the front of the battl*^. Tuoi, V. n. to stumble through weakness. Tuoivi, a. wasted, lean of flesh. Tuoo, V. n. to sit sullen, from the absence of food, &c. Tuoo, a. stunted, of slow growth. Tuoou, V. n. to nod, as two persons to each other. 289 j-Tup Tuoro, s. a cry or call. — V. a. to call upon a person ; see tiaoro. Tuoru, s, a sort of cloth, of which tiaputas are made. Tuou, V. n. to beckon, or nod with the head. Tuoufao, s. the same as tuO' fao, and tiaifio. Tuouou, V. n. to beckon, nod, or make signs repeatedly. — s. a certain mode of catch- ing fish. Tuoura, s. tlie name of a spe- cies of yam. — a. red, reddish ; beautifully attired. Tuououvai, s. a puff of wind with rain. Tupa, 5. a land crab. Tup a, V. a. to hollow out, ex- cavate or scoop. Tupaata, s, laughter. Tupaata, v. n. to laugh, to laugh to scorn. Tupaetaurua, s. the ring that encircles a game. Tupaha, s. a noisy talkative man. Tupahono, s. a son who takes the place of his father as a warrior. Tupai, s. a hammer, or mallet. — V. a. to strike, hammer ; beat, break a shell. Tupao, s. holes in the rocks, where the fish take shelter to hide themselve". — V. a. to chop unskilfully. Tupaonihoroa, s. a long tooth- ed person. Long teeth are reckoned by the Tahitians an unfavourable indication of the disposition of a person . Tupaopao, v. a. to cut the hair in various figures, pp TUP] Tupaopaoa, s. a steersman, a pilot. Tupapa,v. a. to beg, teazeand take ; to plunder ; v. a. to collect together, to rather against a time of need. — a. greedy, unsatiabie. Tupapaarau, 5. things heaped on each other. — V. a. to heap one on another. — s. a talebearer. Tupapau, s. {tupapaku) a corpse. — 5. a ghost, or apparition, the supposed spirit of the dead ; an old grievance raised from oblivion. Tupapauraura, a, utterly con- sumed, wasted altogether, as by war. Tuparu, s. a sort of pudding made of grated cocoanut, banana, &c. mixed together. Tupatai, s. a fleet, sea forces arranged for a sea fight. ^- s. a battle at sea. Tupatapatyo, v. n. to be on the move from place to place ; to be unsettled as to resi- dence. Tupatupa, a. suspicious ; hav- ing a dubious aspect. . V. n. to surmise evil. V. a. to excite to some evil. Tupatupaahutoru, s, a crab from the crevices of a wall ; Jig. a person that crawls without shame into the pre- sence of a chief, to teaze him by begging. Tupatupatai, v. a. to strike re- peatedly with the fist. Tupaurupauru, s. the name of a play among children, hide and seek. 290 £TtJi* Tupautu, s. an army going to fight on the land. Tupautii, 6\ an ill favoured, ill grown person. Tupe, s. a species of the cockle shell. Tupeheva, *. the motions of the legs, &e. of the man who had the parae^ which see. Tupepu, s. the name of a spe- cies of thin native cloth ; see pupepu, Tupere, s. a shell of the cockle kind, that was worshipped in some of the islands, and said to be used by the gods in the po, to scrape the souls of men for food. — s. (Engl, gooseberry) the cape gooseberry. — V. n, to stumble, or trip m walking, to move, or roll, as a boat m the sea. Tuperepere, v. n. to roll, or move repeatedly, as a vessel at sea ; to stumble repeat- edly. Tuperetete, r. n. to be stum- bling. Tuperetii, adv. topsy tur^y, head down, heels up. Tuperetiti, v. n. the same £sE3 302 (.URA Uparur6ru, s. a hog that will soon repay its owner for its feeding. Upaupa, s. the name of a mountain bird. Upaupa, s. a play, diversion, music and dancing; any game or amusement. There are a great number of diver- sions that go under the name of upaupa^ such as upaupa hura, upaupa mau, upaupa mahamaha, upaupa otooto, upaupa pararaa, upaupa pe- hu pehu, upaupa poopootati, upaupa rohi pehe, upaupa tia raau, &c. — V, a. to play the upaupa of any kind. Upaupahura, s, the dance that was accompanied by the re- gular drum beating. Upaupa, s. the noisy diversion of beating the bamboo call- ed ihara. Upaupatumuore, s. the name of a parasitic plant. Upea, *. {^kupenga,) a net, a fishing net. Upeamatatiri, s, a net with small meshes. Upehepehe, s, the name of a play ; see upaupa, Up^pe, *. coUops of fat on the ribs. Upepe, V, a, to add one thing to another as articles of pro- perty ; see tapepe, — a, wet, or moist as cloth. Uperu, s, a small bundle of cloth ; see auperu, — V, a, to fold up, make a bundle. Upepe, s. hanging collops that appear unsightly ; see fati' fati. — a. filthy, unsightly. Upoo, s. {upoko, po^Oyi the hu- man head, the bead of a party ; see o/u, omiu Upooaha, s, an office. Upooaura, *. the quietness of peace. Upoofaito, s. a government of equal heads, that is, all on a level. Upoomaa, s. one that makes it his business to seize what he can wherever he can find it. Upoopua, s, a sort of turban used by warriors. Upootia, s. a conqueror, one whose head is up. Upootu, s, the same as upoo" tia, Upoupo, a. ugly, ill favoured ; also dissatisfying. Upu, s, a prayer. — *. a set of prayers addressed to the gods by the priest and others; also a prayer ad- dressed by the sorcerers to their tiis or demons, for some evil purpos^ — V. n, to repeat such an %tpu or prayer. Uputa, s, (upuka) a doorway, entrance. Uputara, s. a prayer or impre- cation of a sorcerer to pro- cure evil. Ura, s, red feathers formerly sacred to the gods. — 5. a blaze, a flame of fire. — V. n, to blaze, applied to fire. — a. red ; see uteute. Uraaha, s, the name of an idolatrous ceremony, which was performed before engag- ing in war. Uraepaepa, s, a name used bv URE] 303 IVRV the priest in performing the ceremonies of the uhi airi. Taking a young chief in his arms he would call out, " Uraepaepa ! Urahiihii I Uramoemoe." Uraepatetere, *. the name of an idolatrous prayer. Ur^eva, s, a restless person who can settle no where. Uraeva, a. proud, haughty. Uramarea, s, yellow feathers, used for the gods in the ab- sence of red ones. Uraraununui, s, a name given to the king. Urarei, a. sorrowful, comfort- less. Urataetae, #. the name of a god that presided over all the upaupas, &c. — s, the yellow feathers of the uupa. Urateni, s, a chief person. Urateo, s, a form of attack with the native club. Uraura, a. red, of a reddish co- lour. Ure. s, («c,) the penis of all males. Urea, a. yellow, yellowish with age. Urepo, s. a native cloth colour- ed dark, by the mire of some bog ; see revo, Urepuaa, a. Knotty, as the strand of a rope. Urere, s, the name of a spe- cies of yam. Ureure, s, a sort of fish called the sea snail. — s, the destitute poor. Ureuretiamoana, s, the water spout Ureuretumoana, s. the same as ureuretiamoana. Uri, s» (huri, kuli, uli,) a dog. — s. the pilot fish. — a. (M/e,)discoloured ; dark, or blackish. — V. n. to be of a good and clear impression, as the leaf of a boot. Uriaiava, s. a seal or sea calf; see humi. Urie, s. the name of a fish, when well grown it is uriuru Urifa, s. the name of a fish. — *. the rank smell of the sea beach. Urio, s, the name of a little running vine. — *. the name of a fish ; see Urie, Uriiore, s. a cat ; see iore, Uripania, s. a good fightingdog. Uripiifare, «. a cat; see pii- fare, Uriti, s. the name of a bird. — «. a stone thrown from a sling. Uriuri, s, the full grown urio fish. — s. the smell that attaches to a person that handles some Kinds of fish. Uru, s. (uluj) the general name of the bread fruit tree and fruit (arto carpus) ; see vmiore. There are at Ta- hiti between 20 and 30 spe- cies, and as many names. — s. a. thicket of wood ; also of coral in the sea. s. the human skull ; see apu roro, — V. a. to level the stones in a native oven. — V. n.io pass away, as a sea- son. — V, n. to enter, as a ship into a harbour. URUl 304 ijru, 1'. n. to be inspired, as the pretenrled Tahitian pro- phets ; to be und'^r the in- fluence of some uncommon feeling. Urua, ft, the cavally nsh ; see urvpiti^ pachere. — s, the native pillow. — s. the too or body of a god when wrapped up TJruai, v. a, to take refuge un- der the wings of another. Uruairaa, s. a place of shelter or rest. Uruamataono, s. an intrepid, fast swimming fish ; Jig^ a bold, dauntless warrior. Uruana, s. a mass of coral in the sea; gee ana to grate; Jig. a dangerous place. Uruaofefeuj *. a pillow for a god. Uruauhune, s. the harvest, or the season of plenty of nru^ about January. Urufara, s, a grove of the pan- danus. Uruhi, 8. a thicket that is not passable ; a mass of branch- mg coral in the sea. — 5. an ugly, scabby disease. Uruhia, r. p. inspired ; see taiira. Uruhoa, s. a violent head ache ; see hoa. Urumatai, s. a sudden gust of wind. Urunui, s, a large crop of bread fruit. Urupa, 5. a thicket ; see uru- hi. — s.B. violent wind ; the cala- mities of war. — a. of quick growth. TJrupae, s. a oorder, or that which is on the edge or side. tUTA Urupaipai, s. a roasted bread- fruit beaten soft; l)etween the hands; breadfruit prepared for what is called poeveo. Urupani, s. an idolatrous pray- er offered for a sick person. Urapao, s» breadfruit injured by the operation of pao, or bruising the bark. Urupiipii, s. destruction, cala- mity. Urupiri, s. a close thicket. Urupiti, 5. the cavally fish ; see urua, Urupoo, s. the name of certain prints or tatau on the back of a person. Urupu, s, the same as urupiti, — s. young breadfruit; see pu ; also large branches. — V. n. to have a sight of the land when <3rawing near at sea. Urupua, s. the patches of large and thick coral in the sea. Urupuaa, intj. an exclamation to a person that is greedy to get another's food, though his own lies before him. Urupuupuu, s. disturbances, commotion. Urutia, v. a. to take off a re- striction ; see rahui. Uruuru, a. rough, unsightly ; also cross grained, as timber. Uruuruava, s, a prayer before the marae, for the purpose of obtaining children. Uruururauava, s, the same as uruuruava. Uruvao, s. the trees or forests in the upper part of the valleys. Uta, s. the shore, or land, in opposition to tai, the sea ; the parts towards the interior. UTE] 305 Uta, V. 72. to be carried or roii- veyed by water. — t>, n, to be Buspe nded ; see faauta, — V. a. to carry, to take by water. Utaa, 8. the burden or load of a vesnel. — s, what is committed to the charge of a person, whether property or persons. Utai, r. n. to be wet with salt water, t^tami, 5. the name of an ob» scene dance of females. — V. n. to dance obscenely. Utamitami, v, n. to act the utami repeatedly. Utari, 5. to follow afler a per- son. Utaru, s. the same as utari and peeutari. Utaru, v.'a. to di^ or grub up the ground ; to soflen the ground by digging, breaking up clods, &c. Utarutaru, v. a. to dig the earth repeatedly. Utatau, J . little yams that grow on the vines. titau, t, a nurse, a wet nurse. — V. a, to nurse by giving suck. Utautau, s. a sort of basket, or net for eels. tJtuvitavi, s. a most obscene dance of males. — V, n. to dance the utavitavi, Ute, s. a song or ditty used by the natives. — V. a. to sing the ute ; to dance to the ut^. Ute, a. red ; see ura and urau- ra, Utehu, a. swollen, applied to the lips. [UTU — V. n. to be affecled with an- ger. Utere, v. a. to rasp, or scrape off the skin of a bread fruit, &c. Uteretere, w. a. to rasp, or scrape repeatedly. Uteute, a, red, or scarlet co- loured. Utiuti, 3. a motley sky, a sign of a calm. Uto, s, a cocoanut in a state of vegetation. Utoa, V, a, to take up water with a sponge. Utoo, V. n. the same as above. Utotia, s, a contemptuous name for a mean person. Utou, V. a. to take up water with a cloth or sponge. Utoutou, V, a, to stain cloth with mati ; see mati ; to be- smear tlie face with scarlet colour. Utu, *. the lip, bill of a bird , edge of a tning. — s, the long snout of certain fishes. — s, the hair from the head of a slain enemy, that was ta- ken to the marae ; the first person that fell at the com- mencement of hostilities. — s, (ugutu, kutUy Malay, kw tu,) a louse. — *. a present to visitors, as a token ot peace. Utua, s. {utu) a reward, com- pensation, wages ; the pay- ment either of merit or de- merit, penalty or reward. Utuafare, f. a person's own home or house ; also the family or household of a per- son. K r tJU] Utuafarerau, s. a person of un- settled residence. Utuahia, v. p. rewarded, re- compent^ed. Utuarau, s. manifold rewards or punishments. Utuaura, a. a lazy person ; also abstemious. Utuaura, a. thin, lank. Utuhi, s. the name of a hea- thenish prayer. — V, a. to dip into the water ; to rinse. Utuitui, V, a. to thump with the hand, or butt with the el- bow ; to press under ; see atuL Utumehameha, s. grimaces of the lips. Utupaa, 5. a disease of the lips. — s. the name of a certain ceremony and feast. Utupeepee, s. perverse lips, the lips of a scold. IJtupehepehe, s. a woman that is an adept at the native peke or song. Uturairai, s. a scold, mischief- making lips. Ututaa, s. forwardness, per- versenesB. Uiuutu, s. an attendant on the sick. — r. a. to attend and nurse the sick. — a. powerful, strong, ap- plied to the voice. IJu, s. a species of the muscle shell fisli ; the shell used by the women in dressing their mats, splitting the leaves, &c. — s. a disease of the limbs like the rheumatism. — V. n. to be dauntless, intre- pid. 306 fuur Uuairao, s. a species of pigeon. Uuao, .V. a species of snail found on the leaves of the mountain plantain. Uuene, s. one who supplies the place of another. Uuhiva, .V, bHrnacles, such as grow on ships and logs of wood, when long in the wa- ter. Uui, V, a. to rub or polish a ca- noe, umete, &c. Uumi, r. a. to strangle; to force a woman against her will, stopping her mouth, &c. Uumu, r. a. to squeeze, as wa- ter out of a sponge, &c. Uumu, V, n. to clench the fist. Uuoopiri, v. a. to take, with a muscle shell, drops of gum from wounded trees; such as the ati, uru, &c. Uupa, s. a sort of pigeon, Uupaparuru, *. one who assists another. Uurataraafaarere, s. friendless orphans. — 5. a species of taro, of which the young shoots grow at a distance from the main root ; fig. the first born of a family, because he was sa- cred, and separated from the rest. Uuratamahere, s. a species of taro, the young shoots of which grow quite thick about the main root ; fig. a parent with a numerous offspring ; a king with many attached to him. Uuru, r. 77. to groan as in pain ; to ^runt, Uutama, v. n. to flow mightily, as a river,, to rush on eager- ly ; to long or wish eagerly BEGINS the following words, and has its usudi power and sound. Va, 3. the space between the edges of the layers of thatch on the Tahilian houses. . — s, the rushing down of the rain that comes suddenly and is soon over. Vaa, s. {vaka^ waka; Fiji, vanka^) the native canoe. Vaahara, s. a superior canoe, with one end a small bluff' round. Yaahiva, s» all the people wlth- VAA] 307 for the possession of some chief. Uutu, s. a word used by drunk- ards ; uutu iti, a little more. Uuvao, 5. a snail ; see uaao. Uvao, *. the name of a fish, called also aho, nape^ piro' vaha, Uvaravura, s. a thin sort of na- tive cloth. Uvavi, s, a deceiver, one who obtains food by deceitful sto- ries. Uvavia, s, unripe fruit, plan- tains, &c. ; see vavia. Uvavivavi, *. one who fre- quently practises deceit to obtain food. Uverevere, ». the same as uva- ravara. Uvihi, s. a light whistling of the wind. — V. n. to whistle, or sound as a light wind. Uvira, 5. lightning; see uira. Uviravira, *. lightning, when frequent. — V, n.to lighten ; sea anapa. [VAE in the prescribed limits of the Island, or flistrict. Vaamiaihi, s. a small canoe made sharp at both ends. Vaamataeinaa, s. a division of the land owners. Vaamoemoe, s, a sacred ca- noe. Vaatamai, 8. a war canoe. Vaatipaeama, s. a single ca- noe. Vaatipaeali, s. a double canoe. Vaati, s, affliction. Vaavaevae, s. persons who go on foot during a journey, and do not use water conveyance. Vae, s. the timbers of a boat or ship ; the small raf- ters of a fareody or little house, made with a top like the cover of a wagon. — V. a. to share out, or divide food, &c. Vaea, s. a state of peace and plenty. Vaehaa, s. a share or portion. — *. a place ; see vahi. Vaere, v. a. to weed, to clear the ground. Vaeremarae, v. a, to clear the marae, remove rubbish, and make the place decent. Vaeremarae, s. the name of an idolatrous ceremony at the marae. Vaero, ,9. the extremities, as feet, hands, &c. which in death are sometimes drawn up and darted down again suddenly. Vaerua,?;. a. to divide into two shares. Vaevae, s. the leg and foot; see avae. — s. the moon ; moonlight ; see avae. VAHJ 308 — V. a. to divide repeatedly ; .see vae. Vaevaearo, s. a division of an army. — s. small drizzling rain. Vaha, s. (waha, vaa,) the mouth. Vahaava, *. the mouth of a harbour. Vahaino, s. a person that puts all into consternation before he knows the truth of an oc- currence. Vahaioore, s. a mouth that boasteth great things, but performs nothing. Vahaiti, s. a whisperer that breeds mischief. Vahamana,;. a powerful plead- er. Vahamaniania, s. a clamorous person that speaks to little purpose. Vahamariri, s. one that takes not the trouble to get his own food cooked, but lives upon others. Vahamona, s. an idle talker to cause laughter; a sweet mouth to deceive. Vahanavenave, *. a jocular per- son, or speech. Vahapaari, s. a betrayer of se- crets, one that tells all that he hears. Vahapaari, v. a. to divulge se- crets. Vahapaoa,5.one that feels a dis- appointment. Vahapape, s. a flattering mouth, a flatterer; also flattery, de- ceit. — V. a. to use flattery to gain an end. Vahapiropiro, s. a foul mouth, either as to breath or speech. [VAH Vahapap&, s. one that speaks indiscreetly. Vahapapee, *. an angry per- son that has no control over his tongue. Vaharau,* many spokesmen ; a person that is inconsistent, speaking various ways. Vaharua, s. a person of two mouths, who has two inter- ests, and two ways of speaking, and cannot be trusted. Vahataoa, s, one who gets pro* perty by means of his mouth, or speaking. Vahautuutu, s. a person that speaks with energy. Vahavaha, #. contempt, disre* gard. — v. a. to esteem lightly ; treat with contempt ; de- Vahavai, *. a person of soft flattering speecii ; a flatter* er ; flattery ; fawning. — V. n. to use words of flat- tery. Vahi, s, a place ; a parif or portion. j — v.a. to open, to split j see tzfa. Vahia, s. a person that is an object of hatred and enmity, though he may not be an enemy. Vahiavai, s. a disturber ; sower of sedition. — V. a. to break the waters ; but used flguratively for commencing hostilities in the time of war. Vahie, s. fuel, fire wood. Vahieroa, s. the name of a god. Vahine, s (ivahinc^ vainej/f/i' ?ic,) a woman. VAI33 Vahineravarava, s. a dark cotn* plexioned woman ; also a tall handsome woman. Yabinereureuamoa, s. the name of a goddess. Vahinetaiata, *. a very vile, wanton woman ; see taiala^ faaturi. Vahinetiai, s, a wanton woman. Vahineuturairai, s, a scolding woman. Vahiupoo, «. a violent head ache ; see hoa, Vaho, ado, & prep, out, out- side, not inside ; see rap0JL>, Vai, pron, who ? as, ovai f who? ia vai? by whom? with whom ? see ovai, Vai, v,n, to be ; to remain or abide. — r. a, to' place, to deposit. Vai, s, (waiy) water; see the modern pape. Vaiafa, s. the breaking of wa- ter, opening the flood gates ; but Jig, commencing hosti- lities, signified by the terms vai afa, vai amaha, vahi vai, and vahia vai. Vaiaha, s, the same as vai- afa, ^c. Vaiaia, a. distant, applied to a relation. Vaianui, s, the name of a medi- cinal plant. Vaiata, s, the name of a species of taro. — *. a morning bath ; a phrase used by the arioi, who bathed early in the morning; see ata, atahiata, Vaiatatia, *. living water ; wa- ter that continues to run. Vaiatea, v, n. to be distant; see atea. Vaiateate, *. pure, clear water. 309 [VAI Vaieri, s, water that encroaches on the land, undermining some part of it. Vaiehu, v, n. to be resolute in facing danger. Vaieru, x. the same as vaieri, Vaifaai, *. water that gathers from diffcsrent quarters in ttie time of great rain. Vaifau, s, a land newly cleared, a rich soil. — *. a thing that is become natural or customary to a person. Vaihaaoro, *. a place where there is an eddy. Vaihanana,;. streams that leave their proper channels. Vaihaono, s, implacability. Vaiharo, s, the juice of truits ; also gravy of meat. Vaihauri, s, water that smells disagreeably. Vaihc/e, v, n, to remain single or solitary. Vaihapuna, i. a pool ; ^a water spring. Vaiiho, v, a, to lay, place, or put a thing in a certain place; to leave a thing in Its place ; to leave off; to let alone. Vaiihoiho, v. imp, let it be, let it alone, let it remain, or abide where it is, or as it is. Vaiihohia, r. p, left, placed, left remaining. V^aimato, s, water from a rock. Vaiohana, s, a species of taro. Vaiooina, s, water that rushes violenUy in its course. Vaiopiripiri, s, little streams among craggy rocks. Vaiopuopu, s. scanty water not convenient for bathing. Vaipa, s. lood soon cooked; VAl] 310 also a small quantity for a larg-e party. Vaipararaau, s. a flood that brings down large trees. Vaipihaa, s. water that bubbles up ; spring water. Vaipiharau, s. water that has many spring heads. Yaipoea, s. bad water, with animalcules, &c. Vaipuna, s, the same as vaipU hae, Vaipupu, s. small pools of wa- ter in the beds of rivers in the dry season. Vaipurau, s, a species of white taro. Vairaherahe, s. water full of animalcules. Yairau, s, a warrior that has survived many battles. ■ — s. the place of a thing. Vaireru, s. disturbed thick wa- ter. Vaireva, s. a place encrusted over in a bog, but dangerous to tread upon. Vairipo, s, a whirlpool, a vor- tex. Vairoiroi, s. smooth water, un- ruffled by the wind ; Jig. profound peace. Vairua, s. {wairua^ vaarua,) the soul or spirit. Vaitaeae, 5. cousins, distant re- lations. Vaitahu, s, a basket of fara leaves. Vaitaitai, s. brackish water. Vaitaoro, s. a coacoanut when nearly ripe. Vaitapotie, s. water drained off, as of a flsh pond ; Jig. war- riors, such as the guard of the country. Vaitavae, a. freshness caused (.VAN by a journey, new clothes, &c. Vaite, 5. the soul or spirit ; see VQTUa. Vaitonino, s. still water. Vaitumu, s. water that has a good source. Vaivai, s. the name of a native cloth. Vaivai, v. n. to remain a little, abide a short interval, Vaivaihaua, s. the name of a species of native cloth. Vaiu, s, milk ; also milk mixed with water. Vaiuretehe, s. a disorder caused by the native custom of tehe^ which see. Vaivaitaurua, *. the name of a feast and ceremony of the arioi and other players; called also vaivaitaupiti. Vana, s. the name of a small fish with rough and prickly skin ; the sea Qgg, — s. the name of a marine plant. Vanaa, 5. an orator, one fluent of words. — • *. an oration, see oreio; counsel, advice. Vanaanaa, s. eloquent speeches. — t\ n. to think witli anxiety; see mihimihi. Vanavana, a. rough, ragged, unpolished. -T- 5. a sensation felt when something disagreable touch- es the body, as a worm crawling, &c. Vane, s. an ornament made of feathers ; also a tine mat usually given to the gods. Vanevane, s, the toes ; see munimani. — s, red feathers fastened to VARl 311 pieces of sinnet, and used for the gods. — a. clear, as the air or sky. Vao, s. the extremities of the inland valleys. — 5. a rustic or clown ; see taemo, Vaoa, V. a. to interpose, to sepa- rate contending parties. Vaoataua, s. a peace maker. Vaomaua, s. an ignorant per- son not used to society. Vaoru, s. a thing on which the mind is set. Varavara, a. thin, scattered, not close together. Vare, v. n. to be deceived ; see haavare. ■ — s. the matter of a diseased eye. Varea, v. n. to be drowsy; overtaken with sleep. Varepuai, s. the name of a fine thin cloth. Vari, s. earth, mud, dirt, filth of any kind. — s. blood discharged from the body. — V. n. to be dirtied, befouled. Varihia, v. n. to be smeared with mire or dirt. Varo, s. a species of lobster. — s. a sort of snare ; a loop ; see haavaro. — V. a, to ensnare with the varo. — s. the loop formed at the end of a rope. Varovaro, s. the vibrations of sound on the ear, or of scents on the organ of smellings — 5. a voice heard without see- ing the person. Varu. n. {valu^ vau,) eight in counting. — s. the name of a fish. [VAV — V a. to sliave ; to bark a tree; to scrape. Varua, s. {wairua^ vairua, ve" rua, and also vaitie) the soul or spirit. The old Tahitian word seems to have been yairua, which is still retained in some islands. Varuamaitai, s. the Holy Ghost, the Holy Spirit. Varuaiore, s. not the ghost of a rat, as the words seem to signify, but the squeaking ot rats and mice ; and Jig. the noise of childen and others, talking in sleep. Vata, s. an opening, space or rent. — V, n. to be separate, with a space between. Vau, pron, first person singu- lar, I. — a. eight, see varw, avaru. — V, a. to shave, to bark a tree.' Vaaau, s. a receptacle; see vauvau, Vautiti, s, a mode of cuttino* the hair in various figures. — V, n. to be burnt, as the mountains, when the grass is set on fire. Vauvau, 5. a receptacle ; see farii. — V, a. to spread grass or leaves on the ground ; to frass the floors of native ouses. — V, n. to stand in readiness with a spear, waiting an an- tagonist. Vava, s. a species of the locus*. — 5. a species of taro. — .9. an ominous hog ; when put on the altar, the ears ap« peared as if listening ; this was reckoned a bad omen. VAV] — s, tlie sound or noise of wind and rain, or the agita- tion of water at a distance. — V. n, to make a noise as rain, wind, or water. -— a. dumb, unable to speak plainly. — s.a mute person. Vavae, v. n, to make way, as a ship through the sea, or a person pushing through a crowd. Vavahi, v. a. to split, to cleave or break a thing. YavahimataruB, v. a. to begin, as the wrestlers. Vavai, s, the native cotton. Yavaipapaa, t. the foreign cot- ton. Yavao, s. an intcrposer be- tween hostile parties. — V. a. to interpose between contending parties ; to sepa- rate combatants. — «. a cocoanut that has no water in it ; also ovaovao, Yavara., s, a sort of chalky earth, or pipe clay, found in some places. • — 5. a white substance found in the sea. Yave, adv, soon, shortly, quick- ly, ere long. Yavea, s. a high towering wave of the sea. Yaverua, v. a, to contend, or war with equal violence, neither side gaining". Yavevave, adv, quickly, nim- bly; very soon. Yavi, a. idle, unfounded, spo- ken of a tale. — adv, unadvisedly? rashly, without sufficient foundation. Vavia, x. young fruit, plantain, uriK &c. 312 [VF.r — a. green, unripe, as bread- fruit, or mountain plantains. Yaviman^, s, a proverbial ex- pression from the name of a place in Raiatea, where the people were noted for speak- ing at random ; unadvised speaking. Yavivavi, a. clammy, viscous, glutinous. — *. a person that is liberal, and ready to give. Ye, a prefix to pronouns and adjectives, as vetahi, one, some one ; vetoofanu^ some, ftome few. Yea, s. a messenger, see arere, — *. a burning, conflagration ; see vera, — • V. n. to burn, to be scalded or scorched. Yeavea, s. heat, as the sun, or from a fire. Yehe, v, a, to divide, or sepa- rate. Yehea, w,p, parted, separated. — s. the tning that is parted or separated. — 5. a court, or place laid out decently, in tne front of a native house ; see mahora, Yeheraa, s, separation; part- ing, or partition. — V, n, to be made hot. Yehi, s, a case, sheath, or covering. — V, a, to case, or cover a thing. — V, a. to make a thing into a bundle, and tie it up. Yehiiamoea, s, property taken to a god. Yei, a. strong, well formed. — V. n.to be deprived, brought low ; to be extinct, as a family. VERJ 313 Veoj s. copper or brass. — 5. a species of taro. — ^. a sort of food. Veoveo, s. an unpleasant smell, as of urine. Yenu, s. the threads that are woven into a mat. Venua, s, land ; seefenua. Vera, s, fire, a general confla- gration, as when a moun- tain is on fire. — V, n. to be burnt, scalded, or scorched. — a. hot, very warm, feverish. — a. cooked, or hot, applied to food. -*- pron, they, dual or plural. Veravera, a. hot, very warm or hot. Vere, s, oakum to caulk a ves- sel with. Verevere, a. thin, gauze like 5 see varavara, — s, the eye lids ; and lately a name given to the female pudenda. Vere, «. the centipede. Veri, *, a sea insect. Veriveria, s. a deep place ; a place that is unsightly — s, crreat abundance of food, Veriverihiva, a. of various co- lours. Vero, s, a storm or tempest; fig, great rage. -^ s, part of the head dress of the parae, — V, a. to dart, or throw a spear. — V. a. to push ofTa canoe into the water. — V. n.to raise up the hand and arm. Verofa, s, a sort of dart ; see fa, Verohuri, s, a violent storm. [VEV Veroinatautaru, s. some great calamity. Veroraafa, 3, the name of a game in which darts are thrown at a mark.^ Verovero, v. n. to twinkle, as the stars. Vera, s. gain, profit, advan- tage; seefaufaa, Verua, s. the soul or spirit ; see variut, Veruveru, a. stale, nasty, of- tensive in smell. — s. profit, possessions; see veru, •— s. benefit, advantage. Vetahi, re/, pron, one, some one ; any one. Vetahie, pron. another, a dif- ferent person. Vete, s. the name of a fish re- markable for tumbling. Vetea, v. p. separated, parted ; untied. Veu, *. downy hair ; a woolly kind of hair ; a sort of fringe on the border of a garment. — s. the downy hair of a dog. — V. 71. to have a downy or shaggy border. Veue. *. a stranger. Veutupu, *. a neighbour ; as taatatupu, Veuveu, s. the fag-end ; the untwisted end of a rope ; the woolly surface of a thing. — a. worthless, disgusting. Veve, a. bare, poor, destitute, ragged, ill attired. — V. 91. to be in want, having no property. Vevete, v. a, to separate, di- vide, lay open. Vevetehia, v. p, opened, sepa- rated. 88 VIN] 314 Vevo, s. echo ; see pinai. — V. n. to echo. Vevovevo, v. n. to echo repeat- edly. Vi, s. the Tahitian yellow ap- ple tree and fruit. — *. a sound in the ear. ■^ V. n. to be subdued, brought under ; to have a sound in the ear. Vihi, ft. a wrapper; see vehi, Vihivihi, 5. a mode of casting* a stone from a sling. Viivii, s. defilement, pollution. Viivii, a. defiled, polluted; cor- rupt, impure. — s. impurity, corruption. Viiviitai, 5. a light spray of the sea. Vini, s, voluble, ready of speech. Vini, s. the name of a small paroquet. Vinipaura, s. a species of the rini^ of which there are se- veral varieties distinguished by colour, as vinipaurij vini' tea, vinitete, vinirehuy and vinipapaa. Vinitunupaa, s. roasted vini, but signifying something rare and delicious. Vini vini, v. n to be smart- ing, as from the lash of a whip, — V. n. to make a smacking noise in eating ; see haavini. — V. n- to speak with ease and volubility. LVIV Vio, a. knotty, as the strands of a rope. Viri, s. the front rank of an army. — u. a. to lash up, to furl a sail ; to roll some cloth round a corpse. Viriaa, v, n. to withdraw ; to separate and join another party ; to be alienated. Viriaro,5. the front of the battle, Viriviri, s. an ornament of a native canoe, also an appen- dage of a marae. Virua, s. the spirit, as varua. Viruviru, a. neat, decent. Viruvirua, s. the stamina of speech ; also the relative af- finities of persons. Vita, a. tied, well tied, fast bound. Vitahi, pron. some one ; see vetahi, Vitahie, pron. another. Vitiviti, a. well set, clever, neat, well finished. — V. n. to smack the tongue. Viu, a. burnt, as food overdone, in roasting, frying, &c. — v.n, to be scorched by the fire. Vivi, s. a grasshopper. — s. the beginning of a retreat of a party engaged in war. — s. the spray of the sea. Vivi vivi, v. n. to chirp. Vivo, s, the Tahitian nasal flute. Vivovivo, V. n, see vinivini. THE END. TAHITI : PRINTED AT THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S PRESS — 1851. APPZSNDXX:. tONtATNiNG A LIST OF FOREIGN WORDS USED IN THE TAHITIAN BIBLE, IN COMMERCE, ETC., WITH THE SOURCES FROM WHENCE THEY HAVE BEEN DERIVED. N. B. — The small italic letters indicate the derivation : gr. Greek ; heb. Hebrew ; eng. English ; lat, Latin, /r. French, &c : The dash following a word signifies that it is of the same deriva- tion as the one preceding it. Abuso, gr an abyss. Adama, heb a Sardine and Sar- dis. Aeto, gr an eagle. Afa, eng half. Agemana, heb a caldron. Anei, — a bull rush. Aheleme, — an amethyst. Ahelima, — lign aloes. Aileta Sahara, — Aijelith sha- rah. Aili, — the hart or hind. Akaride, ^rthe locust. Akera, eng an acre. Alabata, — alabaster. Alamuga, heb the almug tree. Alamota, — alamoth. Ale, — an oak. Alegoria, gr an allegory. Aletasehita, heb Altaschith. Aloe, — aloes. Alona, gr a threshing floor. Alope, — a fox. Aluna, heb an oak. Amene, — amen. Anatema, gr anathema. Anatole, — East. Aneke, heb a ferret. Anephe, — the heron. Aneto, gr anise. Aposetolo, — an apostle. Arabe, heb a locust. Arenio, gr a lamb. Arezi, heb the cedar. Ario, gr silver. Arobe, heb a willow. Arote, gr a plough. Aruna, heb an ark, chest. Aseka, — wounded testicles. Asema, — a trespass offering. Asepi, eng an asp. Asini, gr an ass. Auro, — gold. Azazela, heb a scape goat. Bakete, eng a bucket. Bapetizo, gr baptise. Barada, heb hail. Basileia, gr a kingdom. Bato, heb a bath, a measure. Bedila, — tin. Behemota, — Behemoth. Beka, — Bekah. Beluni, — nuts. Berne, heb cattle. Berabeio, gr prize, crown. Bereketa, heb carbuncle. Berusi, — fir. Boti, eng a boat. Bovi, heb an ox, oxen. Buka, enq a book. Daba, heb a bear. Tt APPExNDIX. Dae, heb a vulture. Darabana, — a goad. Debure, — a bee. Deheni, — millet, Demoni, gr a devil. Denari, — a penny. Dia, — Jupiter. Diaboloj — the devil. Diakono, — a deacon. Diluvi, lat deluge. Dudaima, heb mandrakes. Dukipata, — the lapwing. E. Ehideni, gr a viper. Ekalesia, gr a church. Enemi, eng an enemy. Epaoidoi, gr magicians. Epha, heb an ephah. Ephoda, heb an ephod. Episekopo, gr a bishop, over- seer. Epiaetole, — an epistle. Etene, ■ — heathen. Euhari. — the Lord's Supper. Euh e, gr. a vow. Evanelia, — the Gospel. F. Fevera, eng fever. Faraoa, — flour. Feraipani, — frying pan. Geda, heb coriander^ Gehena, gr Hell. Gima, heb a bull rush. Gitita, — Gittith. Goela, — kinsman. Gopheri, — brimstone. Gubi, — the great grasshopper- Hade, gr the grave, hell. Hairesi, — division. Halikedoni, — chalcedony. Hamera, eng a hammer, also a blacksmith. Hanere, eng a hundred. Hapaina, — a glass tumbler. Hatete, eng a jacket. Hebere, heb a charmer. Hebedoma, gr. a week. Hedesa, heb a myrtle. Helebe, heb cheese. Helebena, heb Galbanum. Heleda, — a weasel. Helen!, gr Greek, Greece, a Grecian. Hemera, heb pitch. Herema, — a flat nose. Herusoparasa, gr chrisophrasis. Heruza, heb a threshing in- strument. Hesede, heb a stork. Hesemala, — amber. Hesene, — a breast plate. Hetimi, — a signet. Hezere, — courts. Hezira, — leeks. Hiero, gr a temple. Himene, eng hymn, to sing. Hina, heb a hin. Hiona, gr snow. Hipo, — a horse. Hisopa, heb hyssop. Homera — Homer. Huakineto. gr Jacinth. Huhe, heb a thorn. I. lelema, heb a crystal. Inesupha, — the great owl. Inita, eng ink. lone, heb the ostrich, owl, and dove. Isephe, — Jasper. lubili, eng Jubilee. Kadakasa, heb an agate. Kade, — cassia. Kafa, eng a calf. Kamino, heb a furnace. Kane, — a cane. Kaphara, — camphor. Kapharata, gr the mercy seat. Karekema, heb saffron. APPENDIX. Kase^ heb straw or stubble. Kasema, — divination. Kata, — a pelican. Katara, gr to curse. Kehe, heb the chameleon. Keli, — pulse. Kemeta, — a snail. Keni, - — lice. Kephoda, — the bittern. Kera, — a partridg-e. Keranio, gr Calvary. Kerehe, heb crystal. Kerite, — barley. Kerubi, — cherubim. Kesemuta, — Rye. Kikeuna, — a gourd. Kime, — the Pleiades. Kmamo, — cinnamon. Kinira, — a harp. Kitana, — a coat. Kiura, — a laver. Koheleta, — Ecclesiastes. Korebana, — corbon, a gift. Kubiti, eng a cubit. Kumina, heb cummin. Kuphi, — an ape. Kusa, — an owl. Kuse, — fetches. Kuzion, — cassia. L. Lebene, heb the poplar. Lemoni, eng lemon. Leni. — a line, chalk. Leta, — a letter. Lepera, — a leper. Lesima, heb a ligure. Letae, — a lizard. Leviatana, — leviatlian. Libano, — frankincense. Li!i. eag. the lily. •Lino, gr flax. Liona, eng a lion. Loga, heb a log, a measure. Logo, gr the word. Lone heb wormwood. Lota, eng a lock. Luko, gr a wolf. Luta, heb myrrh. M. Mahalata, heb. Mahaloth. Mahalata leanota, heb Maha- luth leanathoth. Mahula, heb. dances or pipes. Malatete, eng molasses. Mamoe, sheep. Mamona, gr mammon. Masehila, heb Maschil. Maseli, — proverbs, Medebara, — a wilderness. Mehete, — a censer. Melahi, — an angel. Meleni, eng a melon. Meleti, a plate. Meli, gr honey. Menaseiie, heb a chief musician. Menehe, — a meat offering. Menehesa, — an^Enchanter. Menora. — a weaver's bea.m. Menure, — a candlestick. , Mera, — a dowry. Mesia, — the Messiah. / Moili, — a robe. Mule, a millstone. Mura, heb myrrh. Mutelabena, — Muthlabben. N. Nabala, heb Psalteries. Nakata. ~ the scali. Nao, gr Temple. iNaradi, heb. spikenard. Nataphd, — stacte. Nazira, — a Nazarite. Nehilota, — Nehiloth. Nemera, — a leopard. Nepheka, — an emerald. JNesa, — a hawk. Neseka, — a drink offering. Neseteia, gr a fasting or last. Nitera, heb nitre. Ogura, heb a swallow. Okubara. — the mouse. APPENDIX. Okereba, — a scorpion. Olelepha, — a bat. Olive, eug an olive. Oluke, heb horseleech. Olura, gr Rye. Omera, heb an omer. Oniani, eng an onion. Ophali, heb emerods. Ophereta, heb lead. Ophi, gr a serpent. Orabi, heb woof. Orama, gr a vision. Oramuna, heb the chesnut. Oreba, — a raven. Orebi, — a fly. Osa, — a moth. Osa, — Arc turns. Ozeni, — the osprey. Pahiauahi, steam ship. Paina, eng the pine. Paieli, — piety. Palake, gr a concubine. Pane, lat Bread. Pani, eng pan, pot. Parabole, gr a parable. Paradaiso. — Paradise. Paritenia, — a virgin. Pasa, heb the passover. Penenima, ■ — a ruby. Peresa. — the ossiphage. Peresibutero, gr. an elder. Peritome, — • circumcision. Peropheta, — eng a prophet. Perosephora, gr. an offering. Petou, — ■ a fan. Pharemake, — a sorcerer, sor- cery. Pharisea, eng a Pharisee. Pheradi, heb. a mule. Phuli, — lentiles. Porephura, gr purple. Poreliko, — porch. 11 Kaite, eng rice, ^lanu, heb the frog. Rase, — hemlock. Reema, — the unicorn. Reta, eng a razor. Rehema, heb. the gier eagle. Remuna, — the pomegranate. Renanima, — the ostrich. Retaina, — the Juniper, Ribini, eng ribbon. Ru, — a rule for measuring. Sabaka, heb the sackbut. Sabati, eng the sabbath. Sadukea, gr Sadducees. Sairima, heb satyrs. Salamo, gr Psalms. Salu, heb the quail. Saphana, — the coney. Satani, eng Satan. Satauro, gr the cross. Sea, heb a measure. Seba, — the tortoise. Sebu, — - the agate. Sebela, — an ear of corn. Sdhelata. — - onycha. Sehephate, — consumption, Sehipha, — the cuckoo. Sekadi, heb the almond. Sekele. •— the shekel. Sekene, — the tabernacle. Seleki the cormorant. Selese, — instruments of music, Seloma, heb the bald locust. Semaradino, gr an emerald. Semeio, gr. a sign. Semisa, heb an adamant. Sena, — ivory. Seninita,--- Shenninith. Sepeta, eng sceptre. Sephiphona, heb the adder or asp. Seredona,— - an onyx. Sesa, heb marble. Sigaiona, ••- shiggaion. Sigionota, — - Shigeonoth. Silo, --- shiloh. Sinapi, gr mustard. APPENDIX. Sire, heh song". Sitima, — shittim. Sitona, gr wheat. So«!anina, heh Shoshanriim. Sukamino, gr. sycamore. Suke, gr a fig. Sumephonia, heh a dulcimer. Sumi, — garlick. Sunago, gr synagogue. Sunadere, — a council. Supheri, heh. the cornet. Suphele, —judgment. Susena. — a lily. -f. Ta, eng Tar. Tabena, heh stubble. Tabereno, gr a tavern, Taputae, eng turpentine. Taimejenjgf time. Taleni, lat a talent. Tamara, heh the palm, Tanesemata, — the swan. Taofe, eng coffee. Taote, eng a doctor. Tapetana, eng captain. Tarati, eng a glass. Tarisissa, heh a beryl. Tausani, eng a thousand. Tavana, — governor. Tahemesa, heh the night hawk. Teki, — a peacock. Telona, gr a publican Teni,'Ae6 the dragon or serpent. Teraphima, heh Seraphim. Tereze, — the cypress. Terume, — a heave offering. Tihota, eng sugar. Tiripuna,/r tribunal. Totini, eng stocking. Titeta — teakettle. Tuata, eng a quarter. Tumiama, gr incense. Ture, hbh law. Tusia, gr an offering. Tutama, enq cucumber. U. Uaitete, — a waistcoat. Uefa, — a wafer. V Vinega, Vineofar. z. ° Zabi, heh a roe. Zebuo, "-a speckled bird. Zepho, — an adder, asp, or cockatrice. Zephura, — a sparrow. Zeroe, — the hornet. Zizania. gr tares. Zubi, heh an issue. DAYS OF THE WEEH:. Tapati, eng Sabbath. Monere, --- Monday. Mahana piti, Tuesday. Mahana torn, Wednesda3\ Mahana maha, Thursday. Faraire, eng Friday. Mahana maa, Saturday. MONTHS OF THE YEAR, lanuari, e/?,^ Januari. Febuare, February. Mati, March. Eperera, April. Me, May. lunu, June. Atete, August. Tetema, September, Atopa, October. Novema, November, Dilema, December, ehrata. PAGE. COL. LINE. 2 2 6 read maha for malm, 4 I 34 read aararu for orararu. 47 1 3 read altar for altp.r. 82 1 27 read branching for brauching. 83 2 18 read Fau for jPaa. 84 1 40 read Feafeau, for Faafeau. 87 2 3 read AzW for/ore. _ 98 2 10 read hapi for hapai, 100 2 24 read heam.aterohe, for heaviaierahe, 123 2 43 read mahanaoo for mahanoo. 139 2 12 read matirohi for matirahi. 144 2 6 readfsh \or first. 144 2 8 read cock for cockle. 161 1 1 read 6ea5« for feea. 181 1 21 read fish for fist. ^J_82 1 25 read ihitumu for ihituma, 192 2 34 read formerly feahi., for formalyfaahe. 195 1 9 read peperu for pepera, 195 1 22 read perehahu for perehaha. 196 1 35 read lochia for lachia. _1 99 1 8 read rua for raa. 201 2 17 read poaatuamoo for ponataamoo. 203 1 45 read porumaruma for porumaramaruma. 208 2 4l read puhaharu for puhuhara. 211 2 12 read piLororoaitau for puororaitau. 2 1 4 1 4 read mof/i for snail. 217 1 15 read torotea for toreteo. 217 2 14 read /)wwrw for joi«?